1 #LyX 2.4 created this file. For more info see https://www.lyx.org/
5 \save_transient_properties true
6 \origin /systemlyxdir/doc/
9 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
11 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the manual prints
12 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
13 % parts of the manual may not print out as expected. If you
14 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
15 % the documentation team
16 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
18 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
19 % and a PDF-bookmark for the TOC is added
21 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
22 \renewcommand{\tableofcontents}{%
23 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
26 \pagenumbering{arabic}}
28 % extra space for tables
29 \newcommand{\extratablespace}[1]{\noalign{\vskip#1}}
31 \options bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,titlepage,captions=tableheading
32 \use_default_options false
44 \maintain_unincluded_children no
46 \language_package default
49 \font_roman "lmodern" "default"
50 \font_sans "lmss" "default"
51 \font_typewriter "lmtt" "default"
52 \font_math "auto" "auto"
53 \font_default_family default
54 \use_non_tex_fonts false
58 \font_typewriter_osf false
59 \font_sf_scale 100 100
60 \font_tt_scale 100 100
62 \use_dash_ligatures true
64 \default_output_format pdf2
66 \bibtex_command default
67 \index_command default
68 \float_placement class
69 \float_alignment class
73 \pdf_title "LyX's Additional Features manual"
74 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
75 \pdf_subject "LyX's additional features documentation"
76 \pdf_keywords "LyX, Documentation, Additional"
78 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
79 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
80 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
85 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
86 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
89 \use_package amsmath 1
90 \use_package amssymb 1
93 \use_package mathdots 1
94 \use_package mathtools 1
96 \use_package stackrel 1
97 \use_package stmaryrd 1
98 \use_package undertilde 1
100 \cite_engine_type default
104 \paperorientation portrait
110 \notefontcolor #0000ff
117 \paragraph_separation indent
118 \paragraph_indentation default
120 \math_indentation default
121 \math_numbering_side default
122 \quotes_style english
126 \paperpagestyle headings
128 \tracking_changes true
129 \output_changes false
131 \postpone_fragile_content false
135 \docbook_table_output 0
136 \docbook_mathml_prefix 1
137 \author -712698321 "Jürgen Spitzmüller"
140 \author 244031559 "Yuriy"
141 \author 274215730 "scott"
142 \author 564990737 "John Lyx"
143 \author 630872221 "Jean-Pierre Chrétien" jeanpierre.chretien@free.fr
144 \author 1075283030 "Thibaut"
145 \author 1119979965 "Joel A. Kulesza"
151 Additional \SpecialChar LyX
155 \begin_layout Subtitle
157 \change_deleted 630872221 1622909155
159 \change_inserted 630872221 1622909155
166 by the \SpecialChar LyX
171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
173 Principal maintainer of this file is
175 Richard Kimberly Heck
178 If you have comments or error corrections,
179 please send them to the \SpecialChar LyX
180 Documentation mailing list,
182 \begin_inset Flex Code
185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
186 <lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org>
199 \begin_layout Standard
200 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
201 LatexCommand tableofcontents
208 \begin_layout Standard
210 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865652
211 \begin_inset Note Note
214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
216 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865674
217 Note to all translators:
220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
222 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865817
223 This manual was restructured for LyX 2.4.
224 Attached are notes for translators to help them to find their way round the new structure of Additional.lyx.
225 This note itself will be deleted in the final 2.4 release.
226 \begin_inset Newline newline
232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
234 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865801
237 Additional.lyx 2.4 Changes
240 \begin_layout Itemize
242 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865801
247 \begin_layout Itemize
249 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865801
254 \begin_layout Itemize
256 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865801
263 \begin_layout Itemize
265 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865801
267 moved and minor edits
270 \begin_layout Itemize
272 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865801
277 \begin_layout Itemize
279 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865801
284 \begin_layout Itemize
286 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865801
291 \begin_layout Itemize
293 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865801
295 moved and significant edits
298 \begin_layout Itemize
300 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865801
305 \begin_layout Itemize
307 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865801
312 \begin_layout Itemize
314 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865801
316 moved and minor edits
319 \begin_layout Itemize
321 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865801
326 \begin_layout Itemize
328 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865801
333 \begin_layout Itemize
335 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865801
340 \begin_layout Itemize
342 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865801
347 \begin_layout Itemize
349 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865824
354 \begin_layout Itemize
356 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831
361 \begin_layout Itemize
363 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831
368 \begin_layout Itemize
370 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831
375 \begin_layout Itemize
377 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831
382 \begin_layout Itemize
384 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831
389 \begin_layout Itemize
391 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831
396 \begin_layout Itemize
398 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831
400 moved with minor edits
403 \begin_layout Itemize
405 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831
410 \begin_layout Itemize
412 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831
417 \begin_layout Itemize
419 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831
421 moved with minor edits
424 \begin_layout Itemize
426 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831
431 \begin_layout Itemize
433 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831
438 \begin_layout Itemize
440 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831
445 \begin_layout Itemize
447 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831
448 (Note that document classes which appeared in 2.3 but do not appear in 2.4 were either removed previously or have been removed during this revision because they are no longer available anywhere.)
452 \begin_layout Itemize
454 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831
461 \begin_layout Itemize
463 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831
464 All module descriptions new except:
467 \begin_layout Itemize
469 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831
471 moved with minor edits
474 \begin_layout Itemize
476 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831
477 Custom header/footer text:
478 moved with minor edits
481 \begin_layout Itemize
483 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831
485 moved with minor edits
488 \begin_layout Itemize
490 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831
491 Custom paragraph shapes:
492 moved with minor edits
495 \begin_layout Itemize
497 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831
499 moved with minor edits
503 \begin_layout Itemize
505 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831
512 \begin_layout Itemize
514 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831
515 Content moved but unchanged
519 \begin_layout Itemize
521 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831
528 \begin_layout Itemize
530 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865845
531 Content moved but unchanged
535 \begin_layout Itemize
537 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865845
540 new chapter and content
543 \begin_layout Itemize
545 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865845
546 All other chapters unchanged but renumbered except:
549 \begin_layout Itemize
551 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865845
552 section 11.3 Literate programming:
563 \begin_layout Chapter
567 \begin_layout Standard
568 This manual is essentially Part II of the
570 User's Guide\SpecialChar endofsentence
573 The reason for separating the two documents is simple:
578 is already quite lengthy,
579 and it contains information on all of the basic features one needs to know in order to prepare most documents.
582 Team has worked to make \SpecialChar LyX
583 extensible through various configuration files and external packages.
584 That means that if you want to support the Fizzwizzle \SpecialChar LaTeX
586 you can create a layout file (or module) for it without having to alter \SpecialChar LyX
588 We've already had contributions of several new features this way,
589 and some of them are documented here.
590 There are also some more `advanced' features,
591 such as how to control the presentation of bibliographies and how to work with multi-part documents,
592 that are not covered in the
596 and are discussed here.
599 \begin_layout Standard
600 This manual also documents some special features,
602 \change_deleted 244031559 1603802929
605 \change_inserted 244031559 1603802931
609 \change_deleted 244031559 1603802954
614 which require additional software to work properly.
615 There is also a chapter on \SpecialChar LyX
618 there's a chapter of \SpecialChar LaTeX
620 things you can use to spruce up your documents by directly using the powerful features of \SpecialChar LaTeX
628 only WYSIWYM and will only ever interface to some,
634 \begin_layout Standard
635 If you haven't read the
640 you are definitely in the wrong manual.
645 is the first place to go,
646 since it describes the notation and format of all of the manuals.
647 You should also be thoroughly familiar with the
651 and all of the basic features of \SpecialChar LyX
652 before attempting to read this one.
655 \begin_layout Standard
656 Since many of the topics in this manual depend heavily on \SpecialChar LyX
657 's interaction with \SpecialChar LaTeX
659 this first chapter covers the inner workings of \SpecialChar LyX
660 and how to direct \SpecialChar LyX
661 to generate exactly the \SpecialChar LaTeX
663 It is obviously for more seasoned \SpecialChar LyX
667 \begin_layout Chapter
669 and \SpecialChar LaTeX
673 \begin_layout Section
675 Uses \SpecialChar LaTeX
679 \begin_layout Standard
680 This chapter is for both \SpecialChar TeX
681 -nicians and the \SpecialChar LaTeX
684 we'll explain how \SpecialChar LyX
685 and \SpecialChar LaTeX
686 work together to produce printable output.
687 This is the only place in any of the manuals where we assume you know something about \SpecialChar LaTeX
691 \begin_layout Standard
695 \begin_inset Quotes eld
698 WYSIWYM frontend to \SpecialChar LaTeX
700 \begin_inset Quotes erd
703 but that's no longer true.
704 There are frontends to \SpecialChar LaTeX
709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
710 Some familar ones are \SpecialChar TeX
716 There are also the \SpecialChar LaTeX
717 modes for vi and emacs,
723 These are basically text editors with the ability to run \SpecialChar LaTeX
724 and mark any errors in the file you're editing.
725 Although \SpecialChar LyX
735 run \SpecialChar LaTeX
737 and it also indicates errors in the file,
741 you don't need to know \SpecialChar LaTeX
742 to use \SpecialChar LyX
745 has added its own extensions to \SpecialChar LaTeX
747 Try the following sometime:
749 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917358
753 \begin_inset Flex Noun
756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
759 Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
766 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917358
767 Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
773 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917366
775 \begin_inset Flex Noun
778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
785 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917366
793 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917371
795 \begin_inset Flex Noun
798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
799 View\SpecialChar menuseparator
810 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917371
813 View\SpecialChar menuseparator
823 then look at the preamble of the resulting
824 \begin_inset Flex Code
827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
834 You'll notice a variety of new macros defined specifically by \SpecialChar LyX
836 These macros are defined automatically,
837 according to the features you use in the document.
840 \begin_layout Standard
841 There are several commands that automatically invoke \SpecialChar LaTeX
846 \begin_layout Itemize
848 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917379
849 \begin_inset Flex Noun
852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
853 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
860 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917379
863 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
869 \begin_layout Itemize
871 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917381
872 \begin_inset Flex Noun
875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
876 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
883 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917381
886 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
892 \begin_layout Standard
893 They will only invoke \SpecialChar LaTeX
894 if the file has changed since the last time \SpecialChar LaTeX
899 \begin_layout Standard
900 When \SpecialChar LyX
901 runs \SpecialChar LaTeX
902 on the file you're editing,
903 it performs these steps:
906 \begin_layout Enumerate
907 Convert the document to \SpecialChar LaTeX
908 and save to a file with the extension
909 \begin_inset Flex Code
912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
919 \begin_inset Flex Code
922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
931 \begin_layout Enumerate
932 Run \SpecialChar LaTeX
934 \begin_inset Flex Code
937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
943 file (maybe several times),
944 and run any other commands (such as
945 \begin_inset Flex Code
948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
955 \begin_inset Flex Code
958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
964 ) needed to compile the \SpecialChar LaTeX
968 \begin_layout Enumerate
969 If there are any errors,
973 \begin_layout Standard
974 If you have run \SpecialChar LaTeX
976 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917394
978 \begin_inset Flex Noun
981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
982 View\SpecialChar menuseparator
989 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917394
992 View\SpecialChar menuseparator
999 then runs a DVI viewer to display the DVI-file.
1001 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917400
1003 \begin_inset Flex Noun
1006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1007 View\SpecialChar menuseparator
1014 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917400
1017 View\SpecialChar menuseparator
1024 performs further steps:
1027 \begin_layout Enumerate
1029 \begin_inset Flex Code
1032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1038 to convert the DVI file to PostScript.
1041 \begin_layout Enumerate
1042 Run a PostScript viewer,
1044 \begin_inset Flex Code
1047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1054 to display the PostScript file.
1057 \begin_layout Standard
1059 does similar things when viewing,
1064 \begin_layout Section
1065 Translating \SpecialChar LaTeX
1066 files into \SpecialChar LyX
1070 \begin_layout Standard
1071 You can import a \SpecialChar LaTeX
1072 file into \SpecialChar LyX
1074 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917408
1076 \begin_inset Flex Noun
1079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1080 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
1081 Import\SpecialChar menuseparator
1088 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917408
1091 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
1092 Import\SpecialChar menuseparator
1097 command in \SpecialChar LyX
1099 This will call a program named
1100 \begin_inset Flex Code
1103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1109 which will create a file
1110 \begin_inset Flex Code
1113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1120 \begin_inset Flex Code
1123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1131 will then open that file.
1135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1136 \begin_inset Flex Code
1139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1145 can also be run from the command line,
1154 \begin_layout Standard
1155 \begin_inset Flex Code
1158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1164 will translate most legal \SpecialChar LaTeX
1167 It will put things it doesn't understand into \SpecialChar TeX
1169 so after translating a file with
1170 \begin_inset Flex Code
1173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1180 you can look for \SpecialChar TeX
1181 code and hand-edit it until it looks right.
1184 \begin_layout Standard
1185 If you don't know what \SpecialChar TeX
1187 read the next section.
1190 \begin_layout Section
1191 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1193 name "sec:Inserting-TeX-Code"
1197 Inserting \SpecialChar TeX
1198 Code into \SpecialChar LyX
1202 \begin_layout Standard
1203 Anything you can do in \SpecialChar LaTeX
1204 you can do in \SpecialChar LyX
1206 for a very simple reason:
1207 You can always insert \SpecialChar TeX
1208 code into any \SpecialChar LyX
1212 and will never be able to,
1213 display every possible \SpecialChar LaTeX
1215 If ever you need to insert \SpecialChar LaTeX
1216 commands into your \SpecialChar LyX
1219 \begin_inset Flex Code
1222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1230 which you can insert into your document with
1231 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917417
1233 \begin_inset Flex Noun
1236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1237 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
1248 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917417
1251 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
1256 or the keyboard shortcut
1265 \begin_layout Standard
1266 Here's an example of inserting \SpecialChar LaTeX
1267 commands in a \SpecialChar LyX
1269 The code looks like this:
1272 \begin_layout LyX-Code
1276 \begin_inset Newline newline
1281 begin{minipage}{5cm}
1282 \begin_inset Newline newline
1285 This is an example of a minipage environment.
1287 \begin_inset Newline newline
1290 can put nearly everything in it,
1292 \begin_inset Newline newline
1297 \begin_inset Newline newline
1303 \begin_inset Newline newline
1307 \begin_inset Newline newline
1312 begin{minipage}{5cm}
1313 \begin_inset Newline newline
1319 \begin_inset Newline newline
1324 begin{minipage}{5cm}
1325 \begin_inset Newline newline
1330 \begin_inset Newline newline
1336 \begin_inset Newline newline
1342 \begin_inset Newline newline
1348 \begin_inset Newline newline
1356 \begin_layout LyX-Code
1360 \begin_layout Standard
1362 \begin_inset Flex Code
1365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1372 box containing this text is directly after this paragraph.
1373 Those of you reading the manual in \SpecialChar LyX
1374 will only see the \SpecialChar TeX
1376 Those reading a printed version of the manuals will see the actual results:
1377 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
1383 \begin_layout Standard
1387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1398 begin{minipage}{5cm}
1401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1403 This is an example of a minipage environment.
1404 You can put nearly everything in it,
1405 even (non-floating) figures and tables.
1409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1425 begin{minipage}{5cm}
1428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1439 begin{minipage}{5cm}
1442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1479 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
1485 \begin_layout Standard
1486 In addition to using \SpecialChar TeX
1488 you can also create a separate file containing some complex \SpecialChar LaTeX
1489 structure and then use
1490 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917427
1492 \begin_inset Flex Noun
1495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1496 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
1498 \begin_inset space ~
1507 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917427
1510 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
1512 \begin_inset space ~
1519 to include your file (you should select the type
1520 \begin_inset Flex Code
1523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1530 We recommend that you only do this if you have a
1531 \begin_inset Flex Code
1534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1546 you'll have a big job tracking down \SpecialChar LaTeX
1550 \begin_layout Standard
1551 There are a few last points to emphasize:
1554 \begin_layout Itemize
1560 check if your \SpecialChar LaTeX
1564 \begin_layout Itemize
1565 Beware of reinventing the wheel.
1568 \begin_layout Standard
1571 does have quite a few features tucked into it,
1572 and more are coming.
1573 Be sure to check the manuals to make sure that \SpecialChar LyX
1574 doesn't have such-and-such feature before you decide you have to do it by hand.
1576 there are numerous \SpecialChar LaTeX
1577 packages out there to do all sorts of things,
1578 from labels to envelopes to fancy multipage tables.
1580 \change_inserted 244031559 1603815732
1582 \begin_inset CommandInset href
1585 target "https://www.ctan.org/"
1591 \change_deleted 244031559 1603815732
1593 \begin_inset CommandInset href
1596 target "http://www.ctan.org/"
1606 \begin_layout Standard
1607 If you do need to do some wild and fancy things within your document,
1608 be sure to check out a good \SpecialChar LaTeX
1609 book for assistance.
1610 There are a number of them listed in the bibliography of the
1617 \begin_layout Section
1619 and the \SpecialChar LaTeX
1623 \begin_layout Subsection
1624 About the \SpecialChar LaTeX
1628 \begin_layout Standard
1629 If you already know \SpecialChar LaTeX
1631 there is no need to explain here what the preamble is good for.
1633 the following will give you some ideas—
1634 we recommend again that you consult a \SpecialChar LaTeX
1635 book for further information.
1637 you should read the points below,
1638 because they explain what you can do and what you don't need to do in the \SpecialChar LaTeX
1639 preamble of a \SpecialChar LyX
1643 \begin_layout Standard
1644 The \SpecialChar LaTeX
1645 preamble comes at the very beginning of a document,
1654 \begin_layout Itemize
1655 Declare the document class.
1657 \begin_inset Newline newline
1661 already does this for you.
1662 If you're a seasoned \SpecialChar LaTeX
1664 and you have a custom document class you want to use,
1667 Customization Manual
1669 for information on how to make \SpecialChar LyX
1673 \begin_layout Itemize
1674 Declare the usage of packages.
1676 \begin_inset Newline newline
1680 packages provide special commands,
1681 which are only available within a document when the package has been declared in the preamble.
1682 In addition to providing special commands,
1683 the inclusion of a package can change the document.
1686 \begin_inset Flex Code
1689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1695 forces all paragraphs to be indented.
1696 There are other packages for labels,
1703 \begin_layout Itemize
1708 \begin_inset Newline newline
1711 There are several \SpecialChar LaTeX
1712 counters and variables that
1716 be set globally from within the preamble in order to have the desired effect.
1717 (There are variables that you can set and reset inside the document,
1718 too.) Margins are a good example of something that must be set in the preamble.
1719 Another example is the label format for lists.
1720 You can actually set these just about anywhere,
1721 but it's best to do it just once,
1722 inside the preamble.
1725 \begin_layout Itemize
1726 Declare user defined commands (with
1727 \begin_inset Flex Code
1730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1739 \begin_inset Flex Code
1742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1751 \begin_inset Newline newline
1754 These are abbreviations for \SpecialChar LaTeX
1755 commands which appear very often inside a document.
1756 Although the preamble is a good place to declare such commands,
1761 be declared anywhere (before they are used for the first time,
1763 This can be useful if there is a lot of raw \SpecialChar LaTeX
1764 code in your document,
1765 which normally should not be the case.
1768 \begin_layout Standard
1770 adds its own set of definitions to the preamble of the
1771 \begin_inset Flex Code
1774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1781 This makes \SpecialChar LaTeX
1782 files generated by \SpecialChar LyX
1786 \begin_layout Subsection
1787 Changing the Preamble
1790 \begin_layout Standard
1791 The commands which \SpecialChar LyX
1792 adds to the preamble of a \SpecialChar LaTeX
1794 you can't change them without patching \SpecialChar LyX
1798 add your own stuff to the preamble by selecting
1799 \begin_inset Flex Noun
1802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1805 \begin_inset space ~
1814 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917437
1816 \begin_inset Flex Noun
1819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1820 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
1827 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917437
1830 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
1837 adds anything in the
1838 \begin_inset Flex Noun
1841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1847 dialog to its own built-in preamble.
1848 Before adding your own declarations in the preamble,
1849 you should make sure that \SpecialChar LyX
1850 doesn't already support what you want to do.
1851 (Remember what we said about reinventing the wheel?) Also,
1854 make sure your preamble code is correct
1858 doesn't check it for you.
1859 If there is an error,
1860 you're likely to get an error like
1861 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1865 \begin_inset Flex Code
1868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1877 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1881 If you see this error,
1882 check your preamble.
1885 \begin_layout Subsection
1889 \begin_layout Standard
1890 Here are some examples of what you can add to a preamble,
1894 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1899 \begin_layout Standard
1900 There are two variables under \SpecialChar LaTeX
1901 that control page position:
1903 \begin_inset Flex Code
1906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1915 \begin_inset Flex Code
1918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1927 Their names should be self-explanatory.
1928 These variables are useful if you think for a moment about computer labels.
1930 the size of a print medium and the area of the medium that you can actually print on aren't the same.
1932 \begin_inset Flex Code
1935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1944 \begin_inset Flex Code
1947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1958 \begin_layout Standard
1959 The default values for
1960 \begin_inset Flex Code
1963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1972 \begin_inset Flex Code
1975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1984 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1989 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1993 \begin_inset space \space{}
1996 the page isn't shifted.
1998 some DVI drivers always seem to shift the page.
1999 We have no idea why,
2000 or why the sysadmin hasn't fixed such behavior.
2001 If you're using \SpecialChar LyX
2002 on a system that you don't personally maintain,
2003 and your sysadmin is a doofus,
2005 \begin_inset Flex Code
2008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2017 \begin_inset Flex Code
2020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2029 Suppose your left and top margins are always 0.5
2030 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2034 You can add this to the preamble:
2037 \begin_layout LyX-Code
2045 \begin_layout LyX-Code
2053 \begin_layout Standard
2054 and your margins should now be correct.
2057 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2062 \begin_layout Standard
2064 suppose you wanted to print out a bunch of address labels.
2065 There's a rather nice package,
2066 available at your nearest CTAN archive,
2067 for printing sheets of labels:
2069 \begin_inset Flex Code
2072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2080 your system may not have this package installed by default.
2081 We leave that up to you to check.
2082 You'll also want to read the documentation for it;
2083 we're not going to do that for you.
2084 Since this is an example,
2086 we'll give you an example of how you use this package.
2089 \begin_layout Standard
2091 make sure you're using the
2092 \begin_inset Flex Code
2095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2103 you need to put the following in your preamble:
2106 \begin_layout LyX-Code
2112 \begin_layout LyX-Code
2118 \begin_layout LyX-Code
2124 \begin_layout LyX-Code
2130 \begin_layout LyX-Code
2136 \begin_layout LyX-Code
2142 \begin_layout LyX-Code
2148 \begin_layout Standard
2149 This sets things up for Avery label sheets,
2151 You're now ready to print labels,
2152 but you'll need to insert \SpecialChar LaTeX
2154 placing the commands
2155 \begin_inset Flex Code
2158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2167 \begin_inset Flex Code
2170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2178 around each label text.
2179 This and other special features of
2180 \begin_inset Flex Code
2183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2189 are explained in its documentation.
2192 \begin_layout Standard
2194 someone may write a \SpecialChar LyX
2195 layout file to support this package directly.
2196 Maybe that someone is you.
2199 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2201 Paragraph Indentation
2204 \begin_layout Standard
2205 Americans are trained to indent the first line of
2210 As with all of their other weird quirks,
2211 most Americans will whine and moan until they can have their way and indent the first line of all paragraphs.
2222 \begin_layout Standard
2224 this behavior isn't standard typography.
2226 you typically only indent the first line of a paragraph
2230 it follows another one.
2231 The idea behind indenting the first line of a paragraph is to distinguish neighboring paragraphs from one another.
2232 If there is no previous paragraph—
2234 if it follows a figure or is the first paragraph in a section—
2235 then there is no need for indentation.
2239 \begin_layout Standard
2240 If you're a typical American (we're still joking!),
2242 you don't care about such esoteric things;
2243 you want your indentation!
2244 Add this to the preamble:
2247 \begin_layout LyX-Code
2250 usepackage{indentfirst}
2253 \begin_layout Standard
2254 If your \SpecialChar TeX
2255 distribution isn't braindead,
2256 you'll have this package,
2257 and all of your paragraphs will get the indentation the Founding Fathers intended they should have.
2260 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2265 \begin_layout Standard
2266 You can also check out the preamble of this document to get an idea of some of the advanced things you can do.
2269 \begin_layout Section
2271 and \SpecialChar LaTeX
2275 \begin_layout Standard
2276 When \SpecialChar LyX
2277 calls \SpecialChar LaTeX
2279 it tells \SpecialChar LaTeX
2280 to blithely ignore any errors and keep going.
2281 It then uses the logfile from the \SpecialChar LaTeX
2282 run to do a post-mortem.
2283 After analyzing the logfile,
2285 displays a dialog listing the errors.
2286 Clicking on any one of them will take you to the position in your \SpecialChar LyX
2287 file where the error occurred.
2291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2294 Analyzing the logfile is a tough job,
2295 and \SpecialChar LyX
2296 doesn't always go to the right line.
2297 There are also cases where \SpecialChar LaTeX
2298 reports the error on one line,
2299 but the actual error is earlier.
2300 This is not unlike forgetting a closing brace in a program:
2301 You'll get an error,
2310 \begin_layout Standard
2311 Some folks also like to look at the log file directly:
2312 It is available from
2313 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917444
2315 \begin_inset Flex Noun
2318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2319 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
2321 \begin_inset space ~
2330 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917444
2333 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
2335 \begin_inset space ~
2343 There are some fairly common error messages and warnings.
2344 We'll cover those here.
2345 You should look at a good \SpecialChar LaTeX
2346 book for a complete listing.
2349 \begin_layout Itemize
2350 \begin_inset Flex Code
2353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2360 \begin_inset Newline newline
2363 Anything beginning with these words is a warning message for the purpose of
2364 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2368 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2371 the \SpecialChar LaTeX
2373 You'll get messages like this if you added or changed cross-references or bibliography entries,
2376 is trying to tell you that you need to make another run.
2377 You can by-and-large ignore these.
2380 \begin_layout Itemize
2381 \begin_inset Flex Code
2384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2391 \begin_inset Newline newline
2394 Another warning message,
2395 this time about fonts which \SpecialChar LaTeX
2397 The rest of the message will often say something about a replacement font that \SpecialChar LaTeX
2399 You can safely ignore these,
2403 \begin_layout Itemize
2404 \begin_inset Flex Code
2407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2416 \begin_inset Newline newline
2425 It seems to generate at least one of these messages for just about any document you write.
2426 They are warnings about lines that were too long and run past the right margin.
2427 This happens if \SpecialChar LaTeX
2428 does not find a reasonable way to break the lines (notoriously often with typewriter font,
2429 since this does not allow for automatic break points).
2431 this is unnoticeable in the final output.
2432 (It can be just a point or two.) Sometimes,
2434 the lines run rather visibly into the margin;
2435 something you will not want to have in your final print.
2437 \begin_inset Newline newline
2440 There are several global ways to try to minimize the overfull lines.
2443 Enable micro-typographic extensions
2447 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
2448 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
2451 might already improve things a lot.
2454 code such as the following in
2456 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
2457 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
2460 usually reduces the overfull lines drastically (we use this in the preamble of this document):
2464 \begin_layout LyX-Code
2468 \begin_inset Newline newline
2474 \begin_inset Newline newline
2479 emergencystretch 1.5em
2480 \begin_inset Newline newline
2488 \begin_layout Standard
2491 you eventually have to rewrite the text to get the line breaking right.
2495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2496 For more information,
2498 \begin_inset Flex URL
2501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2503 http://www.tex.ac.uk/FAQ-overfull.html
2516 \begin_layout Standard
2518 you should check the respective lines,
2519 at least for the final version of your document.
2520 Your eyes will tell you if there's a problem with something that's too wide.
2524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2525 You can also enable the `draft' option in
2526 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917458
2528 \begin_inset Flex Noun
2531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2532 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
2539 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917458
2542 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
2548 and then \SpecialChar LaTeX
2549 will draw a black box in the margin of lines that are overfull.
2558 \begin_layout Itemize
2559 \begin_inset Flex Code
2562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2571 \begin_inset Newline newline
2574 Not quite as common as its cousin.
2575 This happens again if \SpecialChar LaTeX
2576 does not find a reasonable break point and consequently generates too loose lines.
2577 As with the overfull lines,
2578 you should check if this is a visible problem.
2581 \begin_layout Itemize
2582 \begin_inset Flex Code
2585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2594 \begin_inset Flex Code
2597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2606 \begin_inset Newline newline
2609 Warnings about troubles breaking the page.
2611 just look at the output.
2612 Your eyes will tell you where something has gone wrong.
2615 \begin_layout Itemize
2616 \begin_inset Flex Code
2619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2622 \begin_inset Quotes els
2626 \begin_inset Quotes ers
2635 \begin_inset Newline newline
2639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2646 isn't installed on this system.
2647 This usually appears because some package your document needs isn't installed.
2648 If you didn't touch the preamble or didn't use the
2649 \begin_inset Flex Code
2652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2661 then one of the packages \SpecialChar LyX
2662 tried to load is missing.
2664 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917468
2666 \begin_inset Flex Noun
2669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2670 Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
2678 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917478
2681 Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
2686 to get a list of packages that \SpecialChar LyX
2688 This file is updated whenever you reconfigure \SpecialChar LyX
2690 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917484
2692 \begin_inset Flex Noun
2695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2696 Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
2703 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917484
2706 Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
2711 ) and tells you which packages have been detected and what they do.
2712 \begin_inset Newline newline
2716 \begin_inset Flex Code
2719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2727 command and the package in question isn't installed,
2728 then you'll need to install it yourself.
2731 \begin_layout Itemize
2732 \begin_inset Flex Code
2735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2743 \begin_inset Newline newline
2746 Error messages beginning with this are trying to tell you that you specified a bad or undefined option to a package.
2747 Check the package's documentation.
2750 \begin_layout Itemize
2751 \begin_inset Flex Code
2754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2755 Undefined control sequence
2761 \begin_inset Newline newline
2764 If you've inserted \SpecialChar LaTeX
2765 code into your document,
2767 you'll get one of these.
2768 You may have forgotten to load a package.
2770 this error message usually means that you used an undefined command.
2774 \begin_layout Standard
2775 There are other error and warning messages.
2776 Some are self-explanatory.
2777 These are usually \SpecialChar LaTeX
2779 Others are downright cryptic.
2780 These are usually \SpecialChar TeX
2786 what they mean or how to decipher them.
2790 \begin_layout Standard
2791 There's a general sequence you should follow if you get error messages:
2794 \begin_layout Enumerate
2795 Look at the \SpecialChar LaTeX
2796 code you inserted for typos.
2799 \begin_layout Enumerate
2800 If there are no typos,
2801 check that you used the command(s) correctly.
2804 \begin_layout Enumerate
2805 If you get a bunch of error boxes piled up at the very top of the document—
2806 and especially if you see a
2807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2811 \begin_inset Flex Code
2814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2823 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2827 it means that there are errors in the preamble.
2828 Start debugging your preamble.
2831 \begin_layout Enumerate
2832 If you didn't add anything to the preamble and didn't add any \SpecialChar LaTeX
2833 code to the document,
2834 the first suspect is your \SpecialChar LaTeX
2835 distribution itself.
2836 Check for missing packages and install them.
2839 \begin_layout Enumerate
2841 so there are no missing packages.
2842 Did you use any of the fine-tuning options in \SpecialChar LyX
2850 like trying to manually insert lots of
2851 \begin_inset Flex Code
2854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2856 \change_deleted 177693 1654669036
2858 \change_inserted 177693 1654669038
2862 \begin_inset space ~
2866 \change_deleted 177693 1654669040
2868 \change_inserted 177693 1654669041
2878 \begin_inset Flex Code
2881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2889 \begin_inset Flex Code
2892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2899 Did you try to kludge something together with these instead of using the appropriate paragraph environment?
2902 \begin_layout Enumerate
2904 you didn't use any of the fine-tuning options,
2905 you played by the rules.
2906 Did you try to pull a fancy maneuver?
2907 Did you do something funky inside a table or an equation,
2908 like inserting a graphic into a table cell?
2911 \begin_layout Enumerate
2912 Do you have long sections of text where \SpecialChar LaTeX
2913 cannot find a place to break a line?
2916 is rather strict about how much extra inter-word spacing it will add in order to break a line.
2918 you should rework the paragraph to avoid the problem.
2921 \begin_layout Enumerate
2922 Did you go overboard with the nesting?
2924 (currently) doesn't check to make sure you're in the limits for nesting environments.
2925 If you nested a bunch of environments to the
2926 \begin_inset Formula $17^{\mathrm{th}}$
2931 (The limit in \SpecialChar LaTeX
2935 \begin_layout Enumerate
2937 you didn't get any error messages,
2938 but your output looks awful.
2939 If you have a table or figure that's too wide or long for the page,
2944 \begin_layout Enumerate
2945 rescale the figure so it fits.
2948 \begin_layout Enumerate
2949 trim down the table so it fits.
2953 \begin_layout Enumerate
2954 If something else is wrong with the output,
2955 and you didn't try to pull anything fancy or kludge the fine-tuning options,
2956 we're not sure what's wrong.
2959 \begin_layout Standard
2960 If all this doesn't help—
2966 you might have found a bug in \SpecialChar LyX
2971 \begin_layout Chapter
2973 \change_inserted 564990737 1672345271
2977 \begin_layout Standard
2979 \change_inserted 564990737 1672345272
2986 originally offered four standard document classes,
2990 but individuals and organizations,
2991 most notably the American Mathematical Society in the early days,
2992 have made many contributions to extending the range of document classes.
2993 In this chapter we summarize the main externally maintained classes,
2994 some of which are marked “Unavailable:” in the pull-down
2997 \begin_inset space ~
3011 ocument\SpecialChar menuseparator
3016 ettings\SpecialChar menuseparator
3018 \begin_inset space ~
3023 dialog and which you will need to install as described in the
3025 Installing New Document Classes
3031 manual if you want to use them.
3035 \begin_layout Section
3037 \change_inserted 564990737 1670439533
3038 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3040 name "sec:Collections"
3047 \begin_layout Subsection
3049 \change_inserted 564990737 1672345298
3050 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3052 name "subsec:AMS-LaTeX-(American-Mathematical"
3056 AMS-\SpecialChar LaTeX
3057 (American Mathematical Society)
3060 \begin_layout Standard
3062 \change_inserted 564990737 1672345298
3063 The \SpecialChar LyX
3064 supported document classes
3072 are maintained by the Society;
3073 use of their features is described in the Math manual and on their website
3074 \begin_inset Flex URL
3077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3079 \change_inserted 564990737 1672345298
3081 http://www.ams.org/publications/authors/tex/amslatex
3089 The following summary was originally provided by
3096 \change_inserted -712698321 1673082716
3098 \change_inserted 564990737 1672345298
3101 and the \SpecialChar LyX
3105 \change_deleted 564990737 1672345297
3108 AMS \SpecialChar LaTeX
3112 \begin_layout Standard
3114 \change_deleted 564990737 1672345297
3122 Richard Kimberly Heck
3127 \begin_layout Standard
3128 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
3134 \begin_layout Standard
3136 The AMS \SpecialChar LaTeX
3137 layouts are set up to conform to suggested styles for mathematical papers to be submitted to American Mathematical Society publications.
3138 The layouts are not tailored to a specific journal,
3140 You should refer to the AMS documentation for specific instructions for each journal (usually it will entail only changing a single line in the \SpecialChar TeX
3142 That documentation is available on the Web at
3143 \begin_inset Flex URL
3146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3154 \begin_inset Flex URL
3157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3159 ftp://ftp.ams.org/pub/tex/amslatex/
3165 These layouts are appropriate,
3167 for any mathematical writing.
3171 \begin_layout Standard
3173 \change_deleted -712698321 1673083001
3175 \change_inserted -712698321 1673083002
3178 basic AMS \SpecialChar LaTeX
3183 \begin_layout Itemize
3185 The standard AMS article format
3186 \change_inserted 564990737 1672345333
3190 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
3191 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
3192 Articles\SpecialChar menuseparator
3193 American Mathematical Society (AMS)
3200 \begin_layout Itemize
3202 the standard AMS book (really,
3204 \change_inserted 564990737 1672345366
3208 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
3209 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
3210 Books\SpecialChar menuseparator
3211 American Mathematical Society (AMS)
3216 \change_inserted 564990737 1672345369
3220 \begin_layout Itemize
3222 \change_inserted 564990737 1672345383
3224 the standard AMS proceedings format.
3227 \begin_layout Standard
3229 \change_inserted 564990737 1672345383
3231 only supports the first two natively;
3234 Installing New Document Classes
3240 manual if you want to use
3247 \begin_layout Standard
3248 The layouts themselves contain only the minimum necessary to use the AMS classes.
3251 contain any of the `theorem' environments used for setting theorems,
3254 These are contained,
3257 \change_deleted 564990737 1672345416
3259 \begin_inset Flex Code
3262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3269 \change_inserted 564990737 1672345416
3277 which is loaded by default when you select one of the AMS classes.
3278 (It can also be used with other classes and can be removed,
3279 if you would rather use something else.) Less commonly used environments are in the
3280 \change_deleted 564990737 1672345436
3282 \begin_inset Flex Code
3285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3286 Theorems (AMS-Extended)
3292 \change_inserted 564990737 1672345436
3295 AMS Theorems (Extended)
3300 which must be loaded manually.
3303 \begin_layout Standard
3305 theorems and the like are numbered consecutively throughout the document,
3306 but this may be modified by loading the module
3307 \change_deleted 564990737 1672345461
3309 \begin_inset Flex Code
3312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3313 Theorems (Order by Section)
3319 \change_inserted 564990737 1672345461
3322 Standard Theorems (Numbered by Section)
3328 \begin_inset Flex Code
3331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3339 \change_deleted 564990737 1672345479
3341 \begin_inset Flex Code
3344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3345 Theorems (Order by Chapter)
3351 \change_inserted 564990737 1672345480
3354 Standard Theorems (Numbered by Chapter)
3359 These will number the results as
3360 \begin_inset Formula $n.m$
3364 where the first number refers to the section (or chapter) and the second refers to the total number of results so far in that section (or chapter).
3365 Many environments are also available unnumbered.
3366 These are indicated by an asterisk at the end.
3367 If you happen to want
3373 \change_deleted 564990737 1672345498
3375 \begin_inset Flex Code
3378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3385 \change_inserted 564990737 1672345498
3388 Standard Theorems (Unnumbered)
3392 provides that option.
3395 \begin_layout Standard
3396 Note that these modules do not
3400 to be used with the AMS classes.
3401 It is perfectly possible to use the
3402 \change_deleted 564990737 1672345520
3404 \begin_inset Flex Code
3407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3414 \change_inserted 564990737 1672345520
3422 and the others mentioned,
3425 \begin_inset Flex Code
3428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3430 \change_deleted -712698321 1673083855
3432 \change_inserted -712698321 1673083855
3433 Article (Standard Class)
3442 \begin_inset Flex Code
3445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3447 \change_deleted -712698321 1673083858
3449 \change_inserted -712698321 1673083862
3450 Report (Standard Class)
3459 \begin_inset Flex Code
3462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3464 \change_deleted -712698321 1673083819
3466 \change_inserted -712698321 1673083822
3478 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3479 What these layouts provide
3482 \begin_layout Standard
3483 There is a long list of included environments provided by these layouts.
3484 In AMS-\SpecialChar LaTeX
3488 an opportunity to define an unlimited variety of `theorem' environments.
3490 the AMS recommends the environments that are available in \SpecialChar LyX
3495 \begin_layout Standard
3496 The following environments—
3497 as well as the standard environments,
3499 \begin_inset Flex Noun
3502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3510 \begin_inset Flex Noun
3513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3521 \begin_inset Flex Noun
3524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3532 \begin_inset Flex Noun
3535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3543 \begin_inset Flex Noun
3546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3554 \begin_inset Flex Code
3557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3564 \begin_inset Flex Code
3567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3576 \begin_layout Description
3577 Address This should be the author's permanent address.
3580 \begin_layout Description
3582 \begin_inset space ~
3585 Address This should be the author's temporary address at the time of submission,
3586 if different from the Address.
3589 \begin_layout Description
3590 Email Author's e-mail address
3593 \begin_layout Description
3594 URL Author's Web address,
3598 \begin_layout Description
3599 Keywords Key words or phrases used to identify specific topics discussed in the paper.
3602 \begin_layout Description
3603 Subjectclass These refer to the AMS Subject Classifications,
3604 published and described in
3606 Mathematical Reviews
3609 These are also available online at the AMS cites listed above.
3612 \begin_layout Description
3616 \begin_layout Description
3620 \begin_layout Description
3624 \begin_layout Standard
3625 The following environments are provided by both the
3626 \change_deleted 564990737 1672345566
3628 \begin_inset Flex Code
3631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3638 \change_inserted 564990737 1672345566
3646 \change_deleted 564990737 1672345580
3648 \begin_inset Flex Code
3651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3658 \change_inserted 564990737 1672345580
3666 in the latter case in both
3667 \change_deleted -712698321 1673084072
3671 \change_deleted -712698321 1673084073
3675 \change_deleted -712698321 1673084075
3679 \change_deleted -712698321 1673084077
3683 These same environments are provided only in the starred versions by the
3684 \change_deleted 564990737 1672345596
3686 \begin_inset Flex Code
3689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3696 \change_inserted 564990737 1672345596
3700 \change_inserted -712698321 1673084060
3708 \begin_layout Theorem
3709 This is typically used for the statements of major results.
3713 \begin_layout Corollary*
3714 This is used for statements which follow fairly directly from previous statements.
3716 these can be major results.
3721 These are smaller results needed to prove other statements.
3724 \begin_layout Proposition
3725 These are less major results which (hopefully) add to the general theory being discussed.
3728 \begin_layout Conjecture
3729 These are statements provided without justification,
3730 which the author does not know how to prove,
3731 but which seem to be true (to the author,
3735 \begin_layout Definition*
3736 Guess what this is for.
3737 The font is different for this environment than for the previous ones.
3741 \begin_layout Example*
3742 Used for examples illustrating proven results.
3745 \begin_layout Problem
3746 It's not really known what this is for.
3747 You should figure it out.
3750 \begin_layout Exercise*
3751 Write a description for this one.
3754 \begin_layout Remark
3755 This environment is also a type of theorem,
3756 usually a lesser sort of observation.
3759 \begin_layout Claim*
3760 Often used in the course of giving a proof of a larger result.
3765 these are used to break up long arguments,
3766 using specific instances of some condition.
3771 The numbering scheme for cases is on its own,
3772 not together with other numbered statements.
3777 At the end of this environment,
3778 a QED symbol (usually a square,
3779 but it can vary with different styles) is placed.
3780 If you want to have other environments within this one—
3783 and have the QED symbol appear only after them,
3784 then the other environments need to be nested within the proof environment.
3787 Nesting Environments
3793 for information on nesting.
3798 \change_inserted 564990737 1672345651
3799 Used in a way similar to Proposition,
3800 though perhaps lower on the scale.
3803 \begin_layout Standard
3804 And these environments are provided by
3805 \change_deleted 564990737 1672345684
3807 \begin_inset Flex Code
3810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3811 Theorems (AMS-Extended)
3817 \change_inserted 564990737 1672345689
3820 AMS Theorems (Extended
3827 \begin_layout Criterion*
3828 A required condition.
3831 \begin_layout Algorithm*
3832 A general procedure to be used.
3835 \begin_layout Axiom*
3836 This is a property or statement taken as true within the system being discussed.
3839 \begin_layout Condition*
3840 Sometimes used to state a condition assumed within the present context of discussion.
3844 Similar to a Remark.
3847 \begin_layout Notation*
3848 Used for the explanation of,
3853 \begin_layout Summary
3854 Do we really need to tell you?
3858 \begin_layout Standard
3860 \change_deleted -712698321 1675595089
3866 \begin_layout Conclusion*
3867 Sometimes used at the end of a long train of argument.
3868 \change_deleted 564990737 1672345729
3874 \change_deleted 564990737 1672345638
3875 Used in a way similar to Proposition,
3876 though perhaps lower on the scale.
3877 \change_inserted 564990737 1672345720
3881 \begin_layout Assumption*
3883 \change_inserted 564990737 1672345721
3887 \begin_layout Question*
3889 \change_inserted 564990737 1672345721
3893 \begin_layout Standard
3895 \change_inserted 564990737 1672345721
3896 There are ten more Maths modules available including several offering options ordered on
3898 (Numbered by Type \SpecialChar ldots
3906 \begin_layout Standard
3908 the AMS classes automatically provide the AMS \SpecialChar LaTeX
3909 and AMS fonts packages.
3910 They need to be available on your system in order to use these environments.
3913 \begin_layout Subsection
3915 \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236
3916 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3918 name "subsec:Extra-font-sizes"
3925 \begin_layout Standard
3927 \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236
3928 The “Extra font sizes” collection provides the document classes
3931 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3934 (with extra font sizes)
3940 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3943 (with extra font sizes)
3949 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3952 (with extra font sizes)
3957 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3960 (with extra font sizes)
3980 document classes respectively but offer the additional
3986 \begin_inset space ~
3999 ocument\SpecialChar menuseparator
4004 ettings\SpecialChar menuseparator
4010 \begin_layout Subsection
4012 \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236
4016 \begin_layout Standard
4018 \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236
4019 The document classes
4022 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
4030 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
4045 document classes to facilitate the use of Hebrew in \SpecialChar LyX
4049 \begin_layout Subsection
4051 \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236
4052 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4054 name "subsec:Japanese"
4059 \change_inserted -712698321 1675848645
4061 \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236
4065 \begin_layout Standard
4067 \change_inserted -712698321 1676025662
4069 included a collection of several bundles that aim to facilitate typesetting Japanese documents.
4070 The bundles have been developed at different times,
4071 they thus support different typesetting engines and features.
4072 This collection is the oldest one.
4073 It adjusts the \SpecialChar LaTeX
4074 standard classes to requirements of Japanese typesetting,
4075 for horizontal and vertical writing.
4076 The collection includes
4078 Japanese Article (Standard Class)
4084 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
4087 (Standard Class Vertical Writing)
4093 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
4102 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
4105 (Standard Class Vertical Writing)
4111 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
4114 (Japanese Standard Class)
4120 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
4123 (Standard Class Vertical Writing)
4127 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4131 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4134 engines tailored for Japanese,
4136 and up\SpecialChar LaTeX
4140 \begin_layout Standard
4142 \change_inserted -712698321 1676026113
4143 For the use with the more modern Lua\SpecialChar LaTeX
4145 the collection also includes dedicated classes
4147 Japanese Article (Standard Class for LuaTeX),
4149 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
4152 (Standard Class for LuaTeX)
4158 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
4161 (Japanese Standard Class for LuaTeX)
4170 These classes support both horizontal and vertical writing.
4175 \begin_layout Subsection
4177 \change_inserted -712698321 1675848929
4178 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4180 name "subsec:Japanese-JS"
4184 Japanese (JS Bundle)
4189 \begin_layout Standard
4191 \change_inserted -712698321 1675849034
4192 This collection includes improved versions of the classes included in
4194 Japanese (Standard Classes)
4197 \begin_inset space ~
4201 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4203 reference "subsec:Japanese"
4209 \change_deleted -712698321 1675849038
4210 The document classes
4211 \change_inserted -712698321 1673089024
4215 \change_deleted -712698321 1673089025
4217 \change_inserted -712698321 1673089025
4219 \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236
4221 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
4225 \change_deleted -712698321 1673089027
4227 \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236
4229 \change_deleted -712698321 1675848222
4231 \change_inserted -712698321 1675848223
4233 \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236
4235 \change_deleted -712698321 1675849103
4240 \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236
4244 \change_deleted -712698321 1675849055
4246 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
4249 (Japanese Standard Class Vertical Writing)
4255 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
4258 (Japanese Standard Class)
4262 \change_inserted -712698321 1675849107
4266 \change_deleted -712698321 1673089053
4268 \change_inserted -712698321 1673089064
4270 \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236
4272 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
4276 \change_deleted -712698321 1673089067
4278 \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236
4280 \change_deleted -712698321 1675849059
4282 \change_inserted -712698321 1675849059
4284 \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236
4286 \change_deleted -712698321 1675849095
4293 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
4296 (Japanese Standard Class Vertical Writing)
4302 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
4305 (Japanese Standard Class)
4311 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
4314 (Japanese Vertical Writing)
4319 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
4322 (Japanese Standard Class)
4324 provide document classes for the Japanese language
4325 \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236
4328 \change_inserted -712698321 1676026196
4329 A report class can be obtained by using
4332 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
4343 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
4344 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
4345 Document Class\SpecialChar menuseparator
4346 Class Options\SpecialChar menuseparator
4350 All these classes work with
4351 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4355 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4358 engines tailored for Japanese,
4360 and up\SpecialChar LaTeX
4364 \begin_layout Standard
4366 \change_inserted -712698321 1676026178
4367 For the use with the more modern Lua\SpecialChar LaTeX
4369 the collection also includes dedicated classes
4371 Japanese Article (JS Bundle for LuaTeX),
4373 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
4376 (JS Bundle for LuaTeX)
4382 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
4394 These classes support both horizontal and vertical writing.
4399 \begin_layout Subsection
4401 \change_inserted -712698321 1675848572
4402 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4404 name "subsec:Japanese-BX"
4408 Japanese (BX Bundle)
4411 \begin_layout Standard
4413 \change_inserted -712698321 1676026685
4414 This bundle contains the document classes
4417 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
4426 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
4435 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
4440 which provide alternative document classes for Japanese documents.
4444 Japanese Slides (BX Bundle)
4446 for presentation slides,
4448 As opposed to the classes of the
4458 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4460 reference "subsec:Japanese"
4465 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4467 reference "subsec:Japanese-JS"
4472 which support only p\SpecialChar LaTeX
4473 and up\SpecialChar LaTeX
4474 out of the box (and Lua\SpecialChar LaTeX
4475 only through the extra classes added by the
4481 the classes of this bundle also support pdf\SpecialChar LaTeX
4483 Xe\SpecialChar LaTeX
4484 and Lua\SpecialChar LaTeX
4486 with the aid of suitable packages that provide capability of Japanese typesetting.
4489 \begin_layout Subsection
4491 \change_inserted -712698321 1675850366
4492 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4494 name "subsec:Japanese-JLReq"
4498 Japanese (JLReq Class)
4501 \begin_layout Standard
4503 \change_inserted -712698321 1675850768
4504 This bundle draws on the
4508 class which faithfully traces the standard of
4510 Requirements for Japanese Text Layout
4512 set by the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C,
4514 \begin_inset Flex URL
4517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4519 \change_inserted -712698321 1675850769
4521 https://www.w3.org/TR/jlreq/?lang=en
4529 It can be used with Lua\SpecialChar LaTeX
4530 as well as p\SpecialChar LaTeX
4531 and up\SpecialChar LaTeX
4535 \begin_layout Standard
4537 \change_inserted -712698321 1675850585
4538 LyX provides layouts for
4541 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
4550 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
4559 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
4564 which are all derived from the
4569 class via specific class options.
4572 \begin_layout Standard
4574 \change_inserted -712698321 1675850701
4575 An example article document is available at
4577 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
4578 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
4579 Articles\SpecialChar menuseparator
4580 Japanese Article (JLReq Class)
4583 English documentation is available at
4584 \begin_inset Flex URL
4587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4589 \change_inserted -712698321 1675850350
4591 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/jptex/latex/jlreq/jlreq.pdf
4599 \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236
4603 \begin_layout Subsection
4605 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429136
4606 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4608 name "subsec:KOMA-Script"
4615 \begin_layout Standard
4617 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429136
4627 and the \SpecialChar LyX
4629 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429136
4633 \begin_layout Standard
4635 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429136
4643 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4645 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429161
4649 \begin_layout Standard
4651 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429162
4652 The KOMA-Script collection of document classes is a development of the Script classes created by Frank Neukam in the early 1990s;
4653 it was formally launched with the addition of a letter class in 1994.
4655 a second letter class has been added.
4656 Frank Neukam's classes were inspired by the principles of typography and this has been fully integrated into the design of the KOMA-Script classes.
4662 \begin_layout Standard
4663 The \SpecialChar LyX
4665 \change_deleted -712698321 1673089779
4668 article (koma-script)
4669 \change_inserted -712698321 1673089784
4676 \change_deleted -712698321 1673089790
4679 report (koma-script)
4680 \change_inserted -712698321 1673089794
4687 \change_deleted -712698321 1673089790
4695 \change_inserted -712698321 1673089771
4702 \change_inserted -712698321 1673089799
4706 \change_deleted -712698321 1673089802
4708 \change_inserted -712698321 1673089802
4712 \change_deleted -712698321 1673089811
4721 correspond to the \SpecialChar LaTeX
4743 \begin_inset space ~
4746 of the Koma-Script family.
4747 They are replacements for the standard document classes
4767 and fit better to European typography conventions in a number of points.
4770 \begin_layout Itemize
4772 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429262
4773 Standard character size is
4774 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429263
4775 The base character sizes when you select a KOMA-Script class are
4778 \change_deleted -712698321 1673089877
4781 article (koma-script)
4782 \change_inserted -712698321 1673089877
4789 \change_deleted -712698321 1673089886
4792 report (koma-script)
4793 \change_inserted -712698321 1673089886
4800 \change_deleted -712698321 1673089893
4804 \change_inserted -712698321 1673089893
4806 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429267
4813 \change_deleted -712698321 1673089903
4816 letter (koma-script)
4817 \change_inserted -712698321 1673089903
4825 \begin_layout Itemize
4827 labels of the description environment,
4828 and a number of elements of the
4829 \change_deleted -712698321 1673089925
4832 letter (koma-script)
4833 \change_inserted -712698321 1673089925
4838 document class are set in a bold sans serif font.
4842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4843 There is a big difference between the bold sans serif old cm fonts and new ec fonts,
4844 especially in the appearance of headings.
4846 the ec bold sans serif fonts look a bit thin.
4847 Here the \SpecialChar LaTeX
4856 helps to produce the
4857 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4861 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4864 appearance when using the ec fonts.
4869 The numbering of chapter headings is made in the same way as the numbering of section headings,
4870 that is without the extra line
4871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4874 Chapter\SpecialChar ldots
4876 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4881 the appearance of the headings can be modified by using a number of options (in \SpecialChar LyX
4882 to be entered in the field
4885 \begin_inset space ~
4892 Layout\SpecialChar menuseparator
4899 \begin_layout Itemize
4901 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429310
4902 The main means in the Koma-Script document classes to design the type area are the options
4910 (in \SpecialChar LyX
4911 to be entered in the extra class options field in the dialog
4913 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
4917 They make a clearer modification of page margins possible as do the options of the dialog
4919 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
4924 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429310
4925 The layout of a KOMA-Script page follows one of two traditional typesetting conventions based on dividing the page into strips or drawing a circle.
4926 The default is to imagine that a page is divided horizontally and vertically into strips and allocate strips to the margins leaving the unused strips for the text area.
4927 You can change the sizes of the margins by changing the factor by which the page is divided into strips;
4928 the default for an A4 page is 9 and increasing this factor will produce increasingly narrower strips and therefore narrower margins.
4933 \begin_layout Standard
4935 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429310
4936 Whatever the factor,
4937 two strips are allocated to the outer and bottom margins of a two-sided document and one strip to the inner and top margins,
4938 leaving a text area occupying around half the page.
4939 Since most two-sided documents have a binding,
4940 this can make the inner margins appear too narrow;
4941 so you can apply a binding correction to the page which is deducted before the size of the strips is calculated.
4945 \begin_layout Standard
4947 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429310
4948 The main means in the Koma-Script document classes to design the type area are the options
4958 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
4959 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
4960 Document Class\SpecialChar menuseparator
4961 Class Options\SpecialChar menuseparator
4968 \begin_layout Standard
4970 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429310
4972 the binding correction is 7.5mm which is added in the form
4979 \begin_inset space ~
4982 options\SpecialChar menuseparator
4990 To change the factor to 11,
4996 to the comma separated list of entries in the
5007 \begin_inset space ~
5013 If you want the default value of this factor for a page size other than A4,
5021 \begin_layout Standard
5023 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429310
5024 To use the circle method of calculating the page layout,
5035 \begin_layout Itemize
5036 The \SpecialChar LaTeX
5037 document classes of the Koma-Script family define a number of additional commands.
5038 Those part of it which makes sense in \SpecialChar LyX
5039 is implemented in corresponding paragraph types.
5042 \begin_layout Standard
5043 Detailed descriptions of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
5044 document classes of the Koma-Script family can be found in the Koma-Script documentation
5055 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5057 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429358
5060 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5062 name "subsec:article-(KOMA-Script),-report"
5067 \change_deleted -712698321 1673090826
5070 article (KOMA-Script)
5071 \change_inserted -712698321 1673090826
5075 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429358
5080 \change_deleted -712698321 1673090830
5081 report (KOMA-Script)
5082 \change_inserted -712698321 1673090840
5086 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429358
5091 \change_deleted -712698321 1673090835
5093 \change_inserted -712698321 1673090844
5097 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429367
5100 article (koma-script),
5101 report (koma-script),
5102 and book (koma-script)
5107 \begin_layout Standard
5108 The document classes
5109 \change_deleted -712698321 1673090858
5112 article (koma-script)
5113 \change_inserted -712698321 1673090858
5120 \change_deleted -712698321 1673090862
5123 report (koma-script)
5124 \change_inserted -712698321 1673090869
5131 \change_deleted -712698321 1673090866
5139 \change_inserted -712698321 1673090874
5144 are implemented in the layout files
5160 They contain all the paragraph types of the corresponding standard document classes
5177 with the exception of the \SpecialChar LyX
5183 which is replaced by the new
5187 -type having the same functionality.
5192 -Type there is a number of new paragraph types added.
5199 letter (koma-script)
5204 \begin_layout Itemize
5227 additionally inserting an entry in the table of contents.
5236 are not contained in
5238 article (koma-script)
5243 \begin_layout Itemize
5264 additionally clearing running heads.
5271 article (koma-script)
5277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5290 report (koma-script)
5293 but since this is identical to
5298 is has not been implemented in \SpecialChar LyX
5307 \begin_layout Itemize
5313 generates a heading directly above the following paragraph in the standard character size without affecting the structure of the document.
5316 \begin_layout Itemize
5325 are special captions which respect the different space settings needed for captions placed above or below an element (if you follow strict typographic rules,
5326 you might want to place table captions always above the table).
5327 You can also use the class option
5345 You need at least Koma-Script version 2.8q to use this.
5348 \begin_layout Itemize
5354 can be used to set a bonmot,
5356 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
5360 \begin_inset space \space{}
5363 at the beginning of a chapter.
5364 If you use the optional argument (
5366 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
5368 \begin_inset space ~
5374 you can insert the dictum's author there.
5375 Dictum and author are separated by a line.
5376 You need at least Koma-Script version 2.8q to use this.
5383 article (koma-script)
5388 \begin_layout Standard
5389 The following types,
5390 together with the standard types
5405 form the title area of the document.
5406 They must be entered ahead of the first
5407 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5411 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5419 The corresponding \SpecialChar LaTeX
5420 commands must appear before the
5431 When such a type is used more than once,
5432 the latter usage overwrites the former one,
5434 for every type only the latest usage is valid.
5435 The order of the different types however has,
5451 no effect on the appearance of the produced document.
5454 \begin_layout Itemize
5460 produces a centered paragraph above the ordinary title (
5474 ) for the subject of the document.
5477 \begin_layout Itemize
5483 produces a centered paragraph below the ordinary title (
5497 ) for the publishers' name.
5500 \begin_layout Itemize
5508 report (koma-script)
5514 produces a centered paragraph on its own page behind the title page,
5517 article (koma-script)
5519 produces a centered paragraph below the ordinary title (
5541 \begin_layout Itemize
5547 produces a left aligned paragraph above the ordinary title (
5566 ) for a document`s head.
5569 \begin_layout Itemize
5575 produces in a double-sided print in
5577 report (koma-script)
5583 a left-aligned paragraph at the top of the title page`s back or has no effect in a single-sided print or in
5585 article (koma-script)
5590 \begin_layout Itemize
5596 produces in a double-sided print in
5598 report (koma-script)
5604 a left-aligned paragraph at the bottom of the title page`s back or has no effect in a single-sided print or in
5606 article (koma-script)
5611 \begin_layout Itemize
5618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5625 page ahead of the actual document containing a paragraph without special formatting.
5628 \begin_layout Standard
5630 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680
5631 KOMA-Script offers a wide range of
5638 \begin_inset space ~
5648 ocument\SpecialChar menuseparator
5653 ettings\SpecialChar menuseparator
5655 \begin_inset space ~
5660 dialog which you can apply to the whole document,
5664 \begin_layout Description
5666 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680
5673 which produces a PDF with a small black box at the end any line in which a formatting error occurs;
5674 the default setting is
5679 \begin_layout Description
5681 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680
5688 which may take the values
5702 the first and last adjust the sizes of the headings to take account of page sizes where the default values may not be suitable
5705 \begin_layout Description
5707 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680
5714 which may take the values
5728 the first leaves it up to KOMA-Script to add periods after chapter,
5731 the second forces the addition of periods and third suppresses them
5734 \begin_layout Standard
5736 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680
5737 and the math options:
5740 \begin_layout Description
5742 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680
5749 which causes equations to be numbered on the left rather than on the right,
5753 \begin_layout Description
5755 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680
5762 which causes equations to be left justified rather than centered.
5765 \begin_layout Standard
5767 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680
5768 It also provides commands to affect the output of the document independently of the standard \SpecialChar LaTeX
5769 commands and packages;
5771 if you want your captions in bold add
5774 \begin_layout Standard
5776 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680
5781 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
5786 \begin_layout Standard
5788 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680
5794 ocument\SpecialChar menuseparator
5801 \SpecialChar menuseparator
5806 \begin_inset space ~
5811 ) and the problem is solved.
5814 \begin_layout Standard
5816 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680
5817 If you are writing a book,
5818 it is normal to have the preliminary pages numbered in Roman numerals and the Chapters in this part unnumbered.
5819 If you use the Chapter* environment,
5820 your Foreword and Preface will not appear in the Table of Contents;
5821 to make them to appear in the Table of contents,
5822 you need to use Chapter environments and add the \SpecialChar TeX
5826 \begin_layout Standard
5828 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680
5836 \begin_layout Standard
5838 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680
5839 at the very start of the book (not in the \SpecialChar LaTeX
5843 \begin_layout Standard
5845 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680
5853 \begin_layout Standard
5855 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680
5856 before the first chapter of the body of the text.
5858 \change_inserted -712698321 1673092640
5867 \begin_layout Standard
5869 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680
5870 You may also want to have some unnumbered Chapter environments at the end of the book after the Appendices,
5875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5877 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680
5878 Appendices are normally “numbered” with letters.
5883 If you use the Chapter* environment,
5884 they will not appear in the Table of Contents;
5885 so add the \SpecialChar TeX
5889 \begin_layout Standard
5891 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680
5899 \begin_layout Standard
5901 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429682
5902 before the first of these headings and use the Chapter environment.
5903 These commands will have no effect on the numbering in \SpecialChar LyX
5905 only on the PDF output where the headings will be unnumbered and appear in the Table of Contents.
5908 \begin_layout Standard
5909 The layout files for the document classes
5911 article (koma-script)
5916 report (koma-script)
5928 This is thought of as a place to define your own types.
5933 in your personal layout directory and edit the file!
5934 \change_deleted 564990737 1672430255
5938 \begin_layout Standard
5940 \change_deleted 564990737 1672430255
5941 letter (koma-script)
5944 \begin_layout Description
5946 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
5948 This section discusses the obsolete
5950 KOMA-Script-Letter (v.
5951 \begin_inset space ~
5957 which is not even included anymore in recent KOMA releases.
5958 Please refer to the next section for the current KOMA-Script-Letter class (v.
5959 \begin_inset space ~
5965 \begin_layout Standard
5968 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
5971 letter (koma-script)
5973 is implemented in the layout file
5978 It contains all the paragraph types of the corresponding standard document class
5984 with the exception of the \SpecialChar LyX
5999 which is replaced by the new
6006 in contrast to the standard document class,
6029 there are a number of new letter specific types.
6032 \begin_layout Standard
6034 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
6035 The appearance of the letter produced by this document class can be controlled by a number of \SpecialChar LaTeX
6037 which you can put in the \SpecialChar LaTeX
6042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6044 the standard appearance of the letter`s heading,
6045 consisting of name and address,
6046 is quite self-willed.
6048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6055 heading is produced by the following \SpecialChar LaTeX
6056 commands in the preamble:
6059 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6069 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6085 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6095 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6115 A detailed German description of such \SpecialChar LaTeX
6116 commands can be found in the Koma-Script documentation
6122 the letter's author can produce his personal letter layout.
6125 \begin_layout Standard
6127 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
6136 define the beginning of the letter and must be used in every letter.
6137 To emphasize them in the \SpecialChar LyX
6139 they are marked with the letter
6149 \begin_inset space ~
6153 It is possible to write any number of letters in one file.
6158 type produces a new letter using the same addressee and a
6162 type produces a new addressee.
6182 are ordinary paragraph types and can also be used several times in one and the same letter.
6185 \begin_layout Itemize
6187 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
6193 produces a paragraph for the addressee and implicitly defines the beginning of the letter.
6196 \begin_layout Itemize
6198 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
6204 produces a paragraph for the form of address and implicitly produces a new letter.
6207 \begin_layout Itemize
6209 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
6215 produces a paragraph for a close.
6218 \begin_layout Itemize
6220 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
6226 produces a paragraph for a postscript.
6229 \begin_layout Itemize
6231 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
6237 produces a paragraph for a distribution list.
6240 \begin_layout Itemize
6242 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
6248 produces a paragraph for enclosures.
6251 \begin_layout Standard
6253 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
6303 are input types provided with a label to enter information,
6304 which will be processed by the document class.
6308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6309 It could be seen as a matter of inconsequence,
6318 described above are not such input types as well.
6319 Because of the special meaning of those types,
6321 I have implemented them as ordinary paragraph types with a one letter mark in the left margin.
6323 it would affect my feeling of symmetry,
6332 type had such a serious different appearance.
6337 The types must be used ahead of the corresponding
6344 \begin_layout Standard
6346 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
6347 An implementation of these types in a WYSIWYG fashion does not seem to make sense,
6348 because the real appearance of the produced letter does not only depend on the usage of the particular type,
6349 but also on other factors.
6351 a signature entered in the
6355 type will in the standard behavior appear in the produced letter only,
6356 when in the same letter also a
6361 The entered value of the
6365 type will in the standard behavior not appear in the produced letter at all.
6366 The possibility to design the letter`s heading freely is already indicated in a footnote above.
6369 \begin_layout Standard
6371 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
6372 The input types can also be used as empty paragraphs.
6374 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6378 \begin_inset space \space{}
6390 type is not used at all,
6391 in the standard behavior the value of the
6395 type is used as signature,
6401 no signature value is defined.
6404 \begin_layout Standard
6406 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
6407 By using the input types it is possible to write a letter template,
6408 containing filled input types with your personal dates (name,
6410 etc.) and empty input types for other dates you want to enter.
6413 \begin_layout Itemize
6415 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
6422 in the standard behavior appears as a centered paragraph in small caps in the letter`s heading.
6425 \begin_layout Itemize
6427 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
6434 in the standard behavior appears below the
6448 type appears instead.
6451 \begin_layout Itemize
6453 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
6460 in the standard behavior appears in a centered paragraph in the letter`s heading below the sender's name.
6463 \begin_layout Itemize
6465 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
6471 sender's telephone number,
6472 in the standard behavior only sets the \SpecialChar LaTeX
6482 \begin_layout Itemize
6484 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
6490 place of the letter`s making.
6493 \begin_layout Itemize
6495 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
6501 date of the letter`s making.
6511 in the standard behavior,
6512 produce the place and the date in a right-aligned line below the addressee's field.
6518 neither place nor date appear,
6519 independent of the value of the
6529 the date of the letter `s production is used.
6532 \begin_layout Itemize
6534 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
6540 sender`s back address,
6541 in the standard behavior appears above the addressee's field in a small sans serif font.
6544 \begin_layout Itemize
6546 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
6552 special mail information,
6553 in the standard behavior appears underlined above the addressee's field below the back address.
6556 \begin_layout Itemize
6558 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
6564 additional information,
6565 in the standard behavior appears on right side below the addressee`s field.
6568 \begin_layout Itemize
6570 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
6577 in the standard behavior appears in a big,
6579 sans serif font above the subject.
6582 \begin_layout Itemize
6584 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
6590 the letter's subject,
6591 in the standard behavior appears in a bold font above the
6598 \begin_layout Standard
6600 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
6625 produce a business letter like line above the
6629 line containing the fields
6630 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6634 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6657 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6666 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6670 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6675 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6690 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6693 business letter types
6694 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6702 type however does not appear,
6703 but only the \SpecialChar LaTeX
6711 The ordinary output of place and date in a right-aligned line below the addressee`s field is suppressed.
6712 The types are implemented as input types provided with a label and must be used ahead of the corresponding
6719 \begin_layout Itemize
6721 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
6730 \begin_layout Itemize
6732 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
6741 \begin_layout Itemize
6743 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
6752 \begin_layout Itemize
6754 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
6763 \begin_layout Itemize
6765 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
6776 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6778 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429773
6779 The new letter class:
6780 letter (koma-script v.2)
6781 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429774
6783 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6785 name "subsec:The-new-letter"
6789 The new letter class:
6791 \change_inserted -712698321 1673092709
6793 \change_deleted -712698321 1673092710
6795 \change_inserted -712698321 1673092710
6797 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429774
6799 \change_deleted -712698321 1673092713
6801 \change_inserted -712698321 1673092714
6803 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429774
6806 \change_inserted -712698321 1673092715
6808 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429774
6814 \begin_layout Standard
6820 \begin_layout Standard
6821 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
6827 \begin_layout Standard
6829 Koma-Script version 2.8 has introduced a new letter class
6833 which supersedes the now unsupported
6839 on the \SpecialChar LaTeX
6841 a completely new interface and is not compatible with the old class.
6845 though it is recommended you use the new class.
6848 \begin_layout Standard
6849 This class covers the same functionality as
6851 letter (koma-script),
6859 (receiver's address,
6879 will start a new letter (i.
6880 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6884 \begin_inset space \space{}
6887 you can write several letters per document).
6888 New elements are sender's
6907 and the possibility to use a
6913 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
6919 \begin_layout Standard
6920 The biggest improvement is,
6922 that the letter's layout is configurable to meet almost any needs.
6923 This can be done via the preamble or with a special style file (Letter Class Option,
6929 that will be read in as a class option.
6933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6934 The KOMA package comes with some default
6945 file that follows german typesetting rules,
6950 that provides the default layout of the old
6955 The latter can be loaded with the class option
6962 Layout\SpecialChar menuseparator
6963 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
6972 \change_deleted 564990737 1671617922
6980 \change_deleted 564990737 1671617938
6981 that is included in \SpecialChar LyX
6983 \change_inserted 564990737 1671617997
6989 ile\SpecialChar menuseparator
6991 \begin_inset space ~
6999 \begin_inset space ~
7002 Template\SpecialChar menuseparator
7003 Letters\SpecialChar menuseparator
7004 KOMA-Script Letter (V.2)
7009 A detailed description is to be found in the Koma-Script documentation (
7016 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7020 \begin_layout Standard
7021 Visualizing the Koma-Script document classes in \SpecialChar LyX
7023 the \SpecialChar LyX
7024 internals cause some problems.
7027 \begin_layout Itemize
7028 The chapter number of a
7032 type appears on a line of its own above the chapter heading instead of appearing in the same line ahead of it.
7033 The cause for that is the \SpecialChar LyX
7034 internal behavior for the labeltype
7041 \begin_layout Itemize
7042 The headings of the types
7051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7055 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7060 but not in the \SpecialChar LyX
7063 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
7065 \begin_inset space ~
7069 \begin_inset space ~
7077 \begin_layout Itemize
7082 document class appear in a skip separation mode,
7084 This is the standard behavior,
7085 no special \SpecialChar LaTeX
7086 commands are needed for that.
7089 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
7092 dialog the corresponding radio button indicates
7101 value always has the effect that extra \SpecialChar LaTeX
7102 commands are inserted in the document to produce the gap,
7103 which is not what is wanted in this case.
7106 \begin_layout Subsection
7108 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743555
7109 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7111 name "subsec:Polish-M.W.collection"
7116 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7120 \begin_inset space \space{}
7124 \change_deleted 564990737 1670924933
7126 book (mwbk) and report (mwrep)
7127 \begin_inset Argument status
7130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7145 \begin_layout Standard
7151 \begin_layout Standard
7152 The \SpecialChar LyX
7154 \change_deleted -712698321 1673094342
7158 \change_inserted -712698321 1673094343
7159 Polish Article (MW Bundle)
7165 \change_deleted -712698321 1673094349
7169 \change_inserted -712698321 1673094356
7170 Polish Report (MW Bundle)
7175 \change_deleted -712698321 1673094352
7183 \change_inserted -712698321 1673094359
7184 Polish Book (MW Bundle)
7188 correspond to the \SpecialChar LaTeX
7204 They are replacements for the standard document classes
7219 and fit better to Polish typography conventions in a number of points.
7223 \begin_layout Standard
7227 \begin_layout Itemize
7228 Unnumbered titles (with star,
7230 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7234 \begin_inset space \space{}
7241 ) are added into table of contents,
7244 \begin_layout Itemize
7245 Additional page styles:
7249 \begin_layout Description
7250 uheadings header with separated lines,
7253 \begin_layout Description
7254 myheadings custom header,
7255 contents headers via commands:
7271 \begin_layout Description
7272 myuheadings custom header with separated lines,
7275 \begin_layout Description
7276 outer page number is placed on outer side of page
7280 \begin_layout Itemize
7285 \begin_layout Description
7286 rmheadings serif titles —
7290 \begin_layout Description
7291 sfheadings sansserif titles,
7294 \begin_layout Description
7295 authortitle on title page first placed is author next title —
7299 \begin_layout Description
7300 titleauthor on title page first placed is title next author,
7303 \begin_layout Description
7304 withmarginpar reserve place on page for margins.
7308 \begin_layout Subsection
7310 \change_inserted 564990737 1672652245
7314 \begin_layout Standard
7316 \change_inserted 564990737 1672652245
7317 The document classes
7318 \change_deleted -712698321 1673094404
7322 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7326 \change_inserted -712698321 1673094404
7328 \change_inserted 564990737 1672652245
7332 \change_deleted -712698321 1673094408
7336 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7340 \change_inserted -712698321 1673094411
7342 \change_inserted 564990737 1672652245
7354 Detailed information about these document classes can be found in
7356 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
7357 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
7358 Books\SpecialChar menuseparator
7363 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
7364 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
7365 Handouts\SpecialChar menuseparator
7371 \begin_layout Section
7373 \change_inserted 564990737 1670439534
7377 \begin_layout Standard
7379 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794710
7380 See also the document classes in the Collections (section
7381 \begin_inset space ~
7385 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7387 reference "sec:Collections"
7395 \begin_layout Subsection
7397 \change_deleted -712698321 1673095198
7399 \change_inserted -712698321 1673095198
7400 Astronomy & Astrophysics
7401 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7405 \begin_layout Standard
7407 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7413 updated by the \SpecialChar LyX
7417 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7419 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7423 \begin_layout Standard
7425 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7426 This section describes how \SpecialChar LyX
7427 can be used to write articles for submission to the scientific journal
7430 \change_deleted -712698321 1673095254
7432 \change_inserted -712698321 1673095254
7434 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7438 \begin_inset CommandInset href
7441 target "http://ftp.edpsciences.org/pub/aa/aa-package.zip"
7446 ) using Version 9.1 of the document class
7451 information about it is available at
7452 \begin_inset Flex URL
7455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7457 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7459 https://www.aanda.org/for-authors/latex-issues/texnical-background-information
7469 \begin_layout Standard
7471 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7472 A manual comes together with the package and should be consulted before installing this document class as described in the
7474 Installing New Document Classe
7484 \begin_layout Standard
7486 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7487 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7492 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7493 Please note that the publisher of the journal was changed from Springer to EDP Sciences starting January 1,
7495 That change also involved some slight changes to the style files,
7496 namely the removal of the thesaurus command.
7497 If you have an older version installed,
7499 For information about compatibility with the old (version 4) layout,
7500 please refer to the comments in
7503 Dir/layouts/aapaper.layout
7513 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7515 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7519 \begin_layout Standard
7521 \change_inserted 564990737 1671617129
7522 It is recommended you start from the template in the menu
7527 ile\SpecialChar menuseparator
7529 \begin_inset space ~
7537 \begin_inset space ~
7540 Template\SpecialChar menuseparator
7541 Articles\SpecialChar menuseparator
7542 Astronomy & Astrophysics
7545 If you are not using the template,
7546 note the following settings:
7549 \begin_layout Itemize
7551 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7553 \change_deleted -712698321 1673095619
7557 \change_inserted -712698321 1673095619
7558 Astronomy & Astrophysics
7559 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7567 ocument\SpecialChar menuseparator
7572 ettings\SpecialChar menuseparator
7574 \begin_inset space ~
7580 that one was obvious).
7583 \begin_layout Itemize
7585 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7589 \begin_inset space ~
7601 \begin_inset space ~
7612 The whole layout is done by the macros,
7613 you shouldn't change anything.
7616 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7618 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7622 \begin_layout Standard
7624 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7625 First thing to enter is the header information.
7627 \change_deleted -712698321 1673167006
7629 \change_inserted -712698321 1673167007
7631 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7633 of which one is optional.
7637 \begin_layout Itemize
7639 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7648 \begin_layout Itemize
7650 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7659 \begin_layout Itemize
7661 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7670 \begin_layout Itemize
7672 \change_deleted -712698321 1673167065
7676 \change_inserted -712698321 1673167065
7678 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7683 \change_inserted -712698321 1673167087
7687 \begin_layout Itemize
7689 \change_inserted -712698321 1673168577
7695 Determines to whom correspondence and reprints are to be sent.
7698 \begin_layout Itemize
7700 \change_inserted -712698321 1673168590
7705 [optional] Snail mail address for contacts.
7706 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7710 \begin_layout Itemize
7712 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7726 \begin_layout Standard
7728 \change_inserted -712698321 1673168612
7729 There is no need to issue the
7736 this is done automatically by \SpecialChar LyX
7737 when the header is finished.
7739 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7740 Although the order of the single header entries doesn't matter it is advised to keep the above sequence,
7741 just to get the best optics and meets the layout of the real document.
7744 \begin_layout Standard
7746 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7747 If you want to place footnotes in the header block,
7749 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7753 \begin_inset space \space{}
7756 to state your present address,
7757 just use the standard footnote via the menu
7762 nsert\SpecialChar menuseparator
7771 will automagically use the term
7778 \change_inserted -712698321 1673168649
7782 \begin_layout Standard
7784 \change_inserted -712698321 1673168649
7787 Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
7791 you'll find two insets which are relevant for the titling:
7794 \begin_layout Itemize
7796 \change_inserted -712698321 1673168649
7803 to mark corresponding author\SpecialChar breakableslash
7805 The institutes are numbered sequentially as they appear in the
7810 so you have to put a marker to each author.
7813 \begin_layout Itemize
7815 \change_inserted -712698321 1673168649
7820 to supply an email address for fast contact.
7821 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7825 \begin_layout Standard
7827 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7828 In addition to these topics,
7829 the macros use three additional \SpecialChar LaTeX
7830 commands that have no counterpart in \SpecialChar LyX
7834 \begin_layout Itemize
7836 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7843 to separate different names for more than one author and institute,
7847 \begin_layout Itemize
7849 \change_deleted -712698321 1673168671
7856 to mark corresponding author/institute pairs.
7857 The institutes are numbered sequentially as they appear in the
7862 so you have to put a marker to each author.
7865 \begin_layout Itemize
7867 \change_deleted -712698321 1673168671
7874 to supply an email address for fast contact.
7875 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7879 \begin_layout Standard
7881 \change_deleted -712698321 1673168684
7884 \change_inserted -712698321 1673168684
7886 \change_inserted 564990737 1671642374
7887 he appropriate command has to be entered as \SpecialChar TeX
7888 code in \SpecialChar LyX
7890 See the examples in the template and in
7892 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
7893 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
7894 Articles\SpecialChar menuseparator
7895 Astronomy & Astrophysics
7902 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7904 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7908 \begin_layout Standard
7910 \change_inserted -712698321 1673168754
7911 The abstract should immediately follow the header block.
7912 With version 5 the abstract environment was changed to a command,
7913 and there is now a restriction to only one paragraph.
7915 it should contain an entry with the keywords.
7916 This is done via the paragraph style
7921 Refer to the example paper.
7922 \change_deleted -712698321 1673168754
7923 The abstract should immediately follow the header block and must contain five tokens:
7933 \begin_layout Enumerate
7935 \change_deleted -712698321 1673168754
7940 (optional) {} leave it empty if necessary
7943 \begin_layout Enumerate
7945 \change_deleted -712698321 1673168754
7953 \begin_layout Enumerate
7955 \change_deleted -712698321 1673168754
7963 \begin_layout Enumerate
7965 \change_deleted -712698321 1673168754
7973 \begin_layout Enumerate
7975 \change_deleted -712698321 1673168754
7980 (optional) {} leave it empty if necessary
7983 \begin_layout Standard
7985 \change_deleted -712698321 1673168754
7987 This structure not shown in
7992 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7996 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7998 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7999 Supported environments
8002 \begin_layout Standard
8004 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
8005 The A&A paper layout supports the following environments for structuring your text:
8008 \begin_layout Standard
8010 \change_inserted -712698321 1673169058
8013 \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
8016 \begin_layout Itemize
8018 \change_inserted -712698321 1673169058
8024 \begin_layout Itemize
8026 \change_inserted -712698321 1673169058
8032 \begin_layout Itemize
8034 \change_inserted -712698321 1673169058
8040 \begin_layout Itemize
8042 \change_inserted -712698321 1673169058
8048 \begin_layout Itemize
8050 \change_inserted -712698321 1673169058
8056 \begin_layout Itemize
8058 \change_inserted -712698321 1673169058
8064 \begin_layout Itemize
8066 \change_inserted -712698321 1673169058
8072 \begin_layout Itemize
8074 \change_inserted -712698321 1673169058
8080 \begin_layout Itemize
8082 \change_inserted -712698321 1673169058
8088 \begin_layout Itemize
8090 \change_inserted -712698321 1673169058
8096 \begin_layout Itemize
8098 \change_inserted -712698321 1673169058
8104 \begin_layout Itemize
8106 \change_inserted -712698321 1673169078
8115 \change_deleted -712698321 1673169058
8119 \begin_layout Itemize
8121 \change_deleted -712698321 1673169058
8127 \begin_layout Itemize
8129 \change_deleted -712698321 1673169058
8135 \begin_layout Itemize
8137 \change_deleted -712698321 1673169058
8143 \begin_layout Itemize
8145 \change_deleted -712698321 1673169058
8151 \begin_layout Itemize
8153 \change_deleted -712698321 1673169058
8159 \begin_layout Itemize
8161 \change_deleted -712698321 1673169058
8167 \begin_layout Itemize
8169 \change_deleted -712698321 1673169058
8175 \begin_layout Itemize
8177 \change_deleted -712698321 1673169058
8183 \begin_layout Itemize
8185 \change_deleted -712698321 1673169058
8191 \begin_layout Itemize
8193 \change_deleted -712698321 1673169058
8199 \begin_layout Itemize
8201 \change_deleted -712698321 1673169058
8206 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
8210 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8212 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
8213 Commands not supported by \SpecialChar LyX
8217 \begin_layout Standard
8219 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
8220 Some commands are not yet supported by the
8221 \change_deleted -712698321 1673169117
8225 \change_inserted -712698321 1673169117
8226 Astronomy & Astrophysics
8227 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
8230 layout for \SpecialChar LyX
8232 Some have already been mentioned.
8233 For the sake of completeness,
8234 they are listed all together here:
8237 \begin_layout Itemize
8239 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
8247 \begin_layout Itemize
8249 \change_inserted -712698321 1673168793
8257 \begin_layout Itemize
8259 \change_inserted -712698321 1673168793
8267 \begin_layout Itemize
8269 \change_inserted -712698321 1673168793
8275 \change_deleted -712698321 1673168793
8281 \begin_layout Itemize
8283 \change_deleted -712698321 1673168793
8291 \begin_layout Itemize
8293 \change_deleted -712698321 1673168793
8301 \begin_layout Itemize
8303 \change_deleted -712698321 1673168793
8309 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
8313 \begin_layout Standard
8315 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
8316 If you want to use any of these commands,
8317 you have to enter them yourself.
8318 Do not forget to use
8324 nsert\SpecialChar menuseparator
8327 \begin_inset space ~
8335 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8337 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
8338 Figure and Table Floats
8341 \begin_layout Standard
8343 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
8345 provides support for the necessary float environments
8356 therefore we won't tell much about it here.
8360 \begin_inset space ~
8366 Just remember that tables should be left-aligned.
8368 select the table and change the alignment in
8373 dit\SpecialChar menuseparator
8379 \begin_inset space ~
8383 \change_inserted -712698321 1673169201
8389 arg "layout-paragraph"
8393 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
8399 \begin_layout Standard
8401 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
8402 There is only one special thing:
8403 the figures with a caption beside the figure.
8404 To create such a figure,
8405 you have to do the following:
8408 \begin_layout Enumerate
8410 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
8411 Create a wide figure float:
8417 nsert\SpecialChar menuseparator
8422 t\SpecialChar menuseparator
8427 from within the float,
8433 dit\SpecialChar menuseparator
8439 \begin_inset space ~
8450 \begin_inset space ~
8462 \begin_layout Enumerate
8464 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
8465 Enter your caption text.
8468 \begin_layout Enumerate
8470 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
8475 to move the cursor above the caption.
8478 \begin_layout Enumerate
8480 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
8484 \begin_layout Enumerate
8486 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
8487 Position the cursor after the figure and insert a horizontal fill by using the menu:
8493 nsert\SpecialChar menuseparator
8498 rmatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
8504 \begin_inset space ~
8513 dialog and select the
8525 \change_deleted -712698321 1673169720
8527 \change_inserted -712698321 1673169724
8529 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
8533 \begin_layout Enumerate
8535 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
8536 Switch to \SpecialChar LaTeX
8541 \begin_inset space ~
8549 \begin_layout Enumerate
8551 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
8560 Do not close the brace!
8563 \begin_layout Enumerate
8565 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
8566 Position the cursor behind the caption text,
8567 switch to \SpecialChar LaTeX
8568 mode and insert the closing brace:
8572 \begin_inset space ~
8584 \begin_layout Standard
8586 \change_inserted 564990737 1671642458
8588 refer to the figures in the file in
8590 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
8591 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
8592 Articles\SpecialChar menuseparator
8593 Astronomy & Astrophysics
8598 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8600 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
8604 \begin_layout Standard
8606 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
8608 the paper has to be formatted in a special double-spacing layout.
8610 you have to add the option
8621 \begin_inset space ~
8631 ocument\SpecialChar menuseparator
8636 ettings\SpecialChar menuseparator
8638 \begin_inset space ~
8647 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8649 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
8653 \begin_layout Standard
8655 \change_inserted 564990737 1671642520
8658 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
8659 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
8660 Articles\SpecialChar menuseparator
8661 Astronomy & Astrophysics
8663 was written with \SpecialChar LyX
8665 It is the example paper from the original macro package,
8671 \begin_inset CommandInset href
8674 target "http://ftp.edpsciences.org/pub/aa/aa-package.zip"
8680 but translated to \SpecialChar LyX
8681 using the older unstructured abstract type.
8682 Use it for inspiration,
8683 and compare the \SpecialChar LaTeX
8688 with the \SpecialChar LyX
8692 \begin_layout Subsection
8697 \begin_layout Standard
8703 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8707 \begin_layout Standard
8709 is a set of macros produced by the American Astronomical Society to facilitate electronic manuscript submission to the three journals they publish:
8710 the Astrophysical Journal (including the Letters and Supplement),
8711 the Astronomical Journal,
8712 and the Publications of the Astronomical Society of the Pacific.
8714 has proven to be an excellent tool for generating these documents,
8715 especially given its equation,
8717 and figure handling capabilities.
8719 requires version 5.0 (or higher) of these macros;
8721 which is the version described here,
8723 Versions prior to 5.0 are intended for use with \SpecialChar LaTeX
8724 2.09 and are fundamentally incompatible with \SpecialChar LyX
8726 The AAS\SpecialChar TeX
8727 package may be downloaded from the AAS\SpecialChar TeX
8731 \begin_layout Standard
8732 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
8738 \begin_layout Standard
8740 \begin_inset Flex URL
8743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8745 https://aas.org/aastex/aastex-downloads
8753 \begin_layout Standard
8754 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
8760 \begin_layout Standard
8761 A complete user guide is contained in that package and you should familiarize yourself with it thoroughly before embarking on writing a paper in \SpecialChar LyX
8764 will not reduce the need to figure out all the AAS\SpecialChar TeX
8766 it will only reduce the drudgery of typing everything in.
8767 It is your responsibility to ensure that the final exported \SpecialChar LaTeX
8768 document conforms completely to the requirements of the journal to which you are submitting your paper.
8771 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8772 Starting a New Paper
8775 \begin_layout Standard
8776 I strongly suggest that you start with the AAS\SpecialChar TeX
8780 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
8786 \change_inserted 564990737 1671617265
8787 \SpecialChar menuseparator
8788 Articles\SpecialChar menuseparator
8789 American Astronomical Society
8790 \change_deleted 564990737 1671617310
8794 enter the new file name,
8802 This will show the most common fields found in a manuscript.
8803 Simply overwrite the existing text (including the brackets,
8808 ) with the correct information.
8809 Many of the AAS\SpecialChar TeX
8810 commands and environments can be implemented directly in \SpecialChar LyX
8813 For commands such as these,
8814 the \SpecialChar LaTeX
8815 code must be entered directly and marked as such.
8816 Such commands are referred to as \SpecialChar TeX
8819 I tried to minimize the amount of \SpecialChar TeX
8820 code needed in an AAS\SpecialChar TeX
8824 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8825 Finishing Your Paper
8828 \begin_layout Standard
8829 When the paper is finished to your satisfaction and previews/prints correctly,
8831 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8835 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8838 actions which need to be done before you submit it to the journals.
8842 \begin_layout Enumerate
8843 Export your paper as a \SpecialChar LaTeX
8846 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
8847 Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
8855 \begin_layout Enumerate
8860 file with your favorite text editor
8864 \begin_layout Enumerate
8865 remove the comment lines before the
8874 \begin_layout Enumerate
8879 usepackage...{fontenc}
8881 line if it appears (usually just after
8897 \begin_layout Enumerate
8898 remove everything between (and including) the
8911 except for any commands you specifically put into the \SpecialChar LaTeX
8912 preamble (which should appear immediately after the
8913 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8916 User specified \SpecialChar LaTeX
8918 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8929 \begin_layout Enumerate
8930 Run the resulting file through \SpecialChar LaTeX
8931 to make sure it still processes correctly.
8934 \begin_layout Enumerate
8935 Reread the journal requirements to make sure your filenames and formats are correct.
8938 \begin_layout Enumerate
8942 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8943 Comments On Specific Commands
8946 \begin_layout Standard
8947 I will not describe the detailed usage of the individual AAS\SpecialChar TeX
8949 the AAS\SpecialChar TeX
8954 ) gives a good description of each.
8955 Thus it's probably easiest for me to go down the list as found in the guide and offer comments where necessary.
8956 So let's begin \SpecialChar ldots
8960 \begin_layout Paragraph
8961 Things that work as expected
8964 \begin_layout Standard
8965 Because they work as you might expect,
8966 I simply list them and the section they are found in:
9083 begin{thebibliography}
9093 all the cite commands and their variations (2.13.2),
9094 the generic graphicx figure commands (2.14.1),
9123 amongst other places),
9154 \begin_layout Standard
9155 The following style options also work correctly:
9181 Simply put them in the
9187 Layout\SpecialChar menuseparator
9193 \begin_layout Paragraph
9195 but require more comment
9198 \begin_layout Standard
9199 The following items work,
9200 but require a little more discussion:
9203 \begin_layout Itemize
9204 These items are reserved for use by the journal editors,
9205 but you can put them into the \SpecialChar LaTeX
9206 preamble if you feel compelled to do so:
9244 \begin_layout Itemize
9245 These items may be placed in the \SpecialChar LaTeX
9247 and are included as blanks in the template file:
9271 \begin_layout Itemize
9278 (2.3) – can only be used
9279 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9283 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9287 not in the middle of a paragraph.
9288 Use \SpecialChar TeX
9289 code if you need to embed it.
9292 \begin_layout Itemize
9299 (2.3) – will have extra {} after it.
9300 This should not cause an error.
9303 \begin_layout Itemize
9310 (2.6) – can only be used
9311 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9319 not in the middle of a paragraph.
9320 Use \SpecialChar TeX
9321 code if you need to embed it.
9324 \begin_layout Itemize
9331 (2.8) – can't insert a cross-reference tag,
9332 you must type the tag name by hand
9335 \begin_layout Itemize
9349 \begin_layout Itemize
9356 (2.9) – will have extra {} after it.
9357 This should not cause an error.
9360 \begin_layout Itemize
9367 (2.11) – will have extra {} after it.
9368 This should not cause an error.
9371 \begin_layout Itemize
9378 (2.14.2) – you can insert an optional filename argument by placing the cursor at the beginning of the text and selecting
9380 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
9385 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9389 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9392 inserts an optional argument of the type needed by
9399 Hopefully it will be renamed someday.
9402 \begin_layout Itemize
9415 for the catalog ID optional parameter
9418 \begin_layout Itemize
9431 for the catalog ID optional parameter
9434 \begin_layout Paragraph
9435 Things not implemented,
9436 use \SpecialChar TeX
9440 \begin_layout Standard
9452 setcounter{equation}
9455 Journal name abbreviations (2.13.4),
9498 insert it as the first element in the lefthand cell after where you want it.
9499 Don't use any of \SpecialChar LyX
9500 's rules in the table),
9575 \begin_layout Paragraph
9576 Things that cannot be implemented
9579 \begin_layout Standard
9581 at least in any meaningful sort of way,
9582 so I suggest ignoring them.
9583 They are the references environment (2.13.3),
9584 and the deluxetable environment (2.15).
9586 really need to use deluxetable,
9587 I suggest editing it in a separate file with a text editor,
9590 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
9592 \begin_inset space ~
9597 to include it in your \SpecialChar LyX
9600 \change_deleted 564990737 1671642564
9606 \change_inserted 564990737 1671642618
9609 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
9610 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
9611 Articles\SpecialChar menuseparator
9612 American Astronomical Society
9617 \change_inserted 564990737 1671642621
9623 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9627 and Other Ruminations
9630 \begin_layout Paragraph
9631 Getting \SpecialChar LyX
9632 and AAS\SpecialChar TeX
9636 \begin_layout Standard
9637 It can be a bit tricky to get \SpecialChar LyX
9638 to recognize a new layout and document class.
9639 When all else fails,
9643 \begin_layout Enumerate
9644 Make certain that \SpecialChar LaTeX
9645 can find AAS\SpecialChar TeX
9647 Copy sample.tex (and perhaps table.tex) from the AAS\SpecialChar TeX
9648 distribution into a directory completely unrelated to \SpecialChar LaTeX
9649 or AAS\SpecialChar TeX
9650 and run \SpecialChar LaTeX
9658 \begin_layout Enumerate
9663 appears in \SpecialChar LyX
9671 \begin_layout Enumerate
9674 Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
9679 then restart \SpecialChar LyX
9683 \begin_layout Enumerate
9684 Open a regular new file,
9685 not from a template.
9687 \change_deleted -712698321 1673170671
9690 \change_inserted -712698321 1673170671
9693 American Astronomical Society (AASTeX V.
9694 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9701 appear in the class list in
9703 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
9709 \begin_layout Standard
9710 If you get a warning from an existing AAS\SpecialChar TeX
9711 document about not being able to find the AAS\SpecialChar TeX
9712 layout or a message about
9713 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9716 You should not mix title layouts with normal ones
9717 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9721 things haven't been installed correctly.
9724 \begin_layout Paragraph
9726 error processing a table
9729 \begin_layout Standard
9733 attempts to center the table caption/title.
9734 This seems to produce a bad interaction in AAS\SpecialChar TeX
9735 so you should click somewhere in the caption/title,
9738 Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
9740 \begin_inset space ~
9755 This took care of it for me.
9758 \begin_layout Paragraph
9762 \begin_layout Standard
9765 \change_inserted -712698321 1673170733
9769 \begin_layout Enumerate
9771 \change_deleted -712698321 1673170736
9774 I have noticed some funny spacing in the reference entries in the text.
9775 When you enter the bibliography item data,
9780 space between the last author and the parenthesis setting off the year;
9784 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9788 \begin_inset space \space{}
9804 \change_deleted -712698321 1673170741
9806 \change_inserted -712698321 1673170741
9810 \begin_layout Enumerate
9811 Entering the references at all is not obvious.
9812 The easiest thing is to start typing your first reference at the end of the document,
9813 then mark it as type
9818 That will put a small gray box in front of what you just typed.
9819 Click on the box to fill in the rest of the information.
9821 go to the end of an existing reference and press return.
9822 That will create a new line with its own box,
9826 \begin_layout Paragraph
9830 \begin_layout Standard
9831 Even though AAS\SpecialChar TeX
9832 provides its own figure commands (
9840 I much prefer \SpecialChar LaTeX
9841 's standard figure commands (with the default graphicx).
9850 \begin_inset space ~
9853 commands as \SpecialChar TeX
9854 code into a Figure Float box if you desire,
9855 but I never have much luck getting the layout right.
9856 With the standard graphics,
9862 usepackage{graphicx}
9864 command into the \SpecialChar LaTeX
9865 preamble and handle the figures in the standard \SpecialChar LaTeX2e
9867 interspersing the figures in the text.
9868 I believe ApJ accepts figures exactly this way now;
9869 AJ might still use the
9870 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9873 stack everything at the end
9874 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9880 \begin_layout Paragraph
9881 Things I could have done,
9885 \begin_layout Standard
9887 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9891 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9894 things I could have implemented,
9897 I saw no point in double-spacing the text in the \SpecialChar LyX
9899 even though it is double-spaced in the paper manuscript.
9901 I chose not to make separate layouts for the preprint and preprint2 styles.
9902 Since I assume you will spend most of your time in the plain manuscript mode anyway,
9903 I decided not to chew up more disk space with this.
9907 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9911 \begin_layout Standard
9912 Your mileage may vary.
9913 I've now had papers published by both ApJ and AJ that have had 98% of the effort done in \SpecialChar LyX
9915 the last 2% was the \SpecialChar LaTeX
9916 post-processing and a few cleanups.
9917 I have had no trouble with the submission process,
9918 and I'm sure the journals were never aware that there might be a difference.
9920 go forth and publish!
9923 \begin_layout Subsection
9925 \change_inserted 564990737 1671442131
9929 \begin_layout Standard
9931 \change_inserted 564990737 1671642768
9933 \change_deleted -712698321 1673171415
9937 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9941 \change_inserted 564990737 1671642768
9943 \change_deleted -712698321 1673171417
9945 \change_inserted 564990737 1671642768
9949 \change_deleted -712698321 1673171421
9955 \change_inserted -712698321 1673171424
9957 \change_inserted 564990737 1671642768
9958 document class together with the
9959 \change_deleted -712698321 1673171428
9961 \change_inserted -712698321 1673171429
9963 \change_inserted 564990737 1671642768
9967 \change_deleted -712698321 1673171431
9969 \change_inserted 564990737 1671642768
9972 to facilitate the description of chess games.
9975 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
9976 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
9977 Articles\SpecialChar menuseparator
9991 \begin_layout Subsection
9993 \change_inserted 564990737 1671042028
9997 \begin_layout Standard
9999 \change_inserted 564990737 1671617396
10001 \change_deleted -712698321 1673171640
10005 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10009 \change_inserted 564990737 1671617396
10011 \change_deleted -712698321 1673171643
10013 \change_inserted 564990737 1671617396
10017 \change_inserted -712698321 1673171717
10019 \change_inserted 564990737 1671617396
10023 \change_deleted -712698321 1673171720
10025 \change_inserted 564990737 1671617396
10029 \change_deleted -712698321 1673171728
10031 \change_inserted -712698321 1673171728
10034 \change_inserted 564990737 1671617396
10036 \change_inserted -712698321 1673171744
10037 for journals in the Elsevier publishing house
10038 \change_inserted 564990737 1671617396
10040 This provides the following additional environments:
10044 \begin_inset space ~
10053 \begin_inset space ~
10062 \begin_inset space ~
10083 \change_inserted -712698321 1673172045
10087 \begin_layout Standard
10089 \change_inserted 564990737 1671617396
10090 A template is available in the menu
10095 ile\SpecialChar menuseparator
10097 \begin_inset space ~
10105 \begin_inset space ~
10108 Template\SpecialChar menuseparator
10109 Articles\SpecialChar menuseparator
10113 It has been customized with further environments and contains all the information you may need.
10115 the documentation is also available from
10116 \begin_inset CommandInset href
10119 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/elsarticle/doc/elsdoc.pdf"
10127 \begin_layout Subsection
10129 \change_inserted 564990737 1671042046
10133 \begin_layout Standard
10135 \change_inserted 564990737 1671042046
10137 \change_deleted -712698321 1673172423
10141 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10145 \change_inserted -712698321 1673172423
10146 Paper (Standard Class)
10147 \change_deleted -712698321 1673172423
10149 \change_inserted 564990737 1671042046
10152 provides an alternative to the
10153 \change_deleted -712698321 1673172092
10157 \change_inserted -712698321 1673172435
10160 Article (Standard Class)
10161 \change_inserted 564990737 1671042046
10165 It provides similar functionality,
10166 but you might prefer this layout with sans serif sections,
10171 \begin_layout Subsection
10172 Rev\SpecialChar TeX
10176 \begin_layout Standard
10182 \begin_layout Standard
10183 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10189 \begin_layout Standard
10194 \change_deleted -712698321 1673172482
10196 \begin_inset space ~
10200 \change_inserted -712698321 1673172487
10202 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10209 textclass works with the American Physical Sociey's Rev\SpecialChar TeX
10211 \begin_inset Formula $\beta$
10218 \begin_layout Standard
10223 \change_deleted -712698321 1673172511
10225 \change_inserted -712698321 1673172517
10231 which works with Rev\SpecialChar TeX
10234 v3.1 is basically obsolete,
10235 as it works with \SpecialChar LaTeX
10237 That means that it doesn't interact very well with \SpecialChar LyX
10239 which requires \SpecialChar LaTeX2e
10241 although it has been kludged to work.
10242 Since Rev\SpecialChar TeX
10243 4.0 has been designed to work much more cleanly with \SpecialChar LaTeX2e
10247 \change_deleted -712698321 1673172538
10250 Rev\SpecialChar TeX
10252 \begin_inset space ~
10256 \change_inserted -712698321 1673172538
10258 \begin_inset space ~
10262 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10269 textclass should also be pretty easy to use.
10272 \begin_layout Standard
10273 These documents are supposed to be used in
10277 to the Rev\SpecialChar TeX
10279 so we don't describe any of the special Rev\SpecialChar TeX
10281 and assume you'll know what to put in the preamble if necessary.
10284 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10288 \begin_layout Standard
10289 All you need to do is install Rev\SpecialChar TeX
10291 as described in the package's README file.
10292 The package can be found at The Rev\SpecialChar TeX
10294 \begin_inset Flex URL
10297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10299 http://publish.aps.org/revtex4/
10305 Install it somewhere that \SpecialChar LaTeX
10307 Test it by trying to \SpecialChar LaTeX
10308 a short Rev\SpecialChar TeX
10309 4 document in some random directory (i.
10310 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10314 \begin_inset space \space{}
10317 not the directory where you installed the class file.) Then,
10318 if you reconfigure \SpecialChar LyX
10320 it will find the class file and let you use the Rev\SpecialChar TeX
10324 \begin_layout Standard
10325 Probably the easiest way to get started is either to import a Rev\SpecialChar TeX
10334 \begin_inset space ~
10341 \change_deleted -712698321 1673172641
10342 the templates directory
10343 \change_inserted -712698321 1673172687
10346 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
10347 New From Templates\SpecialChar menuseparator
10355 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10359 \begin_layout Standard
10360 Optional arguments to
10368 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10372 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10376 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10380 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10387 \begin_inset space ~
10395 \begin_inset space ~
10402 Remember that in Rev\SpecialChar TeX
10404 at least one optional argument is required!
10408 \begin_layout Standard
10409 Other preamble matter,
10417 \begin_inset space ~
10424 \begin_inset space ~
10433 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10437 \begin_layout Standard
10438 The layouts basically correspond to the commands in Rev\SpecialChar TeX
10441 the Email layout corresponds to
10448 Note that (at least as of Rev\SpecialChar TeX
10458 layouts are exactly equivalent,
10459 so you shouldn't need to use both.
10463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10464 In case you're curious,
10465 both were included so that
10469 would be able to translate both
10489 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10493 \begin_layout Standard
10494 There are a couple of important unique aspects of Rev\SpecialChar TeX
10495 4 which might cause bugs that will be even more confusing in \SpecialChar LyX
10499 \begin_layout Standard
10500 In Rev\SpecialChar TeX
10519 The \SpecialChar LyX
10520 equivalent is that there is a separate Thanks layout.
10525 write footnotes in the
10530 or weird things may happen.
10531 See the Rev\SpecialChar TeX
10532 4 documentation for more details.
10535 \begin_layout Standard
10540 \begin_inset space ~
10549 \begin_inset space ~
10559 layouts must be placed
10567 layout and the corresponding
10585 the \SpecialChar LaTeX
10589 \begin_layout Subsection
10591 \change_inserted 564990737 1671042072
10595 \begin_layout Standard
10597 \change_inserted 564990737 1671042072
10602 classes were replaced
10603 \change_deleted -712698321 1673176131
10605 \change_inserted 564990737 1671042072
10606 with a completely new
10607 \change_deleted -712698321 1673175919
10613 This package provides a \SpecialChar LaTeX
10614 class and templates for books to be published at Springer Gabler Research,
10615 Springer Vieweg Research,
10616 Springer Spektrum Research,
10617 Springer VS Research,
10618 or Springer VS Forschung.
10619 The documentation is available in German from
10620 \begin_inset CommandInset href
10623 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/springer/sr-vorl/sr-vorl.pdf"
10630 \change_inserted -712698321 1673176125
10637 Please find information at
10638 \begin_inset Flex URL
10641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10643 \change_inserted -712698321 1673176047
10645 https://www.springernature.com/gp/authors/campaigns/latex-author-support
10653 Native \SpecialChar LyX
10654 support is not available yet.
10655 \change_inserted 564990737 1671042072
10659 \begin_layout Section
10661 \change_inserted 564990737 1670439560
10665 \begin_layout Standard
10667 \change_inserted 564990737 1670439581
10668 See also the document classes in the Collections (section
10669 \begin_inset space ~
10673 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10675 reference "sec:Collections"
10683 \begin_layout Subsection
10687 \begin_layout Standard
10693 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10697 \begin_layout Standard
10698 Memoir is a very powerful and constantly evolving class.
10699 It has been designed with regard to fictional and non-fictional literature.
10700 Its aim is to let the user have maximum control over the typesetting of his document.
10701 Memoir is based on the standard book class,
10702 but it can also emulate the article class (see below).
10705 \begin_layout Standard
10707 the developer of Memoir,
10708 is known as the author of lots of useful packages in the \SpecialChar LaTeX
10710 Most of them have been merged with Memoir.
10712 it is much easier to layout the table of contents,
10714 chapter designs and such.
10718 does not support all of these goodies natively.
10719 Some of them might be added to forthcoming releases
10723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10724 You are invited to send suggestions to
10725 \begin_inset Flex URL
10728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10730 lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org
10741 lots will probably never be supported,
10742 due to the limitations of \SpecialChar LyX
10744 Of course you can still use all features with the help of some native \SpecialChar LaTeX
10745 commands (\SpecialChar TeX
10750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10765 \begin_inset space ~
10769 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10771 reference "sec:Inserting-TeX-Code"
10783 we can only list those features that are natively supported by \SpecialChar LyX
10785 For detailed descriptions (and for the rest of features) we recommend you have a look at the detailed manual of the Memoir class
10789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10804 \begin_inset Flex URL
10807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10809 CTAN:/macros/latex/memoir/memman.pdf
10820 which is not only a user guide for the class,
10821 but also both a comprehensive description on good typesetting and a superb example for good typesetting itself.
10824 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10825 Basic features and restrictions
10828 \begin_layout Standard
10829 Memoir supports basically all features of the standard book classes.
10836 \begin_layout Description
10838 \begin_inset space ~
10842 Memoir has a broader range of font sizes:
10851 \begin_layout Description
10853 \begin_inset space ~
10857 The fancy page style is not supported,
10858 due to a command clash between Memoir and the fancyhdr package (they both define a command with the same name,
10859 which confuses \SpecialChar LaTeX
10862 Memoir comes with a number of its own page styles (see
10864 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
10865 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
10867 \begin_inset space ~
10873 If you want to use these for the chapter pages,
10874 you have to use the command
10880 in the main text or in preamble (e.
10881 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10885 \begin_inset space \space{}
10892 chapterstyle{companion}
10897 \begin_layout Description
10899 Sectionings (chapter,
10901 subsection etc.) come with an optional argument in the standard classes.
10903 you can specify an alternative version of the title for the table of contents and the headers (for instance,
10904 if the title is too long).
10905 In \SpecialChar LyX
10907 you can do this via
10909 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
10911 \begin_inset space ~
10916 at the beginning of a chapter/section.
10917 Memoir features a second optional argument and thus separates the table of contents from the header.
10918 You can define three variants of a title with this:
10919 one for the main text,
10920 one for the table of contents,
10921 and one for the headers.
10923 makes these available in form of specific
10934 \begin_layout Description
10936 In the standard classes (and in many other classes),
10937 the table of contents,
10938 the list of figures and the list of table start a new page automatically.
10939 Memoir does not follow this route.
10940 You have to insert a page break yourself,
10941 if you want to have one.
10944 \begin_layout Description
10946 For some unknown reason,
10947 Memoir uses pagination on the title page (in the standard classes,
10949 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10957 If you want an empty title page,
10962 aliaspagestyle{title}{empty}
10967 \begin_layout Description
10969 With the class option
10975 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
10976 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
10977 Class Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
10979 \begin_inset space ~
10985 you can emulate article style.
10987 counters (footnotes,
10989 tables etc.) will not be reset on new chapters,
10990 chapters don't start a new page (but are—
10992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11003 use their own page,
11007 \begin_layout Description
11010 Memoir does not allow the use of the deprecated font commands,
11011 which have been used in the old \SpecialChar LaTeX
11013 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11017 \begin_inset space \space{}
11034 It produces an error and stops \SpecialChar LaTeX
11035 whenever such a command appears.
11040 reallows the commands and spits out warnings instead (which does at least not stop \SpecialChar LaTeX
11042 Since a lot of packages and particularly Bib\SpecialChar TeX
11043 style files are still using those commands,
11044 we have decided to use this option by default.
11047 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11051 \begin_layout Standard
11052 We will only describe the features supported by \SpecialChar LyX
11053 (which is not much currently).
11054 Please consult the Memoir manual
11058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11073 \begin_inset Flex URL
11076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11078 CTAN:/macros/latex/memoir/memman.pdf
11091 \begin_layout Description
11093 You may wonder why an abstract is an extra feature.
11095 it is in book class.
11096 Usually books don't have abstracts.
11100 You can use it wherever and how often you like.
11103 \begin_layout Description
11105 You may know this older typesetting style:
11106 The contents of a chapter are summarized below the title and also in the table of contents (e.
11107 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11111 \begin_inset space \space{}
11116 Our hero arrives in Troia;
11117 he loses some friends;
11121 Chapterprecis does exactly this.
11122 It is therefore only sensible below a chapter.
11125 \begin_layout Description
11127 An epigraph is a smart slogan or motto at the beginning of a chapter.
11128 The epigraph environment provides an elegant way of typesetting such a motto.
11129 The motto itself (text) and its (optional) author (source) are divided by a short line.
11130 The author (source) can be inserted via
11132 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
11139 \begin_layout Description
11141 Memoir has lots of possibilities to typeset poetry (up to very complex figurative poems).
11143 can only support a few of them.
11145 which is a centered title for poems,
11146 which will also be added to the table of contents (verse is the standard environment for poems.
11147 Memoir has some enhanced versions of verse,
11148 but you need to use \SpecialChar TeX
11150 because they have to be nested inside regular verse environments,
11151 which is not possible with \SpecialChar LyX
11155 \begin_layout Description
11158 but it adds no entry to the table of contents.
11161 \begin_layout Subsection
11163 \change_inserted 564990737 1671442175
11167 \begin_layout Standard
11169 \change_inserted 564990737 1671442175
11173 \change_inserted -712698321 1673182264
11175 \change_inserted 564990737 1671442175
11177 \change_deleted -712698321 1673182266
11181 \change_inserted 564990737 1671442175
11185 \change_deleted -712698321 1673182282
11189 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11193 \change_inserted 564990737 1671442175
11195 \change_inserted -712698321 1673182287
11197 \change_deleted -712698321 1673182290
11199 \change_inserted 564990737 1671442175
11202 document class but adds two environments:
11205 \begin_layout Description
11207 \change_inserted 564990737 1671442175
11208 Recipe a numbered section environment at the
11212 level which generates a bold centered heading above a double horizontal rule
11215 \begin_layout Description
11217 \change_inserted 564990737 1671442175
11228 are what are being described and the environment ends with a horizontal rule.
11231 \begin_layout Standard
11233 \change_inserted 564990737 1671642866
11236 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
11237 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
11238 Books\SpecialChar menuseparator
11241 illustrates its use.
11244 \begin_layout Standard
11246 \change_deleted -712698321 1673186391
11248 \change_inserted -712698321 1673186393
11250 \change_inserted 564990737 1671442175
11251 is designed for typesetting one or two recipes per page
11252 \change_deleted -712698321 1673199172
11254 with dimensions of 5.5
11255 \begin_inset Quotes qrd
11259 \begin_inset Quotes qrd
11263 \change_inserted 564990737 1671442175
11265 The hyperlinked table of contents (ToC) and page numbers make browsing recipes convenient
11266 \change_inserted -712698321 1673186486
11268 \change_deleted -712698321 1673186487
11271 \change_inserted 564990737 1671442175
11273 \change_deleted -712698321 1673199346
11274 and the pages can be joined together or printed 2 per page to normal letterpaper easily.
11275 The size was chosen to work in half-page 3-ring binder cover sheets,
11276 because un-laminated paper just doesn't last in the kitchen.
11279 \begin_layout Standard
11281 \change_deleted -712698321 1673199346
11282 The half-letter pages can be printed two per page using your printer driver,
11283 or bound together using
11285 pdfjam --nup 2x1 --papersize '{11in,8.5in}'
11295 is the compiled version of your recipes.
11296 \change_inserted -712698321 1673175424
11300 \begin_layout Section
11302 \change_inserted 564990737 1671442207
11304 \change_deleted -712698321 1673186818
11306 \change_inserted -712698321 1673186818
11308 \change_inserted 564990737 1671442207
11312 \begin_layout Subsection
11314 \change_inserted 564990737 1671442208
11316 \change_inserted -712698321 1673187876
11318 \change_inserted 564990737 1671442208
11322 \begin_layout Standard
11324 \change_inserted 564990737 1671642942
11326 \change_deleted -712698321 1673187623
11330 \begin_inset space \space{}
11334 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11338 \change_inserted 564990737 1671642942
11340 \change_inserted -712698321 1673187655
11342 \change_deleted -712698321 1673187624
11344 \change_inserted 564990737 1671642942
11352 an unofficial implementation of the ‘Europass CV’ recommended by the European Commission in 2013.
11355 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
11356 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
11357 Curricula Vitae\SpecialChar menuseparator
11359 \change_deleted -712698321 1673187728
11361 \change_inserted 564990737 1671642942
11364 offers guidance on its use.
11365 Its documentation is available from
11366 \begin_inset CommandInset href
11369 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/europasscv/europasscv.pdf"
11377 \begin_layout Subsection
11379 \change_inserted 564990737 1671442208
11381 \change_deleted -712698321 1673187829
11383 \change_inserted -712698321 1673187829
11385 \change_inserted 564990737 1671442208
11389 \begin_layout Standard
11391 \change_inserted 564990737 1671642984
11393 \change_deleted -712698321 1673187820
11397 \begin_inset space \space{}
11401 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11405 \change_inserted 564990737 1671642984
11407 \change_inserted -712698321 1673187823
11409 \change_deleted -712698321 1673187824
11411 \change_inserted 564990737 1671642984
11419 an unofficial implementation of the “Europass CV” recommended by the European Commission in 2002.
11422 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
11423 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
11424 Curricula Vitae\SpecialChar menuseparator
11427 offers guidance on its use.
11428 Its documentation is available from
11429 \begin_inset CommandInset href
11432 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/europecv/europecv.pdf"
11440 \begin_layout Subsection
11442 \change_inserted 564990737 1671442208
11444 \change_inserted -712698321 1673187869
11446 \change_inserted 564990737 1671442208
11450 \begin_layout Standard
11452 \change_inserted 564990737 1671643003
11454 \change_deleted -712698321 1673187880
11458 \begin_inset space \space{}
11462 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11466 \change_inserted -712698321 1673187880
11468 \change_inserted 564990737 1671643003
11470 \change_inserted -712698321 1673187884
11472 \change_deleted -712698321 1673187884
11474 \change_inserted 564990737 1671643003
11482 This allows the creation of customizable CVs.
11485 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
11486 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
11487 Curricula Vitae\SpecialChar menuseparator
11490 offers guidance on its use.
11491 Its documentation is available from
11492 \begin_inset CommandInset href
11495 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/moderncv/manual/moderncv_userguide.pdf"
11503 \begin_layout Subsection
11505 \change_inserted 564990737 1671442208
11507 \change_inserted -712698321 1673187900
11509 \change_inserted 564990737 1671442208
11513 \begin_layout Standard
11515 \change_inserted 564990737 1671643024
11517 \change_deleted -712698321 1673187895
11521 \begin_inset space \space{}
11525 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11529 \change_inserted -712698321 1673187895
11531 \change_inserted 564990737 1671643024
11533 \change_inserted -712698321 1673187897
11535 \change_deleted -712698321 1673187898
11537 \change_inserted 564990737 1671643024
11545 originally developed for use with \SpecialChar LyX
11549 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
11550 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
11551 Curricula Vitae\SpecialChar menuseparator
11554 offers guidance on its use.
11555 Its documentation is available from
11556 \begin_inset CommandInset href
11559 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/simplecv/simplecv.pdf"
11567 \begin_layout Section
11569 \change_inserted 564990737 1672652454
11573 \begin_layout Standard
11575 \change_inserted 564990737 1672652455
11577 \change_deleted -712698321 1673245882
11581 \begin_inset space \space{}
11585 \change_inserted -712698321 1673245882
11588 KOMA-Script Letter (V.
11590 \change_inserted 564990737 1672652455
11594 \begin_inset space ~
11598 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11600 reference "subsec:The-new-letter"
11606 \change_deleted -712698321 1673245908
11610 \begin_inset space \space{}
11613 (with extra font sizes)
11614 \change_inserted -712698321 1673245908
11617 Letter (Standard Class with Extra Font Sizes)
11618 \change_inserted 564990737 1672652455
11622 \begin_inset space ~
11626 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11628 reference "subsec:Extra-font-sizes"
11633 ) document classes .
11636 \begin_layout Subsection
11638 \change_inserted 564990737 1671041970
11640 \change_deleted -712698321 1673246109
11642 \change_inserted -712698321 1673246110
11644 \change_inserted 564990737 1671041970
11648 \begin_layout Standard
11650 \change_inserted 564990737 1671617528
11654 \change_deleted -712698321 1673246116
11656 \change_inserted -712698321 1673246116
11658 \change_inserted 564990737 1671617528
11662 \change_inserted -712698321 1673246192
11664 \change_inserted 564990737 1671617528
11670 \change_deleted -712698321 1673246242
11672 \change_inserted -712698321 1673246242
11675 \change_inserted 564990737 1671617528
11676 class for writing letters according to the
11677 \change_inserted -712698321 1673246140
11678 standards of the German Standards Institute (
11679 \change_deleted -712698321 1673246141
11681 \change_inserted 564990737 1671617528
11684 Deutsches Institut für Normung
11685 \change_inserted -712698321 1673246324
11688 \change_deleted -712698321 1673246131
11692 \change_inserted 564990737 1671617528
11694 The file in the menu
11699 ile\SpecialChar menuseparator
11701 \begin_inset space ~
11709 \begin_inset space ~
11712 Template\SpecialChar menuseparator
11713 Letters\SpecialChar menuseparator
11716 offers guidance on its use.
11717 The documentation is available from
11718 \begin_inset CommandInset href
11721 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/dinbrief/liesmich"
11729 \begin_layout Subsection
11731 \change_deleted -712698321 1673246778
11733 \change_inserted -712698321 1673246778
11735 \begin_inset space \space{}
11743 \begin_layout Standard
11745 \change_inserted 564990737 1672652499
11749 \begin_inset space \space{}
11755 \change_inserted -712698321 1673246198
11757 \change_inserted 564990737 1672652499
11763 \change_deleted -712698321 1673246247
11765 \change_inserted -712698321 1673246247
11768 \change_inserted 564990737 1672652499
11769 class for writing letters according to French conventions.
11770 The file in the menu
11775 ile\SpecialChar menuseparator
11777 \begin_inset space ~
11785 \begin_inset space ~
11788 Template\SpecialChar menuseparator
11789 Letters\SpecialChar menuseparator
11791 \begin_inset space \space{}
11796 offers guidance on its use.
11797 \change_inserted -712698321 1673246876
11801 \begin_layout Subsection
11803 \change_inserted -712698321 1673246876
11805 \begin_inset space \space{}
11811 \begin_layout Standard
11813 \change_inserted -712698321 1673246917
11817 \begin_inset space \space{}
11822 provides support for
11827 another \SpecialChar LaTeX
11828 class for writing letters,
11829 but also faxes and envelopes,
11831 The file in the menu
11836 ile\SpecialChar menuseparator
11838 \begin_inset space ~
11846 \begin_inset space ~
11849 Template\SpecialChar menuseparator
11850 Letters\SpecialChar menuseparator
11852 \begin_inset space \space{}
11857 offers guidance on its use.
11858 The documentation is available from
11859 \begin_inset CommandInset href
11862 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/lettre/lettre.pdf"
11868 \change_inserted 564990737 1672652499
11872 \begin_layout Subsection
11874 \change_inserted 564990737 1672652499
11876 \change_inserted -712698321 1673246804
11878 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11882 \change_inserted 564990737 1672652499
11886 \begin_layout Standard
11888 \change_inserted 564990737 1672652499
11892 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11898 \change_inserted -712698321 1673246202
11900 \change_inserted 564990737 1672652499
11902 \change_deleted -712698321 1673246498
11904 \change_inserted 564990737 1672652499
11910 \change_deleted -712698321 1673246249
11912 \change_inserted -712698321 1673246249
11915 \change_inserted 564990737 1672652499
11916 class for writing letters in German.
11917 The file in the menu
11922 ile\SpecialChar menuseparator
11924 \begin_inset space ~
11932 \begin_inset space ~
11935 Template\SpecialChar menuseparator
11936 Letters\SpecialChar menuseparator
11938 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11943 offers guidance on its use.
11944 The documentation is available from
11945 \begin_inset CommandInset href
11948 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/g-brief/g-brief.pdf"
11956 \begin_layout Subsection
11958 \change_deleted -712698321 1673246462
11962 \begin_layout Standard
11964 \change_deleted -712698321 1673246462
11973 document class for English letters and to create mailing labels.
11974 The file in the menu
11979 ile\SpecialChar menuseparator
11981 \begin_inset space ~
11989 \begin_inset space ~
11992 Template\SpecialChar menuseparator
11993 Letters\SpecialChar menuseparator
11994 Letter (Standard Class)
11996 offers guidance on its use.
11997 \change_inserted 564990737 1671617591
12001 \begin_layout Subsection
12003 \change_deleted -712698321 1673246872
12007 \begin_layout Standard
12009 \change_deleted -712698321 1673246872
12013 \begin_inset space \space{}
12022 document class for writing letters,
12023 faxes and envelopes in French.
12024 The file in the menu
12029 ile\SpecialChar menuseparator
12031 \begin_inset space ~
12039 \begin_inset space ~
12042 Template\SpecialChar menuseparator
12043 Letters\SpecialChar menuseparator
12045 \begin_inset space \space{}
12050 offers guidance on its use.
12051 The documentation is available from
12052 \begin_inset CommandInset href
12055 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/lettre/lettre.pdf"
12061 \change_inserted 564990737 1672652527
12065 \begin_layout Section
12067 \change_inserted 564990737 1670439660
12071 \begin_layout Subsection
12073 \change_inserted 564990737 1671458922
12077 \begin_layout Standard
12079 \change_inserted 564990737 1671617655
12081 \change_deleted -712698321 1673255475
12085 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12089 \change_inserted -712698321 1673255475
12091 \change_inserted 564990737 1671617655
12093 \change_deleted -712698321 1673255477
12095 \change_inserted 564990737 1671617655
12103 \change_deleted -712698321 1673255496
12105 \change_inserted -712698321 1673255496
12108 \change_inserted 564990737 1671617655
12109 class for creating presentations.
12110 The file in the menu
12115 ile\SpecialChar menuseparator
12117 \begin_inset space ~
12125 \begin_inset space ~
12128 Template\SpecialChar menuseparator
12129 Presentations\SpecialChar menuseparator
12133 \change_inserted -712698321 1673257500
12136 Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
12137 Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
12138 Beamer Presentations
12141 \change_inserted 564990737 1671617655
12142 offers guidance on its use.
12143 The documentation is available from
12144 \begin_inset CommandInset href
12147 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/beamer/doc/beameruserguide.pdf"
12155 \begin_layout Subsection
12157 \change_deleted -712698321 1673255766
12162 Foil\SpecialChar TeX
12164 \change_deleted -712698321 1673255767
12170 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12179 \begin_layout Standard
12181 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743383
12187 updated by the \SpecialChar LyX
12191 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12193 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743383
12197 \begin_layout Standard
12199 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743396
12201 \change_deleted -712698321 1673255761
12205 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12209 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743396
12210 Foil\SpecialChar TeX
12212 \change_deleted -712698321 1673255763
12214 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743396
12221 document class to make slides for overhead projectors.
12222 There are two document classes that can do this:
12224 \change_deleted -712698321 1673256124
12228 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12232 \change_inserted -712698321 1673256124
12234 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743396
12236 \change_deleted -712698321 1673256130
12238 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743396
12241 document class (section
12242 \begin_inset space ~
12246 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12248 reference "sec:slitex"
12258 Foil\SpecialChar TeX
12262 As of 2023 the former has continued to be maintained whereas
12264 Foil\SpecialChar TeX
12267 has not been maintained since 2008.
12268 This section documents the latter.
12269 If your machine doesn’t have the
12270 \change_deleted -712698321 1673256264
12274 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12278 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743396
12279 Foil\SpecialChar TeX
12281 \change_deleted -712698321 1673256265
12283 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743396
12286 document class installed,
12287 you’ll probably have to use the
12288 \change_deleted -712698321 1673256271
12292 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12296 \change_inserted -712698321 1673256271
12298 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743396
12300 \change_deleted -712698321 1673256273
12302 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743396
12306 If you want to install the
12311 it is available from
12312 \begin_inset CommandInset href
12315 target "https://www.ctan.org/pkg/foiltex"
12321 You should also read the
12323 Installing New Document Classes
12330 \change_deleted 564990737 1672743436
12336 \begin_layout Standard
12338 \change_deleted 564990737 1672743383
12342 \begin_layout Standard
12344 \change_deleted 564990737 1672743383
12345 This section describes how to use \SpecialChar LyX
12346 to make slides for overhead projectors.
12347 There are two document classes that can do this:
12348 the default slides class and the
12350 Foil\SpecialChar TeX
12354 This section documents the latter.
12357 \begin_layout Standard
12359 \change_deleted 564990737 1672743383
12360 I'm going to say this again,
12362 so that there's no misunderstanding:
12365 \begin_layout Standard
12367 \change_deleted 564990737 1672743383
12368 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
12374 \begin_layout Standard
12377 \change_deleted 564990737 1672743383
12380 This section documents the class
12381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12389 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12397 \begin_layout Standard
12399 \change_deleted 564990737 1672743383
12400 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
12406 \begin_layout Standard
12408 \change_deleted 564990737 1672743383
12409 If you're looking for the documentation for
12410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12418 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12423 \begin_inset space ~
12427 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12429 reference "sec:slitex"
12435 If your machine doesn't have the
12444 you'll probably have to use the default
12449 which isn't quite as good as
12454 \begin_layout Standard
12456 \change_deleted 564990737 1672743383
12461 class is designed for use with version
12462 \begin_inset space ~
12470 class file which is now an integral part of \SpecialChar LaTeX2e
12476 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12480 \begin_layout Standard
12482 to use this document class,
12494 \begin_inset space ~
12500 There are some settings in the
12503 \begin_inset space ~
12508 dialog that you should know about that are specific to this class:
12511 \begin_layout Itemize
12512 Don't change the options
12523 \begin_inset space ~
12529 They're ignored by the
12536 \begin_layout Itemize
12537 The default font size is 20
12538 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12541 pt with the other options being 17
12542 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12547 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12551 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12557 \begin_layout Itemize
12558 The default font is
12566 but all math equations are still typeset in the usual roman font.
12569 \begin_layout Itemize
12572 Foil\SpecialChar TeX
12575 supports A4 and Letter paper sizes as well as a special size for working with 35
12576 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12580 It doesn't support A5,
12582 legal or executive paper sizes.
12585 \begin_layout Itemize
12586 Don't bother changing the
12590 settings because they are ignored anyway.
12591 All floats appear where they are defined in the text.
12594 \begin_layout Itemize
12599 setting behaves a bit differently for this class.
12602 Foil\SpecialChar TeX
12605 provides extensive footer and header capabilities including a user-defined logo.
12607 \begin_inset space ~
12611 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12613 reference "sec:foilfoot"
12619 The title page is treated differently to all other pages in the document and is
12627 has the logo centered at the bottom of the page (if one is defined).
12628 The possible page style choices and what they do are as follows:
12632 \begin_layout Labeling
12633 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
12640 The final output contains no page numbers,
12641 or other headers or footers (except footnotes of course).
12645 \begin_layout Labeling
12646 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
12653 The final output contains page numbers centered at the bottom of the page.
12654 No other headings or footers (other than footnotes).
12657 \begin_layout Labeling
12658 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
12663 Page numbers in lower right corner.
12664 Additional headers and footers are also shown.
12665 This is also the default.
12668 \begin_layout Labeling
12669 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
12674 Gives you access to the
12678 package although its use with
12680 Foil\SpecialChar TeX
12683 is discouraged by the writer of the
12685 Foil\SpecialChar TeX
12688 package because of some potential page layout clashes.
12692 \begin_layout Paragraph
12696 \begin_layout Standard
12697 The following options may be used in the extra class options in the
12699 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
12705 \begin_layout Labeling
12706 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
12711 This sets up the page layout for 7.33
12712 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12716 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12720 which is about the same aspect ratio as a 35
12721 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12725 making it a bit easier to work with this medium.
12728 \begin_layout Labeling
12729 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
12734 Places a rule across the page below the header on every page except the title page.
12737 \begin_layout Labeling
12738 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
12743 Places a rule across the page above the footer on every page except the title page.
12746 \begin_layout Labeling
12747 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
12752 This is automatically set each time you create a new
12759 Foil\SpecialChar TeX
12762 to use the dvips driver to rotate those pages that are set as landscape foils.
12765 \begin_layout Labeling
12766 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
12771 Simply changes the page dimensions to those of a landscape page but doesn't do any rotation.
12772 Thus if you use this option you need to use an external program to rotate each page or feed your paper through your printer as landscape.
12773 Note that this option effectively reverses the roles of the
12781 environments (don't worry these are described in the next section).
12784 \begin_layout Labeling
12785 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
12790 Equation numbers on the left.
12793 \begin_layout Labeling
12794 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
12799 Flush-left equations.
12802 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12803 Supported Environments
12806 \begin_layout Standard
12807 Most of the environments commonly supported in other classes are also supported by the
12808 \change_deleted -712698321 1673256683
12812 \change_inserted -712698321 1673256683
12813 Foil\SpecialChar TeX
12819 There are several additional environments provided by
12821 Foil\SpecialChar TeX
12824 as well as a couple added by \SpecialChar LyX
12826 The following environments are shared with other classes:
12829 \begin_layout Standard
12830 \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
12833 \begin_layout Itemize
12839 \begin_layout Itemize
12845 \begin_layout Itemize
12851 \begin_layout Itemize
12857 \begin_layout Itemize
12863 \begin_layout Itemize
12870 \begin_layout Itemize
12876 \begin_layout Itemize
12882 \begin_layout Itemize
12888 \begin_layout Itemize
12892 \change_inserted -712698321 1673256734
12896 \begin_layout Itemize
12902 \begin_layout Itemize
12908 \begin_layout Itemize
12914 \begin_layout Itemize
12920 \begin_layout Itemize
12926 \begin_layout Itemize
12937 \begin_layout Standard
12939 all the major environments apart from the sectioning environments.
12940 Since foils are essentially self-contained sections,
12941 with a title and body,
12944 Foil\SpecialChar TeX
12947 provides specific commands for starting new foils and these are:
12950 \begin_layout Itemize
12956 \begin_layout Itemize
12962 \begin_layout Standard
12964 also provides slightly modified versions of these two environments called:
12967 \begin_layout Itemize
12973 \begin_layout Itemize
12976 ShortRotatefoilhead
12979 \begin_layout Standard
12980 and the differences will be explained in the next section.
12983 \begin_layout Standard
12984 Since foils are often used in presenting ideas or new theorems and such
12986 Foil\SpecialChar TeX
12989 also provides a comprehensive box of goodies for presenting them:
12992 \begin_layout Standard
12993 \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
12996 \begin_layout Itemize
13002 \begin_layout Itemize
13008 \begin_layout Itemize
13014 \begin_layout Itemize
13020 \begin_layout Itemize
13026 \begin_layout Itemize
13032 \begin_layout Itemize
13038 \begin_layout Itemize
13044 \begin_layout Itemize
13050 \begin_layout Itemize
13056 \begin_layout Itemize
13067 \begin_layout Standard
13068 The starred versions are unnumbered while the unstarred versions are numbered.
13069 There are also two list environments added by \SpecialChar LyX
13073 \begin_layout Itemize
13079 \begin_layout Itemize
13085 \begin_layout Standard
13088 Foil\SpecialChar TeX
13091 provides some powerful header and footer capabilities that are best set in the preamble although they may be set at any point in a document.
13092 If you want to change these settings in your document the best place to do so is at the very top of a foil,
13094 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13100 \begin_inset space \space{}
13105 straight after the foilhead.
13108 \begin_layout Standard
13110 the following command styles are provided [
13117 \begin_layout Standard
13118 \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
13121 \begin_layout Itemize
13125 \begin_inset space ~
13131 \begin_layout Itemize
13137 \begin_layout Itemize
13141 \begin_inset space ~
13147 \begin_layout Itemize
13151 \begin_inset space ~
13157 \begin_layout Itemize
13161 \begin_inset space ~
13168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13169 \begin_inset space ~
13181 \begin_layout Standard
13182 There are also a few commands provided by
13184 Foil\SpecialChar TeX
13187 that aren't directly supported by \SpecialChar LyX
13188 but I'll tell you what they do and how to use them in section
13189 \begin_inset space ~
13193 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13195 reference "sec:unsuppfoils"
13203 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13204 Building a Set of Foils
13207 \begin_layout Standard
13208 This section will give a simple introduction to using the different environments to build a set of foils.
13209 If you want to see an example set of foils,
13211 \change_deleted 564990737 1671643085
13216 file you find in \SpecialChar LyX
13222 \change_inserted 564990737 1671643099
13225 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
13226 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
13227 Presentations\SpecialChar menuseparator
13235 \begin_layout Paragraph
13236 Give It a Title Page
13239 \begin_layout Standard
13240 Unlike other classes that provide
13260 \change_deleted -712698321 1673256940
13264 \change_inserted -712698321 1673256940
13272 creates the title on a page of its own.
13273 If you leave out the
13277 environment \SpecialChar LaTeX
13278 will substitute the current date (every time you regenerate the output).
13281 \begin_layout Paragraph
13285 \begin_layout Standard
13286 As I mentioned earlier,
13287 there are four ways of starting a new foil.
13288 For portrait foils you should use
13297 The difference between these two environments is the amount of space between the title of the foil (the foilhead) and the body of the foil.
13300 \begin_layout Standard
13301 Landscape foils are generated using the
13307 ShortRotatefoilhead
13310 Again the only difference is the spacing between foilhead and body.
13311 Both of the short versions have 0.5
13312 \begin_inset space ~
13315 inches less separation between the foilhead and the body.
13319 \begin_layout Standard
13320 One problem with the support for landscape foils is the requirement that you have to use the
13324 driver to generate the PostScript output otherwise the foils won't be rotated.
13325 It is possible to get landscape foils even if you haven't got the
13329 driver provided you can feed your foils sideways through your printer ;-)
13332 \begin_layout Paragraph
13338 \begin_layout Standard
13339 You can't have two of the same type of these environments directly following each other.
13340 If you use a normal paragraph break,
13342 you will just be extending the previous environment as if you had merged the two environments together.
13344 you need to insert a so-called separator.
13345 Please refer to the section entitled
13356 \begin_layout Paragraph
13360 \begin_layout Standard
13361 You get all the commonly supported list styles found in other classes as well as two new ones.
13362 I'll only describe the new ones here.
13363 If you want to find out more about the other list environments check out the
13368 If you intend to use itemized lists you might also want to read about the
13371 \begin_inset space ~
13375 \begin_inset space ~
13380 dialog described above in section
13381 \begin_inset space ~
13385 \change_inserted 564990737 1671355684
13387 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13389 reference "chap:bullets"
13395 \change_deleted 564990737 1671355684
13397 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13399 reference "sec:bullet"
13409 \begin_layout Standard
13410 The two new list styles,
13420 are designed to make it easier for you to create lists of do's and don'ts or right and wrong by providing dedicated environments that use a tick or a cross as the label of the list.
13421 These lists are in fact dedicated variants of the
13426 They do however require that you have the
13430 packages installed.
13433 \begin_layout Paragraph
13437 \begin_layout Standard
13440 Foil\SpecialChar TeX
13443 redefines the floating tables and figures so that they appear exactly where they are in the text rather than pushing them to the top of the page or to some user specified location.
13444 In fact if you change the float placement settings they are simply ignored.
13447 \begin_layout Paragraph
13448 Page Headers and Footers
13449 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13451 name "sec:foilfoot"
13458 \begin_layout Standard
13462 \begin_inset space ~
13471 are two commands used to control the left-footer text string.
13472 The first is meant to allow you to include a graphic logo on your foils and defaults to
13473 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13478 Foil\SpecialChar TeX
13482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13486 While the second is meant to provide a classification for the audience,
13490 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13496 \begin_inset space \space{}
13500 It is empty by default.
13503 \begin_layout Standard
13504 The remaining page corners can be filled by
13507 \begin_inset space ~
13512 (which defaults to page numbers),
13516 \begin_inset space ~
13524 \begin_inset space ~
13532 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13535 Foil\SpecialChar TeX
13539 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13541 name "sec:unsuppfoils"
13548 \begin_layout Standard
13549 All the commands mentioned below need to be set in a
13559 within another environment.
13562 \begin_layout Paragraph
13566 \begin_layout Standard
13567 All lengths are adjusted using the
13590 should be replaced by the name given to the length you want to change and
13594 is the length value.
13595 All lengths should be specified in units of length such as inches (
13608 ) or relative to some document or font-based length such as
13618 \begin_layout Standard
13619 It's possible to change the spacing between a foilhead and the body of the foil by adjusting the length specified by
13632 \begin_inset space \space{}
13635 in closer to their bodies put the following in the preamble:
13642 foilheadskip}{-0.5in}
13645 \begin_layout Standard
13646 The spacings around floats can be adjusted by setting these lengths:
13649 \begin_layout Labeling
13650 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
13657 Separation between the text and the top of the float
13660 \begin_layout Labeling
13661 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
13668 Separation between the float and the caption
13671 \begin_layout Labeling
13672 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
13679 Separation between the caption and the following text
13682 \begin_layout Labeling
13683 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
13690 You can make the captions narrower than the surrounding text by adjusting this length.
13691 Best done relative to
13700 \begin_layout Standard
13701 There are also several title page related lengths that you may find useful if you have a long title or several authors:
13704 \begin_layout Labeling
13705 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
13712 Separation from headers to
13717 \begin_layout Labeling
13718 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
13736 \begin_layout Labeling
13737 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
13751 \begin_layout Labeling
13752 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
13768 \begin_layout Labeling
13769 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
13785 \begin_layout Standard
13786 The last length related command affects all the list environments.
13797 a list environment then all the vertical spacing between the list items is removed.
13798 Note that this is a command not a length so it doesn't require
13804 like the stuff mentioned above.
13807 \begin_layout Paragraph
13808 Headers and Footers
13811 \begin_layout Standard
13824 commands control whether the logo in the
13828 definition appear on a given page.
13835 in the preamble then none of the foils will have the logo on them.
13836 If you don't want the logo on a particular page place the
13842 directly after the foilhead of that page and the
13848 directly after the next foilhead.
13851 \begin_layout Standard
13852 If you decide to use the
13856 page style setting in the
13859 \begin_inset space ~
13864 dialog you should probably add
13874 to your preamble so headers and footers on landscape pages are correctly placed when rotated.
13875 This is due to some clashes between the page layouts provided by the
13880 \change_deleted -712698321 1673257120
13884 \change_inserted -712698321 1673257120
13895 \begin_layout Subsection
13897 \change_inserted 564990737 1671459032
13901 \begin_layout Standard
13903 \change_inserted 564990737 1671643165
13905 \change_deleted -712698321 1673257152
13909 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13913 \change_inserted -712698321 1673257152
13915 \change_inserted 564990737 1671643165
13917 \change_deleted -712698321 1673257154
13919 \change_inserted 564990737 1671643165
13927 \change_deleted -712698321 1673257280
13929 \change_inserted -712698321 1673257280
13932 \change_inserted 564990737 1671643165
13933 class for creating presentations.
13936 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
13937 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
13938 Presentations\SpecialChar menuseparator
13941 offers guidance on its use.
13942 The documentation is available from
13943 \begin_inset CommandInset href
13946 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot/doc/powerdot.pdf"
13954 \begin_layout Subsection
13956 \change_inserted 564990737 1671459032
13957 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13959 name "subsec:Seminar"
13968 \begin_layout Standard
13970 \change_inserted 564990737 1671643194
13972 \change_deleted -712698321 1673257295
13976 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13980 \change_inserted -712698321 1673257295
13982 \change_inserted 564990737 1671643194
13984 \change_deleted -712698321 1673257296
13986 \change_inserted 564990737 1671643194
13993 document class for creating presentations.
13996 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
13997 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
13998 Presentations\SpecialChar menuseparator
14001 offers guidance on its use.
14002 The documentation is available from
14003 \begin_inset CommandInset href
14006 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/seminar-doc.pdf"
14014 \begin_layout Subsection
14017 Sli\SpecialChar TeX
14021 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14030 \begin_layout Standard
14032 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743492
14038 updated by the \SpecialChar LyX
14042 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14044 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743492
14048 \begin_layout Standard
14050 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743492
14051 This section describes how to use \SpecialChar LyX
14052 to make slides for overhead projectors.
14053 There are two document classes that can do this:
14055 \change_deleted -712698321 1673257697
14059 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14063 \change_inserted -712698321 1673257697
14067 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743492
14069 \change_deleted -712698321 1673257698
14073 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743492
14076 document class and the
14077 \change_deleted -712698321 1673257705
14081 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14085 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743492
14086 Foil\SpecialChar TeX
14088 \change_deleted -712698321 1673257707
14090 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743492
14094 This section documents the former.
14095 If you’re looking for the documentation for
14096 \change_deleted -712698321 1673257759
14100 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14104 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743492
14105 Foil\SpecialChar TeX
14107 \change_deleted -712698321 1673257760
14109 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743492
14114 \begin_inset space ~
14118 \change_inserted -712698321 1673257749
14120 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14122 reference "sec:foiltex"
14131 \change_deleted -712698321 1673257749
14133 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14135 reference "sec:Foiltex"
14141 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743492
14144 \change_deleted -712698321 1673257899
14146 \change_inserted -712698321 1673257899
14150 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743492
14153 has continued to be maintained whereas
14155 Foil\SpecialChar TeX
14158 has not been maintained since 2008.
14160 \change_deleted 564990737 1672743492
14168 \begin_layout Standard
14170 \change_deleted 564990737 1672743492
14174 \begin_layout Standard
14176 \change_deleted 564990737 1672743492
14177 This section describes how to use \SpecialChar LyX
14178 to make slides for overhead projectors.
14179 There are two document classes that can do this:
14180 the default slides class and the
14182 Foil\SpecialChar TeX
14186 This section documents the former.
14189 \begin_layout Standard
14191 \change_deleted 564990737 1672743492
14192 I'm going to say this again,
14194 so that there's no misunderstanding:
14197 \begin_layout Standard
14199 \change_deleted 564990737 1672743492
14200 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
14206 \begin_layout Standard
14209 \change_deleted 564990737 1672743492
14212 This section documents the class
14213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14229 \begin_layout Standard
14231 \change_deleted 564990737 1672743492
14232 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
14238 \begin_layout Standard
14240 \change_deleted 564990737 1672743492
14241 If you're looking for the documentation for
14242 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14247 slides (Foil\SpecialChar TeX
14251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14256 \begin_inset space ~
14260 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14262 reference "sec:foiltex"
14273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14278 slides (Foil\SpecialChar TeX
14282 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14285 ] is actually somewhat better than the default
14293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14295 or so I've been told repeatedly by its advocates.
14296 Having never used it,
14297 I have no idea if this claim is true or not.
14302 which this section documents.
14305 \begin_layout Standard
14307 \change_deleted 564990737 1672743492
14308 This class is the \SpecialChar LaTeX2e
14309 improvement of the old
14311 Sli\SpecialChar TeX
14315 Every \SpecialChar LaTeX2e
14316 distribution includes this class [which I'll just refer to as
14317 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14325 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14329 so you're bound to have it.
14330 As I noted earlier,
14331 there are other classes,
14337 which also produce slides for overhead projectors and do a better job at it.
14339 there are some things which
14343 can do which the others can't,
14344 such as generate overlays.
14345 Read on to learn more!
14350 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14352 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14354 name "sec:slidesetup"
14361 \begin_layout Standard
14363 to use this document class,
14365 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14369 \change_deleted -712698321 1673257922
14373 \change_inserted -712698321 1673257922
14377 \change_deleted -712698321 1673257925
14383 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14386 from the class list in the
14388 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
14392 There are some other special things you should know about this class:
14395 \begin_layout Itemize
14396 Don't bother changing the options
14401 They're not supported by the
14402 \change_deleted -712698321 1673257960
14406 \change_inserted -712698321 1673257960
14415 \begin_layout Itemize
14419 \begin_inset space ~
14424 behaves a bit differently for this class.
14425 The possible choices and what they do are as follows:
14429 \begin_layout Description
14434 The final output contains page numbers in the lower right corner.
14437 \begin_layout Description
14447 but also prints out any time markers you've put in.
14448 This is the default.
14451 \begin_layout Description
14456 The final output contains no page numbers,
14458 or alignment markers.
14462 \begin_layout Itemize
14464 \change_deleted -712698321 1673257971
14468 \change_inserted -712698321 1673257971
14473 class has an extra option:
14481 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14489 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14492 in the extra class options.
14496 \begin_layout Standard
14497 Using this options allows you to add time markers to
14503 \begin_inset space ~
14507 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14509 reference "sec:slideNote"
14518 \begin_layout Standard
14519 You can also use the template file
14520 \change_deleted 564990737 1671617694
14522 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14530 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14535 to automatically set up a document to use the
14540 \change_deleted 564990737 1671617699
14545 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
14547 \begin_inset space ~
14551 \begin_inset space ~
14555 \change_inserted 564990737 1671617723
14556 \SpecialChar menuseparator
14557 Presentations\SpecialChar menuseparator
14562 to open your new document
14563 \change_deleted 564990737 1671617728
14567 The template file also contains some examples of the special paragraph environments used by this class.
14568 I'll describe those next.
14571 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14572 Paragraph Environments
14575 \begin_layout Paragraph
14576 Supported Environments
14579 \begin_layout Standard
14580 The first thing you'll notice when you start up a new
14581 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258063
14585 \change_inserted -712698321 1673258063
14590 document is the font size and type:
14591 it's the equivalent of the size
14592 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14600 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14606 \begin_inset space ~
14612 This is also what's used in the output.
14614 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14618 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14621 to remind you that this is a slide.
14622 Your final slides will use a larger font;
14624 you'll have less space.
14626 the larger default screen font isn't WYSIWYG,
14630 \begin_layout Standard
14631 The next thing that becomes obvious is the changes to the paragraph environment pull-down box [at the far-left end of the toolbar].
14632 Most of the paragraph environments you're used to seeing are missing.
14633 There are also five new ones.
14635 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258093
14639 \change_inserted -712698321 1673258093
14644 class itself only supports certain paragraph environments:
14647 \begin_layout Standard
14649 \change_inserted -712698321 1673258082
14652 \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
14655 \begin_layout Itemize
14657 \change_inserted -712698321 1673258082
14663 \begin_layout Itemize
14665 \change_inserted -712698321 1673258082
14671 \begin_layout Itemize
14673 \change_inserted -712698321 1673258082
14679 \begin_layout Itemize
14681 \change_inserted -712698321 1673258082
14687 \begin_layout Itemize
14689 \change_inserted -712698321 1673258082
14695 \begin_layout Itemize
14697 \change_inserted -712698321 1673258082
14703 \begin_layout Itemize
14705 \change_inserted -712698321 1673258082
14711 \begin_layout Itemize
14713 \change_inserted -712698321 1673258082
14719 \begin_layout Itemize
14721 \change_inserted -712698321 1673258082
14727 \begin_layout Itemize
14729 \change_inserted -712698321 1673258082
14741 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258082
14745 \begin_layout Itemize
14747 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258082
14753 \begin_layout Itemize
14755 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258082
14761 \begin_layout Itemize
14763 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258082
14769 \begin_layout Itemize
14771 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258082
14777 \begin_layout Itemize
14779 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258082
14785 \begin_layout Itemize
14787 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258082
14793 \begin_layout Itemize
14795 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258082
14801 \begin_layout Itemize
14803 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258082
14809 \begin_layout Itemize
14811 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258082
14820 \begin_layout Standard
14821 All of the other standard environments,
14822 including the section-heading environments,
14824 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258102
14828 \change_inserted -712698321 1673258102
14836 \begin_layout Standard
14838 you'll notice the following new environments:
14841 \begin_layout Standard
14843 \change_inserted -712698321 1673258111
14846 \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
14849 \begin_layout Itemize
14851 \change_inserted -712698321 1673258111
14857 \begin_layout Itemize
14859 \change_inserted -712698321 1673258111
14865 \begin_layout Itemize
14867 \change_inserted -712698321 1673258111
14873 \begin_layout Itemize
14875 \change_inserted -712698321 1673258111
14881 \begin_layout Itemize
14883 \change_inserted -712698321 1673258119
14890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14892 \change_inserted -712698321 1673258133
14893 \begin_inset space ~
14905 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258111
14909 \begin_layout Itemize
14911 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258111
14917 \begin_layout Itemize
14919 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258111
14925 \begin_layout Itemize
14927 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258111
14933 \begin_layout Itemize
14935 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258111
14943 \begin_layout Standard
14944 These five are kind of quirky,
14946 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14950 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14953 in \SpecialChar LyX
14957 doesn't permit you to nest any other paragraph environment into an empty environment.
14959 that's fine and dandy,
14960 but it means that you wouldn't be able to start a slide with anything except plain text.
14962 I've performed a little
14963 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14968 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14974 \begin_layout Paragraph
14975 Quirks of the New Environments
14976 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14978 name "sec:slideQuirk"
14985 \begin_layout Standard
14986 All five of the new paragraph environments are somewhat quirky due to inherent limitiations in the current version of \SpecialChar LyX
14988 As I just mentioned,
14990 forbids environments that begin with another environment.
14991 To get around this,
14996 environment isn't a paragraph environment as described in the
15004 \begin_layout Standard
15005 You should consider
15020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15023 pseudo-environments.
15024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15027 They look like a section heading or a
15028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15036 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15039 but really begin a [and,
15041 end the previous] paragraph environment.
15052 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15056 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15059 These two perform some action.
15062 \begin_layout Standard
15063 A common feature of all five environments,
15088 is a rather long-ish label.
15089 The text following this label —
15090 ordinarily the contents of the paragraph environment —
15091 is utterly irrelevant for
15116 completely ignores it.
15118 you can leave these five environments completely empty.
15122 \begin_layout Standard
15127 to put any text after the rather long-ish label,
15129 This could be a short description of the contents of the
15136 enter your descriptive comment and hit
15140 as you normally would.
15143 \begin_layout Standard
15145 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258321
15148 you don't want to enter any descriptive text,
15149 you'll hit another \SpecialChar LyX
15155 and will not let you start a new paragraph environment until you put something in the old one.
15160 \begin_layout Itemize
15162 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258321
15163 Start entering the text that will
15194 \begin_layout Itemize
15196 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258321
15197 Now move to the beginning of that paragraph.
15201 \begin_layout Itemize
15203 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258321
15213 \begin_layout Itemize
15215 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258321
15218 empty paragraph to a
15245 \begin_layout Standard
15247 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258321
15248 Some future version of \SpecialChar LyX
15251 resolve this quirkiness\SpecialChar ldots
15257 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15258 Making a Presentation with
15272 \begin_layout Paragraph
15280 \begin_layout Standard
15281 If you're expecting this section to teach you how to actually make a presentation,
15282 you'll be sorely disappointed.
15284 I'll describe all of the ways the
15285 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258368
15289 \change_inserted -712698321 1673258368
15294 class can assist you in preparing the materials for a presentation.
15295 Filling in the contents,
15303 the \SpecialChar LyX
15307 \begin_layout Standard
15312 environment [in the manner described in section
15313 \begin_inset space ~
15317 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15319 reference "sec:slideQuirk"
15324 ] tells \SpecialChar LyX
15325 to begin a new slide [duh].
15326 The label for this environment/
15327 \change_inserted -712698321 1673258390
15329 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15333 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258391
15335 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15349 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15353 followed by the label,
15355 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15359 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15363 Any text or paragraph environments that follow this one go on the new slide.
15367 \begin_layout Standard
15368 Slides are probably the only time you'll need to forcibly end pages in \SpecialChar LyX
15369 (this can be specified in the
15376 once you finish entering the contents of one slide.
15377 If you've entered more text than can physically fit on a slide,
15378 the extra overflows onto a new slide.
15379 I don't recommend doing this,
15381 since the overflow slide won't have any page number on it.
15383 it may interfere with any
15387 you've made to accompany the oversized
15394 \begin_layout Standard
15403 environments work the same way as the
15408 They both create an
15409 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15413 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15416 followed by a label [
15417 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15421 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15429 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15434 The color is a stunning magenta instead of blue,
15436 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15440 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15443 will look different,
15444 in style and in length.
15445 The label fonts of all three also differ from one another.
15448 \begin_layout Standard
15454 if the contents of a
15462 exceed the physical size of a slide or sheet of paper,
15463 the extra will overflow onto a new sheet.
15465 you should avoid this.
15466 It defeats the whole purpose of
15477 \begin_layout Paragraph
15487 \begin_layout Standard
15492 is a slide that sits atop another slide.
15493 Perhaps you wish to discuss a figure on the main
15497 before displaying the text associated with it.
15498 One way to accomplish this is tape a flap of dark paper over the part of the
15502 you want to display later.
15505 if you wish to overlap one graph with another,
15507 You would then have to fumble while speaking to align the two separate,
15512 s to align the two graphs.
15517 environment in both cases makes life much easier.
15520 \begin_layout Standard
15525 receives the page number of its
15526 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15530 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15539 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15547 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15569 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15574 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15582 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15587 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15595 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15600 \begin_inset space ~
15603 appended to the page number of the parent
15614 you want the contents of both the
15622 to each fit on a single physical slide!
15623 You should probably consider an
15628 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15632 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15641 the \SpecialChar LyX
15646 class provides a visual cue for this:
15647 the label at the start of an
15651 is shorter than that at the start of a
15657 when you generate printable output,
15658 you'll find alignment markers in all four corners of both the
15662 page and its parent
15667 These will assist you in lining up the two physical slides.
15670 \begin_layout Standard
15671 The major problem in overlaying two slides is aligning the contents of the two transparencies.
15672 How much space should you leave for that graph on the second slide?
15674 what if you want a graph and a sentence on second slide,
15675 but there is text on the main transparency that goes in between them?
15676 You could try and insert vertical space of the right size.
15677 The better way is to use
15688 \begin_layout Standard
15689 As their names imply,
15698 are two command-like paragraph environments that make all subsequent text invisible and visible,
15701 \begin_inset space ~
15705 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15707 reference "sec:slideQuirk"
15712 that you don't place anything
15716 these two environments,
15723 it inserts a centered,
15724 sky-blue label into the page reading
15725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15728 <Invisible Text Follows>
15729 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15733 For paragraphs following this label,
15743 it doesn't matter which] where they would be contain instead blank space.
15747 \begin_layout Standard
15753 the corresponding centered label is
15754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15757 <Visible Text Follows>
15758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15762 Paragraphs following this label behave normally.
15763 Note that the beginning of a new
15777 automatically shuts off an
15782 It's therefore not necessary to use
15793 \begin_layout Standard
15795 it should be obvious how to create overlay transparencies using the proper combination of
15814 \begin_layout Enumerate
15820 including everything that will appear on it,
15821 whether on the main slide or on the
15828 \begin_layout Enumerate
15829 Before each figure or paragraph that will appear only on the
15844 environment after the
15851 \begin_layout Enumerate
15856 immediately following the
15863 \begin_layout Enumerate
15864 Copy the contents of this
15875 \begin_layout Enumerate
15892 \begin_layout Standard
15894 You've just made an
15901 \begin_layout Standard
15902 There's one problem with the way I've designed the \SpecialChar LyX
15908 you can't make text in the middle of a paragraph invisible,
15909 nor make text in the middle of an invisible paragraph visible again.
15910 To accomplish this feat,
15911 you'll need to use some inlined \SpecialChar LaTeX
15916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15917 The commands of interest are:
15921 \begin_layout Itemize
15926 invisible \SpecialChar ldots
15930 \begin_layout Itemize
15935 visible \SpecialChar ldots
15939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15941 and need to be marked as \SpecialChar TeX
15944 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15948 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15951 you wish to change goes in between the brackets [and after the
15964 If you don't know how to mark text as \SpecialChar TeX
15966 see the appropriate section of the
15978 \begin_layout Paragraph
15988 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15990 name "sec:slideNote"
15997 \begin_layout Standard
16007 is associated with a
16008 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16022 the \SpecialChar LyX
16027 class provides visual cues.
16032 is shorter than that of a
16036 [yet longer than that of an
16041 like the label of an
16045 is shockingly magenta.
16051 has the page number of its
16052 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16056 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16078 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16086 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16091 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16099 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16104 You can have multiple
16108 s associated with a single
16123 you'll probably want to break up long
16127 s so that they fit on a single sheet of paper.
16130 \begin_layout Standard
16136 it contains anything additional you might want to say about a
16141 It could also be used as a sheet of reminders for a particular
16146 In the case of the latter,
16147 you might want to make use of time markers.
16149 the \SpecialChar LyX
16155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16162 support for time markers,
16165 Sli\SpecialChar TeX
16170 you'll have to resort to using the \SpecialChar LaTeX
16174 \begin_layout Standard
16175 To use time markers,
16176 you'll need to specify the extra class option
16177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16189 \begin_inset space ~
16193 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16195 reference "sec:slidesetup"
16201 This option turns on timing marks,
16202 which will appear in the lower-left-hand corner of every
16207 To set what appears in the time marker,
16208 you use the \SpecialChar LaTeX
16210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16224 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16238 The arguments of both commands are time measured in seconds.
16240 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16253 sets the time marker to a given time.
16255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16265 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16268 increments the time marker by the specified amount.
16269 Using time markers and
16274 you can remind yourself how much time to spend on a particular
16281 \begin_layout Standard
16282 There's one last feature to describe.
16284 you'd like to print out all of your
16292 s on transparencies while printing all of your
16310 with which it is associated.
16311 What's a person to do?
16314 \begin_layout Standard
16316 there are two \SpecialChar LaTeX
16317 commands that allow you to select what to print out.
16318 Both must be placed into the preamble of your document.
16320 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16335 will cause the output to contain only the
16346 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16358 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16361 prevents the output of anything but
16366 I'd advise placing both commands in the preamble and initially comment both out.
16367 You can then preview your entire presentation as you write.
16368 When you're done writing,
16369 you can then uncomment one of the two to select what you want to print.
16370 I like to uncomment
16371 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16383 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16387 print to a file with
16388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16396 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16400 comment it back out,
16402 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16414 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16430 I can then send either file to a printer,
16431 loading transparencies or plain paper as appropriate.
16434 \begin_layout Standard
16435 You can also provide other arguments to the
16436 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16450 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16464 See a good \SpecialChar LaTeX
16468 \begin_layout Subsubsection
16473 Class Template File
16476 \begin_layout Standard
16477 I have also provided a template file
16478 \change_deleted 564990737 1671617750
16481 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16489 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16501 begin your new presentation with
16503 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
16505 \begin_inset space ~
16509 \begin_inset space ~
16513 \change_inserted 564990737 1671616988
16514 \SpecialChar menuseparator
16515 Presentations\SpecialChar menuseparator
16521 Your new \SpecialChar LyX
16522 presentation file will contain an example
16543 additionally contain an example of the use of
16553 the preamble will contain:
16556 \begin_layout LyX-Code
16557 % Uncomment to print out only slides and overlays
16560 \begin_layout LyX-Code
16564 \begin_layout LyX-Code
16570 \begin_inset Newline newline
16576 \begin_layout LyX-Code
16577 % Uncomment to print out only notes
16580 \begin_layout LyX-Code
16584 \begin_layout LyX-Code
16592 \begin_layout Standard
16594 I created this class to support the \SpecialChar LaTeX2e
16596 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16601 Sli\SpecialChar TeX
16605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16609 one of the built-in \SpecialChar LaTeX2e
16611 Neither I nor the rest of the \SpecialChar LyX
16612 Team endorse or oppose the use of this built-in slide class.
16613 It's here if you want it or need it.
16614 There exist other \SpecialChar LaTeX2e
16615 classes for creating presentations,
16617 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258708
16625 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258709
16627 \change_inserted -712698321 1673258699
16629 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258700
16633 \begin_inset space ~
16637 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16639 reference "sec:foiltex"
16645 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258703
16647 \change_inserted -712698321 1673258705
16651 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258714
16653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16664 package [present on some \SpecialChar TeX
16666 The latter is not yet supported under \SpecialChar LyX
16671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16672 Perhaps you can take on the task\SpecialChar ldots
16679 \change_inserted -712698321 1673258738
16685 \begin_inset space ~
16689 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16691 reference "subsec:Seminar"
16703 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258749
16704 I know nothing about these other classes.
16707 Try them out to see what sort of alternative they provide.
16710 \begin_layout Section
16712 \change_inserted 564990737 1670439661
16716 \begin_layout Subsection
16718 \change_inserted 564990737 1670439661
16722 \begin_layout Standard
16724 \change_inserted -712698321 1673689969
16725 Report classes are sort of a hybrid between book and article classes:
16728 \change_deleted -712698321 1673689899
16737 document class for preparing reports.
16744 \change_inserted 564990737 1670439661
16746 \change_deleted -712698321 1673689904
16748 \change_inserted 564990737 1670439661
16750 chapters and sections but does not provide
16751 \change_deleted -712698321 1673690062
16752 the paragraph styles needed for a book
16753 \change_inserted -712698321 1673690073
16757 \change_inserted 564990737 1670439661
16760 \change_deleted -712698321 1673690088
16766 \change_inserted -712698321 1673690083
16768 \change_inserted 564990737 1670439661
16770 \change_inserted -712698321 1673690085
16772 \change_inserted 564990737 1670439661
16775 \change_deleted -712698321 1673690094
16777 \change_inserted -712698321 1673690094
16779 \change_inserted 564990737 1670439661
16781 \change_deleted -712698321 1673690097
16783 \change_inserted 564990737 1670439661
16785 \change_deleted -712698321 1673690101
16787 \change_inserted 564990737 1670439661
16788 abstract paragraph style
16789 \change_inserted -712698321 1673690514
16790 s and are one-sided by default.
16792 \change_deleted -712698321 1673690134
16796 \change_inserted -712698321 1673690520
16799 \change_inserted 564990737 1670439661
16800 not start a new chapter on the right hand page
16801 \change_inserted -712698321 1673690150
16802 (even in two-side mode)
16803 \change_inserted 564990737 1670439661
16807 \begin_layout Standard
16809 \change_deleted -712698321 1673690173
16811 \change_inserted -712698321 1673690287
16812 All externally maintained
16813 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743528
16819 \change_inserted -712698321 1673690678
16820 that are officially supported by \SpecialChar LyX
16822 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743528
16823 are described in the Collections (section
16824 \begin_inset space ~
16828 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16830 reference "sec:Collections"
16836 \change_inserted -712698321 1673690301
16838 \change_deleted -712698321 1673690300
16840 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743528
16844 \begin_layout Itemize
16846 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743530
16848 \change_deleted -712698321 1673690794
16852 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16855 (Japanese in vertical writing)
16856 \change_inserted -712698321 1675851188
16857 Japanese Report (Standard Class,
16859 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743530
16863 \change_deleted -712698321 1673690762
16867 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16871 \change_inserted -712698321 1673690762
16872 Japanese Report (Standard Class)
16873 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743530
16878 \begin_inset space ~
16882 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16884 reference "subsec:Japanese"
16892 \begin_layout Itemize
16894 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743530
16896 \change_deleted -712698321 1673690718
16900 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16904 \change_inserted -712698321 1673690718
16906 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743530
16911 \begin_inset space ~
16915 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16917 reference "subsec:KOMA-Script"
16925 \begin_layout Itemize
16927 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743530
16929 \change_deleted -712698321 1673690815
16933 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16936 (with extra font sizes)
16937 \change_inserted -712698321 1673690815
16938 Report (Standard Class with Extra Font Sizes)
16939 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743530
16944 \begin_inset space ~
16948 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16950 reference "subsec:Extra-font-sizes"
16958 \begin_layout Itemize
16960 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743569
16962 \change_deleted -712698321 1673690833
16966 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16969 (Polish version by M.
16970 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16974 \change_inserted -712698321 1673690833
16975 Polish Report (MW Bundle)
16976 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743569
16981 \begin_inset space ~
16985 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16987 reference "subsec:Polish-M.W.collection"
16998 \begin_layout Section
17000 \change_inserted 564990737 1670439674
17002 \change_deleted -712698321 1673691106
17004 \change_inserted -712698321 1673691108
17008 \begin_layout Standard
17010 \change_inserted -712698321 1673691276
17016 we assemble document classes that help to write drama or movie scripts.
17017 The category is also open for other scripts,
17018 such as lecture scripts,
17019 for which no classes are officially supported yet by \SpecialChar LyX
17021 \change_inserted 564990737 1670439674
17025 \begin_layout Subsection
17029 \begin_layout Standard
17035 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17039 \begin_layout Standard
17044 is for writing plays.
17045 The format is more decorative than
17048 \change_inserted -712698321 1673691568
17052 \begin_inset space ~
17056 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17058 reference "subsec:Hollywood"
17065 and much less standardized.
17066 This format should be suitable for workshops.
17069 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17073 \begin_layout Standard
17077 \change_inserted -712698321 1673691609
17081 \begin_inset space ~
17085 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17087 reference "subsec:Special-problems-Hollywood"
17096 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17100 \begin_layout Standard
17105 names as labels then cross-reference the label to insert the name.
17106 The cross-reference dialog will show the current cast of characters.
17109 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17110 Paper size and Margins
17113 \begin_layout Standard
17121 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17125 \begin_layout Standard
17126 The following environments are available.
17131 to get the bind keys shown at the right.
17134 \begin_layout Itemize
17138 \begin_inset Newline newline
17143 You should not have to use this,
17144 but it is here for anything that does not fit otherwise.
17147 \begin_layout Itemize
17151 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
17155 \begin_inset Newline newline
17160 Used to describe stage setting and the action.
17161 First use of speaker names in all CAPs.
17164 \begin_layout Itemize
17168 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
17172 \begin_inset Newline newline
17177 Automatically numbered.
17178 On screen it will be arabic,
17179 but will print as Roman.
17182 \begin_layout Itemize
17186 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
17190 \begin_inset Newline newline
17200 It is just centered text.
17203 \begin_layout Itemize
17207 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
17211 \begin_inset Newline newline
17216 Not automatically numbered.
17217 You supply the number.
17218 This is because I couldn't figure out how.
17221 \begin_layout Itemize
17225 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
17229 \begin_inset Newline newline
17234 A special case of Narrative to describe the setting and action as the curtain rises.
17237 \begin_layout Itemize
17241 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
17245 \begin_inset Newline newline
17250 The speaker's (actor's) title,
17251 centered in all CAPS.
17254 \begin_layout Itemize
17258 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
17262 \begin_inset Newline newline
17267 Instructions to the speaker.
17268 The parentheses are automatically inserted.
17269 The ( will appear on screen,
17270 but both will be in the printed play.
17271 This environment is only used within
17278 \begin_layout Itemize
17282 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
17286 \begin_inset Newline newline
17291 What the Speaker says.
17294 \begin_layout Itemize
17298 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
17302 \begin_inset Newline newline
17307 The curtain comes down.
17310 \begin_layout Itemize
17314 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
17320 \begin_layout Itemize
17324 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
17330 \begin_layout Itemize
17334 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
17340 \begin_layout Standard
17344 \begin_layout Subsection
17346 \change_inserted -712698321 1673691551
17347 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17349 name "subsec:Hollywood"
17355 Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts)
17358 \begin_layout Standard
17364 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17368 \begin_layout Standard
17369 Getting the format of a Hollywood script right is a
17370 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17374 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17377 It is designed to make the readers focus on content and to be easy and familiar for the actors to read.
17378 Each page of a script should be one minute of film.
17379 Nothing goes in a script that you cannot see or hear on screen.
17380 The courier 12 pt font should be used throughout.
17384 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17386 \change_inserted -712698321 1673691597
17387 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17389 name "subsec:Special-problems-Hollywood"
17398 \begin_layout Standard
17399 Speakers' lines should
17400 \change_deleted -712698321 1673691805
17404 \change_inserted -712698321 1673691805
17409 break in mid-sentence.
17410 If a speaker's lines continue over a page break,
17415 title followed by (Cont'd).
17418 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17422 \begin_layout Standard
17427 names as labels then cross-reference the label to insert the name.
17428 The cross-reference dialog will show the current cast of characters.
17429 You can use this to insert the speaker name in narratives also.
17432 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17433 Paper size and Margins
17436 \begin_layout Standard
17444 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17448 \begin_layout Standard
17449 The following environments are available.
17454 to get the bind keys shown at the right.
17457 \begin_layout Itemize
17461 \begin_inset Newline newline
17466 Used where nothing else works.
17470 \begin_layout Itemize
17476 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
17484 \begin_inset Newline newline
17487 Usually followed by something like
17488 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17491 on Sally waking up.
17492 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17498 \begin_layout Itemize
17502 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
17506 \begin_inset Newline newline
17511 Introduces a new INTERIOR camera set-up.
17512 Always followed by DAY or NIGHT,
17513 or something similar to define the lighting required.
17514 Everthing on this line in CAPS.
17517 \begin_layout Itemize
17521 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
17525 \begin_inset Newline newline
17530 Introduces a new EXTERIOR camera set-up.
17531 Everthing on this line in CAPS.
17534 \begin_layout Itemize
17538 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
17542 \begin_inset Newline newline
17547 The character speaking.
17550 \begin_layout Itemize
17554 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
17558 \begin_inset Newline newline
17563 Instructions to the speaker.
17564 The () are automatically inserted.
17567 \begin_layout Itemize
17571 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
17575 \begin_inset Newline newline
17587 \begin_layout Itemize
17591 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
17595 \begin_inset Newline newline
17600 Camera movement instruction.
17602 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
17606 \begin_inset space \space{}
17612 \begin_layout Itemize
17616 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
17622 \begin_layout Itemize
17626 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
17632 \begin_layout Itemize
17636 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
17642 \begin_layout Itemize
17646 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
17652 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17656 \begin_layout Itemize
17661 \begin_layout Itemize
17666 \begin_layout Itemize
17668 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
17676 \begin_layout Itemize
17682 \begin_layout Itemize
17687 \begin_layout Itemize
17692 \begin_layout Chapter
17694 \change_inserted 564990737 1671185876
17698 \begin_layout Section
17700 \change_inserted 564990737 1671716212
17701 Academic Field Specifics
17704 \begin_layout Subsection
17706 \change_inserted 564990737 1671716212
17708 Hazard and Precautionary Statements
17711 \begin_layout Standard
17713 \change_inserted 564990737 1671716212
17714 This module provides two insets
17715 \change_inserted -712698321 1673779038
17716 and a paragraph style
17717 \change_inserted 564990737 1671716212
17718 to typeset numbers and phrases of chemical hazard and precautionary statements.
17719 For a description see
17721 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
17722 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
17723 Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
17724 Hazard and Precautionary Statements
17728 Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
17729 Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
17730 Hazard and Precautionary Statements
17735 \begin_layout Subsection
17737 \change_inserted 564990737 1671716212
17741 Risk and Safety Statements
17744 \begin_layout Standard
17746 \change_inserted 564990737 1671716212
17747 This module provides two insets,
17757 accessible via the menu
17762 nsert\SpecialChar menuseparator
17764 \begin_inset space ~
17769 and an environment to typeset numbers and phrases of chemical risk and safety statements.
17772 \begin_layout Subsection
17774 \change_inserted 564990737 1671716212
17778 \begin_layout Standard
17780 \change_inserted 564990737 1671716212
17782 \change_deleted -712698321 1673779847
17788 \change_inserted -712698321 1673779869
17790 \change_inserted 564990737 1671716212
17791 environments useful for linguistics (numbered examples,
17795 \change_inserted -712698321 1673779891
17797 \change_inserted 564990737 1671716212
17799 You can obtain information about this module in
17804 elp\SpecialChar menuseparator
17810 \begin_inset space ~
17813 Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
17822 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
17823 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
17824 Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
17830 \begin_layout Section
17832 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
17836 \begin_layout Subsection
17838 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
17842 \begin_layout Standard
17844 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
17845 This module supports the Braille
17846 \change_deleted -712698321 1673779995
17848 \change_inserted -712698321 1673779996
17850 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
17852 It requires the \SpecialChar LaTeX
17858 This and its documentation can be obtained from
17859 \begin_inset CommandInset href
17862 target "https://www.ctan.org/pkg/braille"
17869 \change_deleted -712698321 1673780105
17870 You do not have to reconfigure your system after installing it.
17872 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
17878 elp\SpecialChar menuseparator
17884 \begin_inset space ~
17887 Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
17896 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
17897 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
17898 Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
17904 \begin_layout Section
17906 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
17907 Annotation & Revision
17910 \begin_layout Subsection
17912 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
17916 \begin_layout Standard
17918 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
17919 This module provides “FiXme” (marginal) annotations for document revision purposes.
17920 A list of annotations can be produced by using the “List of FIXMEs” paragraph style.
17921 The annotations are customizable via the LaTeX preamble.
17923 \change_inserted -712698321 1673780478
17927 \change_deleted -712698321 1673780479
17929 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
17932 documentation which can be obtained from
17933 \begin_inset CommandInset href
17936 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/fixme/fixme.pdf"
17945 \begin_layout Paragraph
17947 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
17951 \begin_layout Standard
17953 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
17955 the notes are only displayed in “draft” mode (if the option “draft” has been inserted in
17957 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
17958 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
17959 Document Class\SpecialChar menuseparator
17960 Class Options\SpecialChar menuseparator
17964 To display them always,
17973 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
17974 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
17982 \begin_layout Subsection
17984 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
17988 \begin_layout Standard
17990 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
17991 This module provides various kinds of annotations for PDF output.
17994 Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
17995 Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
18000 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
18001 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
18002 Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
18008 \begin_layout Subsection
18010 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
18016 \begin_layout Standard
18018 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
18019 This module provides fields and buttons for PDF forms.
18021 \begin_inset CommandInset href
18023 name "hyperref documentation"
18024 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.pdf"
18032 Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
18033 Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
18038 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
18039 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
18040 Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
18046 \begin_layout Subsection
18048 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
18054 \begin_layout Standard
18056 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
18057 This module defines an inset to typeset reading aids (ruby,
18058 furigana) to Chinese characters.
18060 \change_deleted -712698321 1673781076
18062 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
18068 \change_deleted -712698321 1673781078
18070 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
18072 \change_deleted -712698321 1673781079
18074 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
18078 \change_deleted -712698321 1673781080
18082 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
18084 \change_deleted -712698321 1673781082
18086 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
18090 \change_deleted -712698321 1673781083
18094 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
18095 package (depending on the TeX engine) or a fallback definition.
18099 \begin_layout Subsection
18101 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
18107 \begin_layout Standard
18109 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
18110 This module provides custom insets to insert TODO items in your document.
18111 In order to generate a “List of TODOs,” the module provides a paragraph style.
18113 \change_deleted -712698321 1673781223
18115 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
18119 \change_deleted -712698321 1673781224
18123 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
18126 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
18127 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
18128 Document Class\SpecialChar menuseparator
18129 Class Options\SpecialChar menuseparator
18132 ) suppresses the output of TODO notes.
18134 \begin_inset CommandInset href
18136 name "todonotes documentation"
18137 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/todonotes/todonotes.pdf"
18145 \begin_layout Section
18147 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18151 \begin_layout Subsection
18153 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18155 \change_deleted -712698321 1673781454
18157 \change_inserted -712698321 1673781454
18159 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18163 \begin_layout Standard
18165 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18166 This module adds support for using natbib together with apacite (the bibliography style need not be
18181 or any bibliography that works with both the natbib and apacite packages.)
18184 \begin_layout Section
18186 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18190 \begin_layout Subsection
18192 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18193 Fancy Colored Boxes
18196 \begin_layout Standard
18198 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18199 This module adds ten custom insets that support colored boxes via the
18206 Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
18207 Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
18213 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
18214 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
18215 Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
18219 \change_inserted -712698321 1673854244
18221 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18223 \begin_inset CommandInset href
18225 name "tcolorbox documentation"
18226 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/tcolorbox/tcolorbox.pdf"
18235 \begin_layout Subsection
18237 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18241 \begin_layout Standard
18243 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18244 This provides the custom insets
18262 to scale and rotate its content.
18265 \begin_layout Standard
18267 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18272 is a simple way of reversing text without any other enhancement:
18275 \begin_layout Standard
18277 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18278 \begin_inset Flex Reflectbox
18281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18283 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18284 Great Western Railway
18294 \begin_layout Standard
18296 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18297 (You will need to use Ctrl-R to see any of these examples.)
18300 \begin_layout Standard
18302 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18307 allows you to specify the dimensions of the text or image;
18308 permissible units are em,
18330 it scales by the width factor:
18333 \begin_layout Standard
18335 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18336 \begin_inset Flex Resizebox
18339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18341 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18342 \begin_inset Argument 1
18345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18347 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18356 \begin_inset Argument 2
18359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18361 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18369 Great Western Railway
18379 \begin_layout Standard
18381 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18386 allows you to rotate
18387 \change_deleted -712698321 1673856297
18389 \change_inserted -712698321 1673856302
18391 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18392 around the reference point of the box.
18393 If you wish to rotate the box around a different origin,
18394 place the cursor inside the box and select Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
18424 or meaningful combinations of these and the counterclockwise rotation angle is expressed in degrees.
18428 \begin_layout Standard
18430 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18431 \begin_inset Flex Rotatebox
18434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18436 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18437 \begin_inset Argument 1
18440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18442 \change_inserted 274215730 1672888693
18444 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18453 \begin_inset Argument 2
18456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18458 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18466 Great Western Railway
18476 \begin_layout Standard
18478 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18479 You can combine boxes as in:
18482 \begin_layout Standard
18484 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18485 \begin_inset Flex Rotatebox
18488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18490 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18491 \begin_inset Argument 1
18494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18496 \change_inserted 274215730 1672888702
18498 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18507 \begin_inset Argument 2
18510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18512 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18521 \begin_inset Flex Resizebox
18524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18526 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18527 \begin_inset Argument 1
18530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18532 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18541 \begin_inset Argument 2
18544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18546 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18555 \begin_inset Flex Reflectbox
18558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18560 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18561 Great Western Railway
18585 \begin_layout Standard
18587 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18593 \change_deleted -712698321 1673856306
18595 \change_inserted -712698321 1673856308
18597 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18599 select Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
18600 V-Factor to add a vertical factor.
18601 If the vertical factor is omitted,
18602 the horizontal is used.
18603 Adding different horizontal and vertical values creates distortion as in
18606 \begin_layout Standard
18608 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18611 \begin_inset Flex Scalebox
18614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18616 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18617 \begin_inset Argument 1
18620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18622 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18631 \begin_inset Argument 2
18634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18636 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18646 Great Western Railway
18656 \begin_layout Standard
18658 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18659 A negative horizontal value reverses the text
18660 \change_inserted -712698321 1673856686
18661 on the horizontal axis,
18663 \change_deleted -712698321 1673856688
18665 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18666 a negative vertical value
18667 \change_deleted -712698321 1673856694
18669 \change_inserted -712698321 1673856702
18670 on the vertical axis,
18672 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18674 \change_deleted -712698321 1673856704
18676 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18680 \begin_layout Standard
18682 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18683 \begin_inset Flex Scalebox
18686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18688 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18689 \begin_inset Argument 1
18692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18694 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18703 \begin_inset Argument 2
18706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18708 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18716 Great Western Railway
18724 \begin_inset Flex Scalebox
18727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18729 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18730 \begin_inset Argument 1
18733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18735 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18744 \begin_inset Argument 2
18747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18749 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18757 Great Western Railway
18767 \begin_layout Subsection
18769 \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699
18773 \begin_layout Standard
18775 \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699
18776 This module defines Boxes with section header.
18777 It is mainly intended for the SciPoster Document class.
18781 \begin_layout Subsection
18783 \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699
18784 Variable-width Minipages
18787 \begin_layout Standard
18789 \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699
18793 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18800 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
18812 package provides a variable-width minipage,
18813 whose resulting width is the width of its contents (if this does not exceed the specified maximum width).
18814 The inset has two optional arguments which can be added by placing the cursor inside the minipage and entering
18816 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
18818 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18829 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
18831 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18845 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
18846 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
18847 Variable-width Minipages
18853 \begin_layout Section
18855 \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699
18859 \begin_layout Subsection
18861 \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699
18862 Fix Computer Modern Fonts
18865 \begin_layout Standard
18867 \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699
18868 This module uses the
18872 package to improve the appearance of Computer Modern fonts and make them available with arbitrary sizes.
18874 \begin_inset CommandInset href
18876 name "fix-cm documentation"
18877 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/base/fix-cm.pdf"
18886 \begin_layout Subsection
18888 \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699
18890 Kernel Fixes (Obsolete)
18893 \begin_layout Standard
18895 \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699
18896 This module loads the \SpecialChar LaTeX
18901 which contains some bug fixes for \SpecialChar LaTeX
18903 If you use this module your typeset document may look different when you process it,
18904 depending on the respective version of
18912 \begin_layout Paragraph
18914 \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699
18918 \begin_layout Standard
18920 \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699
18921 recent \SpecialChar LaTeX
18922 kernels (as of 2015/01/01) include the functionality of
18931 module is obsolete with newer \SpecialChar LaTeX
18934 \change_deleted -712698321 1673857809
18936 \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699
18940 \begin_layout Subsection
18942 \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699
18943 Minimalistic Insets
18946 \begin_layout Standard
18948 \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699
18949 This module redefines several insets (Index,
18951 URL) as being Minimalistic.
18954 \begin_layout Subsection
18956 \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699
18957 Title and Preamble Hacks
18960 \begin_layout Standard
18962 \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699
18963 This module provides two new paragraph styles:
18967 \begin_layout Enumerate
18969 \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699
18974 which puts whatever is entered into it into the preamble.
18977 to include preamble code in the body of a LyX document.
18981 \begin_layout Enumerate
18983 \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699
18988 which that will put its contents into the body of the LaTeX document,
18996 This is useful for making branches and notes in title-related material.
18998 if you put these in a
19003 this signals to LyX to output
19010 which may then come too early.)
19013 \begin_layout Section
19015 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
19019 \begin_layout Subsection
19021 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
19025 \begin_layout Standard
19027 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
19028 This module uses the
19032 package for algorithm floats rather than LyX’s home-brewed algorithm floats.
19033 Use the Algorithm paragraph style to enter and indent the algorithm.
19035 \begin_inset CommandInset href
19037 name "algorithm2e documentation"
19038 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/algorithm2e/doc/algorithm2e.pdf"
19046 \begin_layout Subsection
19048 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
19049 Bilingual Captions AKA Multilingual Captions
19052 \begin_layout Standard
19054 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
19055 This module provides the paragraph style
19058 \begin_inset space ~
19063 with which to typeset
19064 \change_deleted -712698321 1673859156
19066 \change_inserted -712698321 1673859156
19068 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
19070 Within this paragraph style
19072 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
19075 allows you to enter the desired
19076 \change_inserted -712698321 1673859387
19078 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
19079 language using one of the babel names.
19082 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
19083 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
19085 \change_inserted -712698321 1673859558
19086 Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
19088 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
19089 Multilingual Captions
19093 Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
19094 Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
19095 Multilingual Captions
19097 further information on its use.
19100 \begin_layout Subsection
19102 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
19103 Number Figures by Section
19106 \begin_layout Standard
19108 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
19109 This module resets the figure number at section start and prepends the section number to the figure number,
19110 as in “Figure 2.1.” (By default book and report document classes number by Chapter and article document classes have a single sequence.)
19113 \begin_layout Subsection
19115 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
19116 Number Tables by Section
19119 \begin_layout Standard
19121 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
19122 This module resets the table number at section start and prepends the section number to the table number,
19123 as in “Table 2.1.” (By default book and report document classes number by Chapter and article document classes have a single sequence.)
19126 \begin_layout Section
19128 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
19132 \begin_layout Subsection
19134 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
19138 \begin_layout Standard
19140 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
19141 This module adds an endnote inset,
19142 in addition to footnotes.
19148 which has some limitations but works with older
19149 \change_deleted -712698321 1673861636
19151 \change_inserted -712698321 1673861636
19154 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
19155 distributions as well.
19158 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
19159 Custom Inset\SpecialChar menuseparator
19162 to insert an endnote and
19164 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
19165 List/Contents/References\SpecialChar menuseparator
19168 to insert the endnotes list where you want the endnotes to appear.
19171 Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
19173 \change_deleted -712698321 1673861792
19174 \SpecialChar menuseparator
19176 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
19178 \change_deleted -712698321 1673861963
19179 \SpecialChar menuseparator
19180 Notes\SpecialChar menuseparator
19182 \change_inserted -712698321 1673861963
19189 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
19195 \begin_layout Subsection
19197 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
19198 Endnotes (Extended)
19201 \begin_layout Standard
19203 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
19204 This module adds an endnote inset,
19205 in addition to footnotes.
19210 package which is more powerful and customizable than the
19215 but requires a fairly modern
19216 \change_deleted -712698321 1673861643
19218 \change_inserted -712698321 1673861643
19221 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
19223 \change_deleted -712698321 1673861645
19225 \change_inserted -712698321 1673861645
19228 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
19232 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
19233 Custom Inset\SpecialChar menuseparator
19236 to insert an endnote and
19238 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
19239 List/Contents/References\SpecialChar menuseparator
19242 to insert the endnotes list where you want the endnotes to appear.
19245 Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
19247 \change_deleted -712698321 1673861798
19248 \SpecialChar menuseparator
19250 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
19252 \change_inserted -712698321 1673861924
19261 \change_deleted -712698321 1673861927
19264 \SpecialChar menuseparator
19265 Notes\SpecialChar menuseparator
19267 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
19273 \begin_layout Subsection
19275 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
19276 Footnotes as Endnotes (Basic)
19279 \begin_layout Standard
19281 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
19282 This module sets all footnotes as endnotes.
19288 which has some limitations but works with older
19289 \change_deleted -712698321 1673861650
19291 \change_inserted -712698321 1673861650
19294 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
19295 distributions as well.
19298 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
19299 List/Contents/References\SpecialChar menuseparator
19302 to insert the endnotes list where you want the endnotes to appear.
19305 Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
19307 \change_deleted -712698321 1673861805
19308 \SpecialChar menuseparator
19310 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
19312 \change_deleted -712698321 1673861947
19313 \SpecialChar menuseparator
19314 Notes\SpecialChar menuseparator
19316 \change_inserted -712698321 1673861947
19323 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
19329 \begin_layout Subsection
19331 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
19332 Footnotes as Endnotes (Extended)
19335 \begin_layout Standard
19337 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
19338 This module sets all footnotes as endnotes.
19343 package which is more powerful and customizable than then
19348 but requires a fairly modern
19349 \change_deleted -712698321 1673861654
19351 \change_inserted -712698321 1673861654
19354 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
19356 \change_deleted -712698321 1673861656
19358 \change_inserted -712698321 1673861656
19361 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
19365 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
19366 List/Contents/References\SpecialChar menuseparator
19369 to insert the endnotes list where you want the endnotes to appear.
19372 Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
19374 \change_deleted -712698321 1673861808
19375 \SpecialChar menuseparator
19377 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
19379 \change_deleted -712698321 1673861955
19380 \SpecialChar menuseparator
19381 Notes\SpecialChar menuseparator
19383 \change_inserted -712698321 1673861989
19392 \change_deleted -712698321 1673861956
19394 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
19398 \begin_layout Section
19400 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
19405 \begin_layout Subsection
19407 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
19411 \begin_layout Standard
19413 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
19414 This module provides support for the
19418 package to print chess games.
19421 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
19422 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
19423 Articles\SpecialChar menuseparator
19426 where you will find
19435 \begin_inset CommandInset href
19437 name "chessboard documentation"
19438 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/chessboard/chessboard.pdf"
19446 \begin_layout Subsection
19448 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
19449 Lilypond Music Notation
19452 \begin_layout Standard
19454 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
19455 This module provides an inset via
19460 nsert\SpecialChar menuseparator
19461 Custom Inset\SpecialChar menuseparator
19464 in which to enter code for the LilyPond music editor.
19465 It will then be processed in the output.
19468 Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
19469 Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
19474 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
19475 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
19476 Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
19480 It cannot be used if the modules
19483 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19495 \begin_layout Section
19497 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19501 \begin_layout Subsection
19503 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19505 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19507 name "subsec:Customizable-Lists"
19514 \begin_layout Standard
19516 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19517 This module uses the
19521 package to enable the customization of various list environments.
19524 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19526 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19527 Custom Enumerate Lists
19530 \begin_layout Standard
19533 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19534 The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional argument (menu
19539 nsert\SpecialChar menuseparator
19546 ) to the first item of each level in the list.
19547 There you add the command
19550 \begin_layout Standard
19552 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19560 \begin_layout Standard
19562 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19563 in \SpecialChar TeX
19573 \begin_layout Standard
19575 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19580 is the first level counter of the enumeration.
19581 To change the numbering for the list sublevels,
19586 ” in the command by the small Roman numeral of the level (
19608 \begin_layout Standard
19610 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19617 outputs the counter as a small Roman numeral.
19618 For capital Roman numerals replace
19630 in the command above.
19631 For Arabic numerals use
19639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19646 items with capital or small Latin letters use
19662 \begin_layout Standard
19665 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19666 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19671 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19677 You can only number 26
19678 \begin_inset space ~
19681 items with Latin letters,
19682 because this numbering is limited to single letters.
19690 \begin_layout Standard
19692 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19693 Here is a list with custom numbering:
19696 \begin_layout Enumerate
19698 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19699 \begin_inset Argument 1
19702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19704 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19710 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19731 \begin_inset Separator latexpar
19738 \begin_layout Enumerate
19740 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19741 \begin_inset Argument 1
19744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19746 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19752 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19773 \begin_layout Enumerate
19775 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19777 \begin_inset Separator latexpar
19784 \begin_layout Enumerate
19786 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19787 \begin_inset Argument 1
19790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19792 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19798 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19801 \change_deleted 274215730 1672889016
19805 \change_inserted 274215730 1672889016
19809 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19825 \begin_inset Separator latexpar
19832 \begin_layout Enumerate
19834 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19835 \begin_inset Argument 1
19838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19840 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19846 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19870 \begin_layout Standard
19872 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19873 For this list these commands were used:
19876 \begin_layout Standard
19879 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19889 \begin_inset Newline newline
19897 \begin_inset Newline newline
19901 \change_deleted 274215730 1672889037
19905 \change_inserted 274215730 1672889037
19909 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19913 \begin_inset Newline newline
19923 \begin_layout Standard
19925 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19932 makes the label emphasized and
19933 \change_deleted 274215730 1672889045
19939 \change_inserted 274215730 1672889046
19943 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19949 \begin_layout Standard
19951 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19952 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19957 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19963 When you change the label of a list level,
19964 it will be used for all following lists until you change the definition.
19972 \begin_layout Standard
19974 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19980 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19998 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20000 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20001 Numbered Paragraphs in Reports
20004 \begin_layout Enumerate
20006 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138213
20007 Official reports often include numbered paragraphs;
20008 you can achieve this with a variation on the approach outlined in
20009 \change_deleted -712698321 1674916429
20011 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138213
20013 \change_deleted -712698321 1674916431
20015 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916432
20017 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138213
20019 \begin_inset space ~
20023 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916425
20025 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20027 reference "sec:How-to-use"
20032 \change_deleted -712698321 1674916426
20034 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20036 reference "fn:If-you-really"
20045 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138213
20051 in each command with
20058 \begin_layout Enumerate
20060 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20061 These numbered paragraphs were generated by inserting the \SpecialChar TeX
20063 \begin_inset Separator latexpar
20070 \begin_layout Standard
20072 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20086 \begin_layout Standard
20088 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20089 before the start of the section;
20096 uses the \SpecialChar LaTeX
20097 section counter to generate the first part of the number.
20101 \begin_layout Enumerate
20103 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20104 I have ignored the subsection heading in this example because,
20105 with paragraphs numbered in this way,
20106 subsections are less likely to be used.
20109 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20111 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20112 Resumed Enumeration
20115 \begin_layout Standard
20117 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20123 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20139 \begin_layout Standard
20141 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20142 Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs:
20145 \begin_layout Enumerate
20147 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20148 \begin_inset Argument 1
20151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20153 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20159 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20176 \begin_inset Note Note
20179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20181 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20182 goes back to default numbering
20190 \begin_layout Enumerate
20192 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20196 \begin_layout Standard
20198 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20202 \begin_layout Enumerate-Resume
20204 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20208 \begin_layout Standard
20210 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20211 To resume an enumeration,
20218 \change_deleted -712698321 1673882803
20219 Its numbering appears in blue within \SpecialChar LyX
20220 to indicate that it is a resumed list and that the numbering will not be correct in \SpecialChar LyX
20223 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20227 \begin_layout Standard
20229 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20230 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20235 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20241 If there is no previous enumeration to resume,
20242 you will get a \SpecialChar LaTeX
20251 \begin_layout Standard
20253 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20254 Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number from the next one.
20255 Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number.
20256 This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item of a normal enumeration.
20261 \begin_layout Standard
20263 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20269 \begin_layout Standard
20271 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20276 is the number with which you want to resume the list.
20280 \begin_layout Enumerate
20282 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20286 \begin_layout Enumerate
20288 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20292 \begin_layout Standard
20294 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20295 Enumeration starting at a given value:
20298 \begin_layout Enumerate
20300 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20301 \begin_inset Argument 1
20304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20306 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20312 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20326 This enumeration starts at 4
20329 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20331 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20333 \begin_inset Index idx
20338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20340 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20352 \begin_layout Standard
20354 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20355 In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items of a list.
20356 For example if the default space is too much in your opinion in this case:
20359 \begin_layout Itemize
20361 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20365 \begin_layout Itemize
20367 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20368 with standard spacing
20371 \begin_layout Standard
20373 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20374 You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item of the list.
20375 Add there the command
20379 to get no additional list space like in this example:
20382 \begin_layout Itemize
20384 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20385 \begin_inset Argument 1
20388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20390 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20396 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20413 \begin_layout Itemize
20415 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20419 \begin_layout Itemize
20421 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20425 \begin_layout Standard
20427 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20428 To add space you can use several other commands provided by the
20433 \begin_inset Index idx
20438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20440 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20451 For more information see the
20452 \begin_inset CommandInset href
20454 name "enumitem documentation"
20455 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf"
20463 \begin_layout Standard
20465 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20466 There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing and indentation.
20467 Here is an example where the indentation was changed to that of the paragraphs in the document and the label separation was set to 2
20468 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20471 cm so that the number is in the page margin:
20474 \begin_layout Enumerate
20476 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20477 \begin_inset Argument 1
20480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20482 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20488 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20508 \begin_layout Enumerate
20510 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20511 with negative indentation
20514 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20516 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20517 Further Customization
20518 \begin_inset Index idx
20523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20525 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20537 \begin_layout Standard
20539 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20540 You can also change the style of description lists.
20544 \begin_layout Standard
20546 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20552 \begin_layout Standard
20554 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20555 changes the description label font,
20559 \begin_layout Standard
20561 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20570 \begin_layout Standard
20572 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20573 sets the list style.
20576 \begin_layout Standard
20578 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20579 An example where the command
20582 \begin_layout Standard
20584 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20593 \begin_layout Standard
20595 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20599 \begin_layout Description
20601 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20603 \begin_inset space ~
20608 \begin_inset Argument 1
20611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20613 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20619 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20638 Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules,
20639 therefore ionizing them.
20642 \begin_layout Description
20644 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20646 \begin_inset space ~
20650 In computer science,
20651 reference counting is a technique of storing the number of references,
20653 or handles to a resource such as an object,
20655 disk space or other resource.
20658 \begin_layout Standard
20660 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20661 There are many more commands and features provided by the
20666 \begin_inset Index idx
20671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20673 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20684 For more information see the
20685 \begin_inset CommandInset href
20687 name "enumitem documentation"
20688 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf"
20696 \begin_layout Subsection
20698 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20704 \begin_layout Standard
20706 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20707 This module uses the package
20711 to provide nine new list environments.
20712 Itemized and enumerated lists can be typeset within paragraphs,
20713 as paragraphs and in a compact version.
20714 Most environments have optional arguments to format the labels.
20716 the \SpecialChar LaTeX
20717 list environments itemize and enumerate are extended to use a similar optional argument.
20718 For further details see
20720 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
20721 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
20722 Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
20723 Paragraph Lists (paralist)
20728 Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
20729 Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
20733 \begin_inset CommandInset href
20735 name "paralist documentation"
20736 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/paralist/paralist.pdf"
20744 \begin_layout Section
20746 \change_inserted 564990737 1672161542
20747 Literate Programming
20748 \change_deleted -712698321 1673885680
20750 \change_inserted 564990737 1672161542
20754 \begin_layout Subsection
20756 \change_inserted 564990737 1672161542
20760 \begin_layout Standard
20762 \change_inserted 564990737 1672161542
20763 This module allows the use of Noweb as a literate programming tool.
20764 The files and the documentation for Noweb can be obtained from
20765 \begin_inset CommandInset href
20768 target "https://www.ctan.org/pkg/noweb"
20774 Literate programming is described in section
20775 \begin_inset space ~
20779 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20781 reference "sec:Literate-Programming"
20786 and there are three example files:
20789 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
20790 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
20791 Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
20797 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
20798 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
20799 Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
20804 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
20805 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
20806 Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
20807 Noweb2\SpecialChar LyX
20813 \begin_layout Subsection
20815 \change_inserted 564990737 1672161542
20819 \begin_layout Standard
20821 \change_inserted 564990737 1672161542
20822 This module uses the
20832 \begin_inset Flex Code
20835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20837 \change_inserted 564990737 1672161542
20845 package in R for dynamic report generation has to be installed for this module to work:
20847 \begin_inset Flex Code
20850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20852 \change_inserted 564990737 1672161542
20853 install.packages(“knitr”)
20864 \begin_layout Paragraph
20866 \change_inserted 564990737 1672161542
20870 \begin_layout Itemize
20872 \change_inserted 564990737 1672161542
20873 it depends on R >= 2.14.1.
20875 \begin_inset Flex URL
20878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20880 \change_inserted 564990737 1672161542
20882 http://yihui.name/knitr
20891 \change_deleted -712698321 1673886383
20893 \change_inserted 564990737 1672161542
20897 \begin_layout Itemize
20899 \change_inserted 564990737 1672161542
20904 also has to be installed.
20906 \change_inserted -712698321 1673886396
20910 \begin_layout Itemize
20912 \change_inserted 564990737 1672161542
20913 It cannot be used if the modules
20916 \begin_inset space ~
20927 \change_deleted -712698321 1673886383
20929 \change_inserted -712698321 1673886376
20933 \begin_layout Standard
20935 \change_inserted 564990737 1672161542
20938 Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
20939 Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
20945 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
20946 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
20947 Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
20951 \begin_inset space ~
20955 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20957 reference "sec:Literate-Programming"
20962 for information about literate programming.
20965 \begin_layout Subsection
20967 \change_inserted 564990737 1672161542
20971 \begin_layout Standard
20973 \change_inserted 564990737 1672161542
20974 This module allows the use of the statistical language S/R as a literate programming tool.
20985 \begin_inset CommandInset href
20988 target "https://www.ctan.org/pkg/includernw"
20994 \begin_inset CommandInset href
20997 target "https://www.ctan.org/pkg/fancyvrb"
21002 are available from CTAN.
21003 It cannot be used if the module
21006 \begin_inset space ~
21014 Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
21015 Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
21021 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
21022 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
21023 Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
21027 \begin_inset space ~
21031 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21033 reference "sec:Literate-Programming"
21038 for information about literate programming.
21041 \begin_layout Section
21043 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21047 \begin_layout Subsection
21049 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21053 \begin_layout Standard
21055 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21056 This modules defines theorem environments and the proof environment using the extended AMS machinery.
21057 Both numbered and unnumbered types are provided.
21059 the theorems are numbered consecutively throughout the document.
21060 This can be changed by loading one of the
21062 AMS Theorems (Numbered by \SpecialChar ldots
21066 It cannot be used if the modules
21072 Standard Theorems (Unnumbered)
21077 \begin_layout Subsection
21079 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21080 AMS Theorems (Extended)
21083 \begin_layout Standard
21085 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21086 This module defines some additional theorem environments for use with the
21090 package (which must be loaded).
21127 \change_deleted -712698321 1675594790
21134 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21158 in both numbered and unnumbered forms.
21161 \begin_layout Subsection
21163 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21164 AMS Theorems (Extended,
21165 Numbered by Type within Chapters)
21168 \begin_layout Standard
21170 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21171 This module defines some additional theorem environments for use with the
21173 AMS Theorems (Numbered by Type within Chapters)
21176 \change_deleted -712698321 1674898102
21178 \change_inserted -712698321 1674898103
21180 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21181 (which must be loaded).
21218 \change_deleted -712698321 1675594800
21225 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21239 in both numbered and unnumbered forms.
21241 \change_inserted -712698321 1674898226
21245 \begin_layout Standard
21247 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21250 AMS Theorems (Extended)
21253 the different theorem types provided here each have a separate counter,
21254 restarted with each new chapter (e.g.,
21256 \change_deleted -712698321 1674898319
21260 \change_inserted -712698321 1674898319
21262 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21267 \change_deleted -712698321 1674898320
21271 \change_inserted -712698321 1674898321
21273 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21278 \change_deleted -712698321 1674898322
21282 \change_inserted -712698321 1674898322
21284 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21289 \change_deleted -712698321 1674898325
21293 \change_inserted -712698321 1674898325
21295 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21300 \change_deleted -712698321 1674898327
21304 \change_inserted -712698321 1674898327
21306 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21311 \change_deleted -712698321 1674898329
21315 \change_inserted -712698321 1674898329
21317 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21324 \change_deleted -712698321 1674898339
21326 \change_inserted -712698321 1674898339
21328 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21330 \change_inserted -712698321 1674898336
21335 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21339 \change_deleted -712698321 1674898342
21341 \change_inserted -712698321 1674898342
21345 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21350 \change_deleted -712698321 1674898344
21352 \change_inserted -712698321 1674898344
21356 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21361 \change_deleted -712698321 1674898346
21363 \change_inserted -712698321 1674898347
21367 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21372 \change_deleted -712698321 1674898348
21374 \change_inserted -712698321 1674898348
21378 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21380 \change_inserted -712698321 1674898350
21385 \change_deleted -712698321 1674898352
21387 \change_inserted -712698321 1674898353
21390 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21394 \begin_layout Subsection
21396 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21397 AMS Theorems (Extended,
21401 \begin_layout Standard
21403 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21404 This module defines some additional theorem environments for use with the
21406 AMS Theorems (Numbered by Type)
21408 package (which must be loaded).
21445 \change_deleted -712698321 1675594806
21452 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21466 in both numbered and unnumbered forms.
21468 \change_inserted -712698321 1674898455
21472 \begin_layout Standard
21474 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21477 AMS Theorems (Extended)
21480 the different theorem types provided here each have a separate counter (e.g.,
21482 \change_deleted -712698321 1674898821
21484 \change_inserted -712698321 1674898821
21488 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21493 \change_deleted -712698321 1674898823
21495 \change_inserted -712698321 1674898823
21499 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21504 \change_deleted -712698321 1674898825
21506 \change_inserted -712698321 1674898825
21510 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21515 \change_deleted -712698321 1674898827
21517 \change_inserted -712698321 1674898827
21521 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21526 \change_deleted -712698321 1674898830
21528 \change_inserted -712698321 1674898830
21532 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21539 \change_deleted -712698321 1674898832
21541 \change_inserted -712698321 1674898832
21545 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21550 \change_deleted -712698321 1674898834
21552 \change_inserted -712698321 1674898834
21556 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21561 \change_deleted -712698321 1674898836
21563 \change_inserted -712698321 1674898836
21567 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21572 \change_deleted -712698321 1674898838
21574 \change_inserted -712698321 1674898838
21578 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21586 \begin_layout Subsection
21588 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21589 AMS Theorems (Numbered by Type within Chapters)
21592 \begin_layout Standard
21594 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21595 This module defines theorem environments and the proof environment using the extended AMS machinery.
21596 Both numbered and unnumbered types are provided.
21598 \change_inserted -712698321 1674901718
21602 \begin_layout Standard
21604 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21610 the different theorem types provided here each have a separate counter (e.g.,
21612 \change_deleted -712698321 1674901843
21614 \change_inserted -712698321 1674901843
21618 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21623 \change_deleted -712698321 1674901845
21625 \change_inserted -712698321 1674901845
21629 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21634 \change_deleted -712698321 1674901847
21638 \change_inserted -712698321 1674901847
21640 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21645 \change_inserted -712698321 1674901849
21649 \change_deleted -712698321 1674901849
21651 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21656 \change_inserted -712698321 1674901852
21660 \change_deleted -712698321 1674901852
21662 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21667 \change_inserted -712698321 1674901854
21671 \change_deleted -712698321 1674901854
21673 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21680 \change_deleted -712698321 1674901859
21682 \change_inserted -712698321 1674901859
21686 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21691 \change_deleted -712698321 1674901861
21693 \change_inserted -712698321 1674901861
21697 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21702 \change_deleted -712698321 1674901863
21704 \change_inserted -712698321 1674901863
21708 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21713 \change_deleted -712698321 1674901868
21715 \change_inserted -712698321 1674901868
21719 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21725 The numbering restarts for each chapter:
21727 \change_deleted -712698321 1674901871
21729 \change_inserted -712698321 1674901871
21733 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21738 \change_deleted -712698321 1674901873
21740 \change_inserted -712698321 1674901873
21744 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21750 \change_inserted -712698321 1674901725
21754 \begin_layout Standard
21756 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21757 It cannot be used if the modules
21769 Standard Theorems (Numbered by Type)
21773 Standard Theorems (Unnumbered)
21778 \begin_layout Subsection
21780 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21781 AMS Theorems (Numbered by Type)
21784 \begin_layout Standard
21786 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21787 This module defines theorem environments and the proof environment using the extended AMS machinery.
21788 Both numbered and unnumbered types are provided.
21794 the different theorem types provided here each have a separate counter (e.g.,
21796 \change_deleted -712698321 1674902051
21798 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902051
21802 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21807 \change_deleted -712698321 1674902053
21809 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902053
21813 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21818 \change_deleted -712698321 1674902055
21820 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902055
21824 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21829 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902058
21833 \change_deleted -712698321 1674902058
21835 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21840 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902061
21844 \change_deleted -712698321 1674902060
21846 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21851 \change_deleted -712698321 1674902063
21853 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902063
21857 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21864 \change_deleted -712698321 1674902066
21866 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902067
21870 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21875 \change_deleted -712698321 1674902069
21877 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902069
21881 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21886 \change_deleted -712698321 1674902071
21888 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902071
21892 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21897 \change_deleted -712698321 1674902075
21899 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902075
21903 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21909 The numbering’s scope is the whole document.
21910 For chapter- and section-wide numbering,
21911 use one of the ‘within Sections’/‘within Chapters’ modules,
21914 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902047
21918 \begin_layout Standard
21920 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21921 It cannot be used if the modules
21933 Standard Theorems (Numbered by Type)
21937 Standard Theorems (Unnumbered)
21942 \begin_layout Subsection
21944 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21945 Number Equations by Section
21948 \begin_layout Standard
21950 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21951 This module resets the equation number at section start and prepends the section number to the equation number,
21953 \change_deleted -712698321 1674902160
21955 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21961 \change_deleted -712698321 1674902162
21963 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21967 \begin_layout Subsection
21969 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21973 \begin_layout Standard
21975 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21976 This module defines some theorem environments for use with non-AMS classes.
21978 the theorems are numbered consecutively throughout the document.
21979 This can be changed by loading one of the
21981 Standard Theorems (Numbered by \SpecialChar ldots
21986 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902414
21990 \begin_layout Standard
21992 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21993 It cannot be used if the modules
21999 Standard Theorems (Unnumbered)
22005 \begin_layout Subsection
22007 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22008 Standard Theorems (Nameable)
22011 \begin_layout Standard
22013 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22014 This module facilitates the use of named theorems.
22015 The name of the theorem
22016 \change_deleted -712698321 1674902805
22018 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902825
22019 can be inserted via
22021 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
22023 \change_deleted -712698321 1674902827
22025 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22026 Additional Theorem Text
22027 \change_deleted -712698321 1674902831
22031 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22036 \begin_layout Subsection
22038 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22039 Standard Theorems (Numbered by Chapter)
22042 \begin_layout Standard
22044 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22045 This module numbers theorems and the like by chapter (i.e.,
22046 the counter is reset at each chapter start).
22047 Use this module only with document classes that provide a chapter environment.
22049 \change_inserted -712698321 1674903079
22053 \begin_layout Standard
22055 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22066 \change_inserted -712698321 1674903082
22070 \begin_layout Standard
22072 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22073 It cannot be used if the module
22075 Standard Theorems (Numbered by Section)
22080 \begin_layout Subsection
22082 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22083 Standard Theorems (Numbered by Section)
22086 \begin_layout Standard
22088 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22089 This module numbers theorems and the like by section (i.e.,
22090 the counter is reset at each section start).
22100 It cannot be used if the module
22102 Standard Theorems (Numbered by Chapter)
22107 \begin_layout Subsection
22109 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22110 Standard Theorems (Numbered by Type within Chapters)
22113 \begin_layout Standard
22115 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22116 This module defines some theorem environments for use with non-AMS classes.
22126 the different theorem types provided here each have a separate counter (e.g.,
22128 \change_deleted -712698321 1674903338
22130 \change_inserted -712698321 1674903338
22134 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22139 \change_deleted -712698321 1674903340
22141 \change_inserted -712698321 1674903340
22145 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22150 \change_deleted -712698321 1674903343
22152 \change_inserted -712698321 1674903343
22156 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22161 \change_deleted -712698321 1674903346
22163 \change_inserted -712698321 1674903346
22167 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22172 \change_deleted -712698321 1674903348
22174 \change_inserted -712698321 1674903348
22178 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22183 \change_deleted -712698321 1674903351
22185 \change_inserted -712698321 1674903351
22189 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22196 \change_deleted -712698321 1674903354
22198 \change_inserted -712698321 1674903354
22202 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22207 \change_deleted -712698321 1674903356
22209 \change_inserted -712698321 1674903356
22213 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22218 \change_deleted -712698321 1674903359
22220 \change_inserted -712698321 1674903359
22224 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22229 \change_deleted -712698321 1674903361
22231 \change_inserted -712698321 1674903361
22235 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22241 The numbering is reset at each chapter start.
22243 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902715
22247 \begin_layout Standard
22249 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22252 AMS Theorems (Numbered by Type)
22256 Standard Theorems (Numbered by Type)
22260 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902717
22264 \begin_layout Standard
22266 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22267 It cannot be used if any of the modules
22279 Standard Theorems (Unnumbered)
22284 Standard Theorems (Numbered by Sections)
22288 Standard Theorems (Numbered by Type within Sections)
22293 \begin_layout Subsection
22295 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22296 Standard Theorems (Numbered by Type within Sections)
22299 \begin_layout Standard
22301 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22302 This module defines some theorem environments for use with non-AMS classes.
22312 the different theorem types provided here each have a separate counter (e.g.,
22314 \change_deleted -712698321 1674902520
22316 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902520
22320 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22325 \change_deleted -712698321 1674902522
22327 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902522
22331 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22336 \change_deleted -712698321 1674902527
22338 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902527
22342 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22347 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902529
22351 \change_deleted -712698321 1674902529
22353 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22358 \change_deleted -712698321 1674902532
22360 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902532
22364 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22369 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902535
22373 \change_deleted -712698321 1674902534
22375 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22382 \change_deleted -712698321 1674902538
22384 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902538
22388 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22393 \change_deleted -712698321 1674902540
22395 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902540
22399 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22404 \change_deleted -712698321 1674902543
22406 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902543
22410 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22415 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902545
22419 \change_deleted -712698321 1674902545
22421 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22427 The numbering is reset at each section start.
22429 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902574
22433 \begin_layout Standard
22435 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22438 AMS Theorems (Numbered by Type)
22442 Standard Theorems (Numbered by Type)
22446 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902609
22450 \begin_layout Standard
22452 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22453 It cannot be used if any of the modules
22465 Standard Theorems (Unnumbered)
22470 Standard Theorems (Numbered by Chapters)
22474 Standard Theorems (Numbered by Type within Chapters)
22479 \begin_layout Subsection
22481 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22482 Standard Theorems (Numbered by Type)
22485 \begin_layout Standard
22487 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22488 This module defines some theorem environments for use with non-AMS classes.
22498 the different theorem types provided here each have a separate counter (e.g.,
22500 \change_deleted -712698321 1674903220
22502 \change_inserted -712698321 1674903220
22506 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22511 \change_deleted -712698321 1674903221
22513 \change_inserted -712698321 1674903221
22517 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22522 \change_deleted -712698321 1674903225
22524 \change_inserted -712698321 1674903226
22528 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22533 \change_inserted -712698321 1674903228
22537 \change_deleted -712698321 1674903228
22539 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22544 \change_deleted -712698321 1674903231
22546 \change_inserted -712698321 1674903232
22550 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22555 \change_inserted -712698321 1674903261
22559 \change_deleted -712698321 1674903233
22561 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22568 \change_deleted -712698321 1674903237
22570 \change_inserted -712698321 1674903237
22574 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22579 \change_deleted -712698321 1674903240
22581 \change_inserted -712698321 1674903240
22585 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22590 \change_deleted -712698321 1674903242
22592 \change_inserted -712698321 1674903242
22596 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22601 \change_deleted -712698321 1674903246
22603 \change_inserted -712698321 1674903246
22607 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22613 The numbering’s scope is the whole document.
22614 For chapter- and section-wide numbering,
22615 use one of the “within Chapters”/“within Sections” modules,
22618 \change_inserted -712698321 1674903280
22622 \begin_layout Standard
22624 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22625 It cannot be used if any of the modules
22637 Standard Theorems (Unnumbered)
22641 AMS Theorems (Numbered by Type)
22646 \begin_layout Subsection
22648 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22649 Standard Theorems (Unnumbered)
22652 \begin_layout Standard
22654 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22655 This module defines only unnumbered theorem environments and the proof environment,
22656 using the extended AMS machinery.
22657 It cannot be used if either of the modules
22668 \begin_layout Subsection
22670 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22674 \begin_layout Standard
22676 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22677 This module provides a straightforward way to segregate subequations in LyX.
22680 Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
22681 Math\SpecialChar menuseparator
22688 \begin_layout Section
22690 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22694 \begin_layout Subsection
22696 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22697 Custom Header/Footer Text
22700 \begin_layout Standard
22702 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22703 This module requires the
22706 \begin_inset space ~
22720 ocument\SpecialChar menuseparator
22725 ettings\SpecialChar menuseparator
22727 \begin_inset space ~
22732 dialog to be set to
22737 It adds six environments to document classes which support the
22744 \begin_layout Itemize
22746 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22752 \begin_layout Itemize
22754 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22760 \begin_layout Itemize
22762 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22768 \begin_layout Itemize
22770 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22776 \begin_layout Itemize
22778 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22784 \begin_layout Itemize
22786 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22792 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22794 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22795 Fancy Headers and Footers
22798 \begin_layout Standard
22800 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22801 The default page layout is rather plain;
22803 \change_deleted -712698321 1674910295
22805 \begin_inset Flex Code
22808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22810 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22819 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22821 \change_inserted -712698321 1674910328
22824 Article (Standard Class)
22827 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22829 all you get is a centered page number at the bottom of the page.
22831 \change_inserted -712698321 1674910381
22833 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22835 \change_deleted -712698321 1674910376
22837 \change_inserted -712698321 1674910376
22841 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22845 so it appears to be a bit fancier.
22847 \change_inserted -712698321 1674910455
22851 \begin_layout Standard
22853 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22857 \begin_inset space ~
22871 ocument\SpecialChar menuseparator
22876 ettings\SpecialChar menuseparator
22880 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22888 you will find that the page header is divided into three fields,
22889 not surprisingly labeled
22890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22894 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22903 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22908 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22912 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22916 The footer is also divided into these three fields.
22917 The \SpecialChar LaTeX
22918 commands to set these fields in the simplest manner are
22947 Suppose you wish to put your name in the upper left hand corner of each page.
22948 Simply insert the following command in the preamble:
22952 \begin_layout LyX-Code
22954 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22961 \begin_layout Standard
22963 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22964 You will now see your name in the upper left.
22965 If a field has a default entry that you would like to get rid of (often the page number appears in the central footer) simply include a command with a blank argument,
22967 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22973 \begin_layout LyX-Code
22975 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22981 \begin_layout Standard
22983 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22986 an easier way to make simple changes.
22992 ocument\SpecialChar menuseparator
22997 ettings\SpecialChar menuseparator
22998 Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
22999 Page Layout\SpecialChar menuseparator
23000 Custom Header/Footer Text
23003 you will find you have six new environments corresponding to the six fields described above.
23006 \begin_layout Standard
23008 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
23009 Let's get really fancy:
23010 lets put the section number with the word
23011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23019 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23023 \begin_inset space \space{}
23026 Section 3) in the upper left,
23027 the page number (e.
23028 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23032 \begin_inset space \space{}
23035 Page 4) in the upper right,
23036 your name in the lower left,
23037 and the date in the lower right.
23038 Use your newly enabled environments to add these entries:
23041 \begin_layout Standard
23043 \change_deleted -712698321 1674910975
23044 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
23048 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
23052 \begin_layout LyX-Code
23054 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
23058 \begin_inset space ~
23077 \begin_layout LyX-Code
23079 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
23085 \begin_layout LyX-Code
23087 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
23104 \begin_layout LyX-Code
23106 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
23118 \begin_layout LyX-Code
23120 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
23126 \begin_layout LyX-Code
23128 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
23142 \begin_layout Standard
23144 \change_deleted -712698321 1674910976
23145 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
23149 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
23153 \begin_layout Standard
23155 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
23156 Make sure you enter the commands
23175 as \SpecialChar TeX
23193 access \SpecialChar LaTeX
23194 ’s section and page counters,
23195 and so print out the current section and page numbers.
23202 simply prints out today’s date.
23205 \begin_layout Standard
23207 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
23208 The thicknesses of the horizontal rules drawn beneath the header and above the footer can also be modified.
23209 If you don't want one of the rules,
23210 set its thickness to 0.
23211 The header rule has a default thickness of 0.4pt,
23212 the footer rule is 0pt.
23213 For this you will need to use \SpecialChar TeX
23217 \begin_layout Standard
23219 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
23226 headrulewidth}{0.4pt}
23231 \begin_layout Standard
23233 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
23240 footrulewidth}{0.4pt}
23242 to set the thicknesses.
23245 \begin_layout Standard
23247 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
23248 You can switch the header/footer settings on and off for individual pages using \SpecialChar TeX
23253 thispagestyle{empty}
23260 thispagestyle{plain}
23267 thispagestyle{fancy}
23270 Simply insert them in the text on the page you want changed and mark them as \SpecialChar TeX
23273 title pages are marked as plain by default,
23274 while following pages are marked fancy when using the global fancy setting.
23278 \begin_layout Standard
23280 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
23281 If you want a header or footer to be on the outer side of a two sided document,
23282 you need to use something like:
23285 \begin_layout LyX-Code
23287 \change_deleted -712698321 1674911361
23290 \begin_inset Flex Strong
23293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23295 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
23309 \change_inserted -712698321 1674911361
23319 \begin_layout LyX-Code
23321 \change_deleted -712698321 1674911364
23324 \begin_inset Flex Strong
23327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23329 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
23345 \change_inserted -712698321 1674911364
23357 \begin_layout Standard
23359 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
23360 The first command clears all existing footers avoiding any conflicts with your new command.
23363 \begin_layout Standard
23365 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
23366 You can enter any of these commands,
23367 the simpler ones in any of your new environments,
23368 the more complex ones as \SpecialChar TeX
23370 at any point in your document and they will take effect on the next page.
23373 \begin_layout Standard
23375 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
23376 As a final example,
23377 it is possible to include an image in the header or footer.
23378 Suppose you want to put a company logo in the upper left hand corner.
23379 You might try something like
23380 \change_inserted -712698321 1674911745
23383 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
23384 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
23388 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
23392 \begin_layout LyX-Code
23394 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
23401 includegraphics{logo.
23402 \change_deleted -712698321 1674911807
23404 \change_inserted -712698321 1674911807
23406 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
23410 \begin_layout Standard
23413 \change_deleted -712698321 1674911836
23415 \change_inserted -712698321 1674911837
23417 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
23418 ou may need to preface this with
23422 usepackage{graphics}
23424 if you don't include graphics elsewhere in your document
23425 \change_deleted -712698321 1674911839
23427 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
23431 \begin_layout Standard
23433 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
23434 For more information on fancy headers,
23436 \begin_inset Flex Code
23439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23441 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
23450 \begin_inset CommandInset href
23453 target "http://www.ctan.org/pkg/fancyhdr"
23462 \begin_layout Subsection
23464 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
23465 Landscape Document Parts
23468 \begin_layout Standard
23470 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
23471 This module outputs parts of the document in landscape mode using
23473 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
23474 Custom Insets\SpecialChar menuseparator
23479 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
23480 Custom Insets\SpecialChar menuseparator
23481 Landscape (Floating)
23486 \begin_layout Subsection
23488 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
23489 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23491 name "sec:Multiple-Columns"
23498 \begin_layout Standard
23500 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
23501 This module uses the
23506 \begin_inset Index idx
23511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23513 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
23523 package and is independent of the option
23536 ocument\SpecialChar menuseparator
23541 ettings\SpecialChar menuseparator
23543 \begin_inset space ~
23549 If you want to have two columns for the whole document,
23550 you are recommended to use the
23559 For all other cases use this module.
23560 \change_deleted 564990737 1672236008
23561 Multiple Text Columns
23564 \begin_layout Standard
23566 \change_deleted 564990737 1672236008
23567 This feature is independent of the option
23569 Two-column document
23571 in the document settings under
23576 If you want to have 2
23577 \begin_inset space ~
23580 columns for the whole document,
23581 it is recommended to use the
23583 Two-column document
23586 For all other cases use this feature.
23589 \begin_layout Standard
23591 \change_deleted 564990737 1672236008
23592 To use multiple text columns in your document,
23593 you have to load the module
23599 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
23600 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
23603 ) and must have the \SpecialChar LaTeX
23605 \begin_inset Flex Code
23608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23619 \begin_layout Standard
23620 Footnotes within multiple columns will be placed at the bottom of the page and not under each column.
23621 Within the different columns you can use everything,
23622 with the limitation that for floats you need to
23623 \change_deleted 564990737 1672236179
23624 use the float option
23627 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236179
23636 \begin_inset space ~
23646 dit\SpecialChar menuseparator
23652 \begin_inset space ~
23662 \begin_layout Subsubsection
23666 \begin_layout Standard
23667 If you want to have
23668 \change_deleted -712698321 1674912320
23670 \change_inserted -712698321 1674912321
23672 \change_deleted -712698321 1674912322
23674 \begin_inset space ~
23678 \change_inserted -712698321 1674912322
23681 columns in your text,
23682 insert a multicolumn inset via the menu
23684 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
23686 \begin_inset space ~
23689 Insets\SpecialChar menuseparator
23691 \begin_inset space ~
23696 where the columns should start.
23697 Write all text that should be printed in 2
23698 \begin_inset space ~
23701 columns into this inset.
23704 \begin_layout Standard
23705 Here is an example:
23708 \begin_layout Standard
23710 \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
23713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23718 The Adventure of the Empty House
23721 \begin_inset Newline newline
23726 Sir Arthur Conan Doyle
23729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23732 It was in the spring of the year 1894 that all London was interested,
23733 and the fashionable world dismayed,
23734 by the murder of the Honourable Ronald Adair under most unusual and inexplicable circumstances.
23735 The public has already learned those particulars of the crime which came out in the police investigation,
23736 but a good deal was suppressed upon that occasion,
23737 since the case for the prosecution was so overwhelmingly strong that it was not necessary to bring forward all the facts.
23739 at the end of nearly ten years,
23740 am I allowed to supply those missing links which make up the whole of that remarkable chain.
23741 The crime was of interest in itself,
23742 but that interest was as nothing to me compared to the inconceivable sequel,
23743 which afforded me the greatest shock and surprise of any event in my adventurous life.
23745 after this long interval,
23746 I find myself thrilling as I think of it,
23747 and feeling once more that sudden flood of joy,
23749 and incredulity which utterly submerged my mind.
23750 Let me say to that public,
23751 which has shown some interest in those glimpses which I have occasionally given them of the thoughts and actions of a very remarkable man,
23752 that they are not to blame me if I have not shared my knowledge with them,
23753 for I should have considered it my first duty to do so,
23754 had I not been barred by a positive prohibition from his own lips,
23755 which was only withdrawn upon the third of last month.
23763 \begin_layout Standard
23764 To get 3 or more columns,
23765 set the cursor into the multicolumn inset and use the menu
23767 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
23769 \begin_inset space ~
23773 \begin_inset space ~
23779 The number of the desired columns is written into that inset (for 3
23780 \begin_inset space ~
23784 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23788 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23792 \begin_inset Newline newline
23795 Here is an example with 3
23796 \begin_inset space ~
23802 \begin_layout Standard
23803 \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
23806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23809 \begin_inset Argument 1
23812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23819 It can be imagined that my close intimacy with Sherlock Holmes had interested me deeply in crime,
23820 and that after his disappearance I never failed to read with care the various problems which came before the public.
23821 And I even attempted,
23823 for my own private satisfaction,
23824 to employ his methods in their solution,
23825 though with indifferent success.
23828 which appealed to me like this tragedy of Ronald Adair.
23829 As I read the evidence at the inquest,
23830 which led up to a verdict of willful murder against some person or persons unknown,
23831 I realized more clearly than I had ever done the loss which the community had sustained by the death of Sherlock Holmes.
23832 There were points about this strange business which would,
23834 have specially appealed to him,
23835 and the efforts of the police would have been supplemented,
23836 or more probably anticipated,
23837 by the trained observation and the alert mind of the first criminal agent in Europe.
23839 as I drove upon my round,
23840 I turned over the case in my mind and found no explanation which appeared to me to be adequate.
23841 At the risk of telling a twice-told tale,
23842 I will recapitulate the facts as they were known to the public at the conclusion of the inquest.
23850 \begin_layout Standard
23851 You can have up to 10
23852 \begin_inset space ~
23855 columns if you want to,
23856 but that might not be very pleasant for the readers of your document.
23859 \begin_layout Standard
23861 \change_deleted 564990737 1672236245
23862 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
23870 \begin_layout Subsubsection
23871 Columns inside Columns
23874 \begin_layout Standard
23875 You can also have columns inside columns:
23878 \begin_layout Standard
23879 \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
23882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23885 The Honourable Ronald Adair was the second son of the Earl of Maynooth,
23886 at that time governor of one of the Australian colonies.
23887 Adair's mother had returned from Australia to undergo the operation for cataract,
23890 and her daughter Hilda were living together at 427 Park Lane.
23893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23894 \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
23897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23900 The youth moved in the best society
23901 \begin_inset space ~
23905 so far as was known,
23906 no enemies and no particular vices.
23907 He had been engaged to Miss Edith Woodley,
23909 but the engagement had been broken off by mutual consent some months before,
23910 and there was no sign that it had left any very profound feeling behind it.
23911 For the rest {sic} the man's life moved in a narrow and conventional circle,
23912 for his habits were quiet and his nature unemotional.
23913 Yet it was upon this easy-going young aristocrat that death came,
23914 in most strange and unexpected form,
23915 between the hours of ten and eleven-twenty on the night of March 30,
23924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23927 Ronald Adair was fond of cards
23928 \begin_inset space ~
23931 – playing continually,
23932 but never for such stakes as would hurt him.
23933 He was a member of the Baldwin,
23935 and the Bagatelle card clubs.
23937 after dinner on the day of his death,
23938 he had played a rubber of whist at the latter club.
23939 He had also played there in the afternoon.
23944 The evidence of those who had played with him
23945 \begin_inset space ~
23952 \begin_inset space ~
23955 – showed that the game was whist,
23956 and that there was a fairly equal fall of the cards.
23957 Adair might have lost five pounds,
23959 His fortune was a considerable one,
23960 and such a loss could not in any way affect him.
23961 He had played nearly every day at one club or other,
23962 but he was a cautious player,
23963 and usually rose a winner.
23964 It came out in evidence that,
23965 in partnership with Colonel Moran,
23966 he had actually won as much as four hundred and twenty pounds in a sitting,
23968 from Godfrey Milner and Lord Balmoral.
23969 So much for his recent history as it came out at the inquest.
23977 \begin_layout Subsubsection
23981 \begin_layout Standard
23982 The examples in this section show some more special features of multiple columns.
23985 \begin_layout Standard
23986 For more features of multiple columns,
23988 \begin_inset CommandInset href
23990 name "documentation"
23991 target "http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/tools/multicol.pdf"
23996 of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
23998 \begin_inset Flex Code
24001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24010 \begin_layout Paragraph
24014 \begin_layout Standard
24015 To add a preface text for multiple columns,
24016 set the cursor into the multicolumn inset and use the menu
24018 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
24022 Write your preface text into that inset.
24023 \begin_inset Newline newline
24026 This is an example with some preface text:
24029 \begin_layout Standard
24030 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24036 \begin_layout Standard
24037 \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
24040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24041 \begin_inset Argument 2
24044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24045 And the story continues and continues and continues and continues\SpecialChar ldots
24053 On the evening of the crime,
24054 he returned from the club exactly at ten.
24055 His mother and sister were out spending the evening with a relation.
24056 The servant deposed that she heard him enter the front room on the second floor,
24057 generally used as his sitting-room.
24058 She had lit a fire there,
24059 and as it smoked she had opened the window.
24060 No sound was heard from the room until eleven-twenty,
24061 the hour of the return of Lady Maynooth and her daughter.
24062 Desiring to say good-night,
24063 she attempted to enter her son's room.
24064 The door was locked on the inside,
24065 and no answer could be got to their cries and knocking.
24067 and the door forced.
24068 The unfortunate young man was found lying near the table.
24069 His head had been horribly mutilated by an expanding revolver bullet,
24070 but no weapon of any sort was to be found in the room.
24078 \begin_layout Standard
24079 You can also use a section heading as the preface if you use a section command as \SpecialChar TeX
24081 For example the command
24084 \begin_layout LyX-Code
24087 subsection{subsection title}
24090 \begin_layout Standard
24091 creates a subsection.
24092 In this example the preface is a subsubsection:
24095 \begin_layout Standard
24096 \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
24099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24100 \begin_inset Argument 2
24103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24116 This is a subsubsection heading as a preface
24120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24134 A minute examination of the circumstances served only to make the case more complex.
24135 In the first place,
24136 no reason could be given why the young man should have fastened the door upon the inside.
24137 There was the possibility that the murderer had done this,
24138 and had afterwards escaped by the window.
24139 The drop was at least twenty feet,
24141 and a bed of crocuses in full bloom lay beneath.
24142 Neither the flowers nor the earth showed any sign of having been disturbed,
24143 nor were there any marks upon the narrow strip of grass which separated the house from the road.
24146 it was the young man himself who had fastened the door.
24147 But how did he come by his death?
24148 No one could have climbed up to the window without leaving traces.
24149 Suppose a man had fired through the window,
24150 he would indeed be a remarkable shot who could with a revolver inflict so deadly a wound.
24152 Park Lane is a frequented thoroughfare;
24153 there is a cab stand within a hundred yards of the house.
24154 No one had heard a shot.
24162 \begin_layout Standard
24163 If there is less vertical space than
24164 \change_deleted -712698321 1674913194
24166 \begin_inset space ~
24170 \change_inserted -712698321 1674913195
24173 text lines is left on the page at the beginning of the multiple columns,
24174 a page break will be inserted before the multiple columns.
24175 Depending on the number of lines of the preface text,
24176 you might want to change this space.
24177 This is done by setting the cursor into the mulitcolumn inset behind the preface (if there is any) and using the menu
24179 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
24181 \begin_inset space ~
24185 \begin_inset space ~
24189 \begin_inset space ~
24195 Insert into that inset the amount of space like e.
24196 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24200 \begin_inset space \space{}
24204 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24208 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24212 \begin_inset Newline newline
24215 In this example the space is set to 7
24216 \begin_inset space ~
24219 text lines by using
24220 \begin_inset Flex Code
24223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24232 \begin_inset Flex Code
24235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24243 needs to be inserted as \SpecialChar TeX
24247 \begin_layout Standard
24248 \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
24251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24252 \begin_inset Argument 3
24255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24276 On the evening of the crime,
24277 he returned from the club exactly at ten.
24278 His mother and sister were out spending the evening with a relation.
24279 The servant deposed that she heard him enter the front room on the second floor,
24280 generally used as his sitting-room.
24281 She had lit a fire there,
24282 and as it smoked she had opened the window.
24283 No sound was heard from the room until eleven-twenty,
24284 the hour of the return of Lady Maynooth and her daughter.
24285 Desiring to say good-night,
24286 she attempted to enter her son's room.
24287 The door was locked on the inside,
24288 and no answer could be got to their cries and knocking.
24290 and the door forced.
24291 The unfortunate young man was found lying near the table.
24292 His head had been horribly mutilated by an expanding revolver bullet,
24293 but no weapon of any sort was to be found in the room.
24301 \begin_layout Paragraph
24305 \begin_layout Standard
24306 The amount of space before and after multiple columns can be changed by changing the length
24307 \begin_inset Flex Code
24310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24319 For example the command
24322 \begin_layout LyX-Code
24330 \begin_layout Standard
24331 in \SpecialChar TeX
24332 Code changes its value to 3
24333 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24337 The change must be made before the multiple columns' start.
24338 The predefined value is 13
24339 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24345 \begin_layout Standard
24347 \begin_inset Flex Code
24350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24359 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24365 \begin_layout Standard
24369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24375 multicolsep}{2.5cm}
24383 \begin_layout Standard
24384 \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
24387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24390 All day I turned these facts over in my mind,
24391 endeavouring to hit upon some theory which could reconcile them all,
24392 and to find that line of least resistance which my poor friend had declared to be the starting-point of every investigation.
24393 I confess that I made little progress.
24394 In the evening I strolled across the Park,
24395 and found myself about six o'clock at the Oxford Street end of Park Lane.
24396 A group of loafers upon the pavements,
24397 all staring up at a particular window,
24398 directed me to the house which I had come to see.
24400 thin man with coloured glasses,
24401 whom I strongly suspected of being a plain-clothes detective,
24402 was pointing out some theory of his own,
24403 while the others crowded round to listen to what he said.
24404 I got as near him as I could,
24405 but his observations seemed to me to be absurd,
24406 so I withdrew again in some disgust.
24407 As I did so I struck against an elderly,
24409 who had been behind me,
24410 and I knocked down several books which he was carrying.
24418 \begin_layout Standard
24419 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24428 The values you set with
24429 \begin_inset Flex Code
24432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24440 will be used for all following multiple columns until you change them again.
24448 \begin_layout Standard
24452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24464 \begin_inset Note Note
24467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24468 go back to the default
24476 \begin_layout Standard
24478 \change_deleted 564990737 1672236355
24479 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
24487 \begin_layout Paragraph
24491 \begin_layout Standard
24492 A column break can be forced by inserting the command
24493 \begin_inset Flex Code
24496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24504 as \SpecialChar TeX
24505 Code to that position in the text where the column should be broken.
24506 Note that this leads in most cases to whitespace in the text.
24507 \begin_inset Newline newline
24510 Here is an example:
24513 \begin_layout Standard
24514 \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
24517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24523 You're surprised to see me,
24525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24536 I acknowledged that I was.
24539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24542 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24548 and when I chanced to see you go into this house,
24549 as I came hobbling after you,
24550 I thought to myself,
24551 I'll just step in and see that kind gentleman,
24552 and tell him that if I was a bit gruff in my manner there was not any harm meant,
24553 and that I am much obliged to him for picking up my books.
24554 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24566 You make too much of a trifle,
24567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24572 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24575 May I ask how you knew who I was?
24576 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24579 AFTER THIS SENTENCE THE COLUMN BREAK IS FORCED.
24583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24598 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24603 if it isn't too great a liberty,
24604 I am a neighbour of yours,
24605 for you'll find my little bookshop at the corner of Church Street,
24606 and very happy to see you,
24608 Maybe you collect yourself,
24613 \begin_inset space ~
24629 \begin_inset space ~
24634 With five volumes you could just fill that gap on that second shelf.
24638 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24649 \begin_layout Paragraph
24653 \begin_layout Standard
24654 The width of the columns is automatically calculated,
24655 but you can modify the space between the columns.
24656 This is done by changing the length
24657 \begin_inset Flex Code
24660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24669 Its predefined value is 10
24670 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24674 Here is an example where
24675 \begin_inset Flex Code
24678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24687 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24693 \begin_layout Standard
24697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24711 \begin_layout Standard
24712 \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
24715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24718 My observations of No.
24719 \begin_inset space \space{}
24722 427 Park Lane did little to clear up the problem in which I was interested.
24723 The house was separated from the street by a low wall and railing,
24724 the whole not more than five feet high.
24725 It was perfectly easy,
24727 for anyone to get into the garden,
24728 but the window was entirely inaccessible,
24729 since there was no water pipe or anything which could help the most active man to climb it.
24730 More puzzled than ever,
24731 I retraced my steps to Kensington.
24732 I had not been in my study five minutes when the maid entered to say that a person desired to see me.
24733 To my astonishment it was none other than my strange old book collector,
24735 wizened face peering out from a frame of white hair,
24736 and his precious volumes,
24737 a dozen of them at least,
24738 wedged under his right arm.
24746 \begin_layout Standard
24750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24762 \begin_inset Note Note
24765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24766 go back to the default
24774 \begin_layout Paragraph
24778 \begin_layout Standard
24779 Between the columns a rule with a width of the length
24780 \begin_inset Flex Code
24783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24792 If this rule width is set to 0
24793 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24796 pt (this is the default),
24797 the rule is suppressed.
24798 In the following example the rule is 2
24799 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24805 \begin_layout Standard
24809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24815 columnseprule}{2pt}
24823 \begin_layout Standard
24824 \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
24827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24830 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24833 You're surprised to see me,
24835 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24846 I acknowledged that I was.
24849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24852 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24858 and when I chanced to see you go into this house,
24859 as I came hobbling after you,
24860 I thought to myself,
24861 I'll just step in and see that kind gentleman,
24862 and tell him that if I was a bit gruff in my manner there was not any harm meant,
24863 and that I am much obliged to him for picking up my books.
24864 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24873 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24876 You make too much of a trifle,
24877 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24885 May I ask how you knew who I was?
24886 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24895 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24900 if it isn't too great a liberty,
24901 I am a neighbour of yours,
24902 for you'll find my little bookshop at the corner of Church Street,
24903 and very happy to see you,
24905 Maybe you collect yourself,
24910 \begin_inset space ~
24926 \begin_inset space ~
24931 With five volumes you could just fill that gap on that second shelf.
24935 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24946 \begin_layout Standard
24947 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
24953 \begin_layout Standard
24954 The rule can be colored by redefining the command
24955 \begin_inset Flex Code
24958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24967 This is done by inserting the command
24970 \begin_layout LyX-Code
24975 columnseprulecolor}{
24980 \begin_layout Standard
24981 as \SpecialChar TeX
24982 Code before the multicolumn inset.
24984 \begin_inset Flex Code
24987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24993 in this command by a color of your choice.
24994 You can use all pre- and self-defined colors.
25003 \begin_inset space ~
25008 for more information about pre- and self-defined colors.
25009 To go back to the default color insert the command
25012 \begin_layout LyX-Code
25017 columnseprulecolor}{
25022 \begin_layout Standard
25023 Here is the example with a cyan rule and 1
25024 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25027 cm column separation:
25030 \begin_layout Standard
25034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25049 columnseprulecolor}{
25059 \begin_layout Standard
25060 \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
25063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25066 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25069 You're surprised to see me,
25071 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25082 I acknowledged that I was.
25085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25094 and when I chanced to see you go into this house,
25095 as I came hobbling after you,
25096 I thought to myself,
25097 I'll just step in and see that kind gentleman,
25098 and tell him that if I was a bit gruff in my manner there was not any harm meant,
25099 and that I am much obliged to him for picking up my books.
25100 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25109 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25112 You make too much of a trifle,
25113 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25121 May I ask how you knew who I was?
25122 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25131 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25136 if it isn't too great a liberty,
25137 I am a neighbour of yours,
25138 for you'll find my little bookshop at the corner of Church Street,
25139 and very happy to see you,
25141 Maybe you collect yourself,
25146 \begin_inset space ~
25162 \begin_inset space ~
25167 With five volumes you could just fill that gap on that second shelf.
25171 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25182 \begin_layout Standard
25186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25192 columnseprule}{0pt}
25195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25201 columnseprulecolor}{
25209 \begin_inset Note Note
25212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25213 go back to the default
25221 \begin_layout Section
25223 \change_inserted 564990737 1671270380
25227 \begin_layout Subsection
25229 \change_inserted 564990737 1671270398
25231 \change_deleted 564990737 1671270396
25237 \begin_layout Standard
25240 as well as any other text processor uses by default rectangular paragraphs.
25241 For special cases like for example posters,
25242 invitation cards or poems you can modify the paragraph shape to one of your choice.
25244 \change_deleted 564990737 1672311802
25245 This can be done by using the \SpecialChar LaTeX
25247 \begin_inset Flex Code
25250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25256 which is loaded by using in the document settings the module
25258 Custom paragraph shapes
25261 \change_inserted 564990737 1672311802
25262 This module uses the
25266 package to provide over a dozen paragraph shapes as well as commands to define custom shapes.
25272 \begin_layout Subsubsection
25276 \begin_layout Standard
25278 \change_inserted -712698321 1674913874
25289 \change_inserted -712698321 1674913877
25292 provides the following shapes:
25295 \begin_layout Standard
25296 \begin_inset Tabular
25297 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="13" columns="3">
25298 <features booktabs="true" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
25299 <column alignment="left" valignment="middle" width="16col%">
25300 <column alignment="left" valignment="middle" width="40col%">
25301 <column alignment="left" valignment="middle" width="35col%">
25302 <row endhead="true">
25303 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25315 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25327 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25340 <row interlinespace="default">
25341 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25352 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25358 Circle with circular hole (in the size of a CD/DVD)
25363 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25370 take care there is not too much text
25376 <row interlinespace="default">
25377 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25388 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25399 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25406 calculation might fail
25412 <row interlinespace="default">
25413 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25424 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25430 Rhomboid (symbolizing a
25431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25443 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25455 <row interlinespace="default">
25456 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25467 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25478 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25490 <row interlinespace="default">
25491 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25502 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25513 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25525 <row interlinespace="default">
25526 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25537 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25543 Nut for bolt (hexagon with circular hole)
25548 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25560 <row interlinespace="default">
25561 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25572 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25583 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25595 <row interlinespace="default">
25596 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25607 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25618 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25630 <row interlinespace="default">
25631 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25642 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25653 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25665 <row interlinespace="default">
25666 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25677 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25683 Normal/reversed rain drop
25688 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25695 calculation might fail
25701 <row interlinespace="default">
25702 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25714 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25720 The \SpecialChar TeX
25726 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25738 <row interlinespace="default">
25739 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
25742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25746 \begin_inset Newline newline
25754 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
25757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25760 Triangles in different orientations
25765 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
25768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25784 \begin_layout Standard
25785 To use a shape for your paragraph,
25786 simply select it in \SpecialChar LyX
25787 's pull-down box for environments in the toolbar.
25790 \begin_layout Standard
25791 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
25797 \begin_layout Standard
25798 Here is an example paragraph in the shape of a nut:
25801 \begin_layout Standard
25802 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
25811 Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
25812 consetetur sadipscing elitr,
25813 sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat,
25815 At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum.
25816 Stet clita kasd gubergren,
25817 no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.
25818 Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
25819 consetetur sadipscing elitr,
25820 sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat,
25824 \begin_layout Standard
25825 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
25831 \begin_layout Standard
25832 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25845 paragraphs cannot run over a page break.
25853 \begin_layout Standard
25854 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
25860 \begin_layout Standard
25862 \begin_inset Flex Code
25865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25871 takes care that the shape will always be preserved,
25872 no matter how much text is in the paragraph.
25873 Therefore the paragraph size changes with the amount of contained text.
25874 This can lead to paragraph sizes exceeding the page margins.
25875 To demonstrate the size scaling,
25876 here is the same example paragraph but with twice as much text:
25879 \begin_layout Standard
25880 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
25889 Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
25890 consetetur sadipscing elitr,
25891 sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat,
25893 At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum.
25894 Stet clita kasd gubergren,
25895 no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.
25896 Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
25897 consetetur sadipscing elitr,
25898 sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat,
25900 Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
25901 consetetur sadipscing elitr,
25902 sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat,
25904 At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum.
25905 Stet clita kasd gubergren,
25906 no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.
25907 Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
25908 consetetur sadipscing elitr,
25909 sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat,
25913 \begin_layout Standard
25914 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
25920 \begin_layout Standard
25921 An exception is the shape
25926 It cannot be scaled because it must fit the size of a CD/DVD.
25927 Therefore the amount of text that fits into the shape is limited.
25928 \change_deleted -712698321 1674914001
25930 \begin_inset Newline newline
25934 \change_inserted -712698321 1674914001
25938 \begin_layout Standard
25948 meaning that the calculation of their size can fail,
25949 depending on the amount of text.
25950 You will then get the \SpecialChar LaTeX
25952 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25955 Arithmetic overflow
25956 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25960 In this case one can try to remove or add some text;
25961 if nothing works one has to use another shape.
25964 \begin_layout Standard
25966 \change_deleted -712698321 1674914021
25967 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
25975 \begin_layout Standard
25976 For shapes with tips you will maybe see that \SpecialChar LaTeX
25977 's hyphenation routine fails for text in the tips.
25978 Therefore it is often necessary to add hyphenation points
25983 arg "specialchar-insert hyphenation"
25988 ) to the corresponding text parts.
25991 \begin_layout Standard
25993 \change_deleted -712698321 1674914022
25994 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26002 \begin_layout Standard
26003 Shapepar paragraphs are either always centered or placed on the page so that their left border touches the left page margin.
26004 You can therefore not use the paragraph dialog to align such paragraphs.
26005 A solution is to put the paragraph into a minipage or parbox and align the box.
26006 The problem is hereby to find the right width for the box.
26007 Because if it is too wide and you center the box,
26008 the paragraph is not centered too because it sticks at the left side of the box.
26009 So you might have to play a bit with the width until it fits.
26010 Here are two heart-shaped paragraphs,
26011 the first one is not aligned,
26012 the second one is right-aligned:
26015 \begin_layout Standard
26016 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
26022 \begin_layout Heart
26026 Lo\SpecialChar softhyphen
26027 rem ipsum dolor sit amet,
26028 consetetur sadipscing elitr,
26029 sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat,
26031 At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum.
26032 Stet clita kasd gubergren,
26033 no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.
26036 \begin_layout Standard
26037 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26043 \begin_layout Standard
26046 \begin_inset Box Frameless
26056 height_special "totalheight"
26061 backgroundcolor "none"
26064 \begin_layout Heart
26068 Lo\SpecialChar softhyphen
26069 rem ipsum dolor sit amet,
26070 consetetur sadipscing elitr,
26071 sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat,
26073 At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum.
26074 Stet clita kasd gubergren,
26075 no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.
26083 \begin_layout Subsubsection
26087 \begin_layout Standard
26088 You can define any shape you want.
26089 Doing this manually is a lot of work because every coordinate must be specified.
26090 But there is a way to let the computer calculate the coordinates:
26093 \begin_layout Enumerate
26094 Install the program
26095 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26098 target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/jpgfdraw"
26106 \begin_layout Enumerate
26113 TeX/LaTeX\SpecialChar menuseparator
26114 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
26117 and select the font size you are using in your document.
26118 For example this document uses the size 12
26119 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26125 \begin_layout Enumerate
26129 \begin_layout Enumerate
26132 TeX/LaTeX\SpecialChar menuseparator
26135 to export the shape to coordinates.
26136 In the appearing dialog use either the outline of your shape for the coordinates or the path itself.
26140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26141 For more information see
26142 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26144 target "http://www.dickimaw-books.com/apps/jpgfdraw/manual/shapepar.html"
26157 \begin_layout Standard
26158 The coordinates are written into a \SpecialChar TeX
26160 To use it for your \SpecialChar LyX
26164 \begin_layout Enumerate
26165 Place the cursor before the first character of your paragraph (or into a new empty one).
26168 \begin_layout Enumerate
26169 Open in \SpecialChar LyX
26172 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
26173 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
26175 \begin_inset space ~
26181 select the file and use
26190 \begin_layout Standard
26191 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
26197 \begin_layout Standard
26198 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26207 The changed shape only applies to the current paragraph;
26208 everything is reset to normal for the next paragraph.
26209 Therefore the shape definition file must be input into every paragraph with the desired shape.
26217 \begin_layout Standard
26218 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26224 \begin_layout Standard
26225 Here is an example:
26228 \begin_layout Standard
26229 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26235 \begin_layout Standard
26236 \begin_inset CommandInset include
26238 filename "SpecialParagraphShape.tex"
26245 Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
26246 consetetur sadipscing elitr,
26247 sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat,
26249 At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum.
26250 Stet clita kasd gubergren,
26251 no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.
26252 Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
26253 consetetur sadipscing elitr,
26254 sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat,
26258 \begin_layout Standard
26259 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26265 \begin_layout Standard
26271 to draw complexer shapes in
26275 you can draw the shape in a program of your choice and import the resulting image to
26280 Then you only need to draw a line or spline along the outline of the image.
26283 \begin_layout Standard
26285 \change_deleted -712698321 1674914114
26286 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26294 \begin_layout Standard
26297 Custom paragraph shapes
26299 also provides the two commands
26307 which can be used to define custom shapes coordinate by coordinate.
26311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26312 These commands are internally used for all shapes described here.
26317 For information how these styles are used and about further customization possibilities,
26319 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26321 name "documentation"
26322 target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/shapepar/shapepar.pdf"
26328 \begin_inset Flex Code
26331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26340 \begin_layout Subsection
26342 \change_inserted 564990737 1672311925
26346 \begin_layout Hanging
26348 \change_inserted 564990737 1672311925
26349 This module adds the
26355 one where all but the first line of the paragraph is indented.
26356 This may not appear in your \SpecialChar LyX
26357 document but will appear in the final output.
26360 \begin_layout Subsection
26362 \change_inserted 564990737 1672311925
26363 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26365 name "subsec:Initials"
26369 Initials (Drop Caps)
26372 \begin_layout Initial
26374 \change_inserted 564990737 1672311925
26375 \begin_inset Argument 2
26378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26380 \change_inserted 564990737 1672311925
26389 \begin_inset Argument 3
26392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26394 \change_inserted 564990737 1672311925
26402 module adds a drop capitals paragraph style
26406 for paragraph environments which you can use wherever you want to have drop capitals.
26407 You then have three more items in the
26414 \begin_layout Itemize
26416 \change_inserted 564990737 1672311925
26421 which creates an inset for the drop capital
26424 \begin_layout Itemize
26426 \change_inserted 564990737 1672311925
26431 which creates an inset for the rest of the word
26434 \begin_layout Itemize
26436 \change_inserted 564990737 1672311925
26441 which allow you configure the formatting of the drop capital.
26444 \begin_layout Standard
26446 \change_inserted 564990737 1672311925
26447 To customize the appearance of the style,
26450 Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
26451 Embedded Objects\SpecialChar menuseparator
26452 Objects Surrounded by Text\SpecialChar menuseparator
26458 \begin_layout Section
26460 \change_inserted 564990737 1672312011
26464 \begin_layout Subsection
26466 \change_inserted 564990737 1672312011
26467 Hyphenatable Text Markup
26468 \change_inserted -712698321 1674915075
26470 \change_inserted 564990737 1672312011
26474 \begin_layout Standard
26476 \change_inserted 564990737 1672312011
26478 \change_deleted -712698321 1674915086
26480 \change_inserted -712698321 1674915087
26482 \change_inserted 564990737 1672312011
26483 defines text styles to highlight,
26486 underline and capitalize/small-cap text by means of the
26492 \change_inserted -712698321 1674915141
26496 \begin_layout Standard
26498 \change_inserted 564990737 1672312011
26499 As opposed to the markup provided by the Text Properties dialog,
26500 words marked-up with
26506 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26508 name "soul documentation"
26509 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/generic/soul/soul.pdf"
26517 \begin_layout Subsection
26519 \change_inserted 564990737 1672312011
26523 \begin_layout Standard
26525 \change_inserted 564990737 1672312011
26526 This module defines some character styles for logical markup:
26530 \begin_inset Flex Noun
26533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26535 \change_inserted 564990737 1672312011
26551 \begin_inset Flex Emph
26554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26556 \change_inserted 564990737 1672312011
26570 \begin_inset Flex Strong
26573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26575 \change_inserted 564990737 1672312011
26585 \begin_inset Flex Code
26588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26590 \change_inserted 564990737 1672312011
26598 which are accessed via the
26603 dit\SpecialChar menuseparator
26605 \begin_inset space ~
26609 \begin_inset space ~
26621 \begin_layout Chapter
26623 \change_deleted 564990737 1671304317
26627 \change_inserted 564990737 1671304322
26629 \change_deleted 564990737 1671304331
26630 ies with Bib\SpecialChar TeX
26636 \begin_layout Standard
26637 The most basic information about how to use Bib\SpecialChar TeX
26642 with \SpecialChar LyX
26643 is contained in the section
26645 Bibliography databases
26652 The following subsections explain special bibliography features supported by \SpecialChar LyX
26656 \begin_layout Section
26657 Alternative Citation Styles
26660 \begin_layout Standard
26661 Standard Bib\SpecialChar TeX
26663 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26667 \begin_inset space \space{}
26671 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26675 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26678 ) to refer to a cited work.
26680 in many scientific disciplines,
26681 other citation styles are in use.
26682 The most common one is the author-year style (e.
26683 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26687 \begin_inset space \space{}
26691 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26700 supports three packages that provide this style,
26702 \begin_inset Flex Code
26705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26713 \begin_inset Flex Code
26716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26724 \begin_inset Flex Code
26727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26734 Each of these packages has their pros and cons,
26735 which cannot be listed in detail.
26736 If you only want to have simple author-year (or author-numerical) style,
26737 or if you want to use one of the countless style files for
26738 \begin_inset Flex Code
26741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26748 then the established
26749 \begin_inset Flex Code
26752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26758 package is probably your choice.
26759 If you look for specific citation styles common in law studies,
26760 you might consider the
26761 \begin_inset Flex Code
26764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26771 If you want to have full control over the formatting or look for advanced features such as ibidem,
26772 footnote citations,
26773 full title citations,
26774 advanced date formats (such as 400 BC) or full localization to other languages than English,
26775 you should definitely consider
26776 \begin_inset Flex Code
26779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26786 which exceeds all other packages in terms of features,
26787 but is also quite heavy and more resource-hungry.
26790 \begin_layout Standard
26791 The handling of these packages in \SpecialChar LyX
26792 is basically the same.
26794 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917685
26796 \begin_inset Flex Noun
26799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26800 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
26807 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917685
26810 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
26816 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917692
26818 \begin_inset Flex Noun
26821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26828 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917692
26836 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917696
26838 \begin_inset Flex Noun
26841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26848 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917696
26856 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917703
26858 \begin_inset Flex Noun
26861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26868 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917703
26877 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917708
26879 \begin_inset Flex Noun
26882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26889 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917708
26898 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917712
26900 \begin_inset Flex Noun
26903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26904 Biblatex (Natbib mode)
26910 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917712
26913 Biblatex (Natbib mode)
26919 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917718
26921 \begin_inset Flex Noun
26924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26931 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917718
26939 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917724
26941 \begin_inset Flex Noun
26944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26951 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917724
26959 \begin_inset space ~
26962 6.5.3 in the User's Guide for more information on these choices).
26963 With all these packages,
26964 you will get some extra features in the citation dialog and you can select the style of the reference (
26965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26969 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26983 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26988 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26993 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26997 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27001 Note that either package needs specifically designed style files.
27002 They all ship their own,
27003 but there are lots of additional style files,
27004 and there is even an interactive style file builder
27008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27010 \begin_inset Flex URL
27013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27015 ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/custom-bib/
27026 \begin_inset Flex Code
27029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27038 \begin_layout Section
27039 Subdivided Bibliographies
27042 \begin_layout Standard
27043 Sometimes you might need to divide your bibliography into several sections.
27044 If you are for instance a historian,
27045 the possibility to separate sources and scientific works is most likely a
27046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27055 Bib\SpecialChar TeX
27056 itself does not allow you to do this.
27057 But with the help of some \SpecialChar LaTeX
27059 Bib\SpecialChar TeX
27060 can be extended to fit your needs.
27063 \begin_layout Standard
27065 provides native support for one of these packages,
27074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27076 \begin_inset Flex URL
27079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27081 ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/bibtopic/
27091 The advantage of this package (compared to other packages such as
27095 ) is that you don't need to define new citation commands.
27097 you need to prepare different bibliographic databases which include the entries for the different sections of the bibliography.
27099 If you want to divide your bibliography into the sections
27100 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27104 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27108 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27112 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27116 you first need to create two bibliographic databases,
27118 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27122 \begin_inset space \space{}
27126 \begin_inset Flex Code
27129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27136 \begin_inset Flex Code
27139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27149 \begin_layout Standard
27151 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917736
27153 \begin_inset Flex Noun
27156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27157 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
27164 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917736
27167 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
27173 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917752
27175 \begin_inset Flex Noun
27178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27185 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917752
27193 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917741
27197 \begin_inset Flex Noun
27200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27203 Subdivided bibliography
27209 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917741
27210 Subdivided bibliography
27215 Now you can insert multiple Bib\SpecialChar TeX
27217 one for each section of your bibliography.
27218 Returning to our example:
27219 Insert the Bib\SpecialChar TeX
27221 \begin_inset Flex Code
27224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27230 and a second one for the database
27231 \begin_inset Flex Code
27234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27241 You are free to use the same or different styles for each section.
27243 you can choose if the bibliography section should contain
27244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27247 all cited references
27248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27251 of the specified database(s) (which is the default),
27253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27256 all uncited references
27257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27261 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27265 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27269 This might be useful if you would like to separate your bibliography into three sections:
27271 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27275 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27280 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27289 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27293 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27297 The titles for the sections can be added as ordinary sections or subsections.
27299 \begin_inset Flex Code
27302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27308 removes the bibliography title,
27309 you have to manually re-add that,
27310 too (as a chapter* or section*,
27314 \begin_layout Standard
27320 the procedure is a bit different.
27331 \begin_inset Flex Noun
27334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27335 Subdivided bibliography
27340 option is disabled if you use
27350 provides its own means to generate subdivided bibliographies.
27351 You can either add keywords to bibliography entries via the
27352 \begin_inset Flex Code
27355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27361 entry option and then filter bibliography sections by keyword (by adding
27362 \begin_inset Flex Code
27365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27372 \begin_inset Flex Noun
27375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27381 field of the dialog that opens if you left-click on the
27382 \begin_inset Flex Noun
27385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27386 Biblatex Generated Bibliography
27392 or you can filter by entry types (such as
27401 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27406 \begin_inset Flex Code
27409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27416 \begin_inset Flex Code
27419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27426 \begin_inset Flex Noun
27429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27436 or you can create so-called
27437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27440 Bibliography Categories
27441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27444 to which you can assign individual entries.
27445 Please refer to the Biblatex manual,
27448 Subdivided Bibliographies
27454 \begin_layout Section
27455 Multiple Bibliographies
27456 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27458 name "subsec:Multiple-Bibliographies"
27465 \begin_layout Standard
27466 Multiple bibliographies,
27468 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27472 \begin_inset space \space{}
27475 a bibliography for each part,
27478 subsection or child (sub-document) of the document,
27479 are also supported by \SpecialChar LyX
27481 In order to enable it,
27483 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917759
27485 \begin_inset Flex Noun
27488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27489 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
27490 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
27497 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917759
27500 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
27501 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
27506 and select the relevant unit (e.
27507 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27512 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27516 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27520 \begin_inset Flex Noun
27523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27524 Multiple Bibliographies
27530 Then add a Bib(la)\SpecialChar TeX
27531 bibliography to each unit (e.
27532 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27536 section) of your document.
27538 a separate bibliography,
27539 containing only the references done in the current unit is generated.
27542 \begin_layout Standard
27543 If you use Bib\SpecialChar TeX
27546 \begin_inset Flex Code
27549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27556 \begin_inset Flex Code
27559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27565 package is used to create multiple bibliographies.
27566 The former package is used if you select
27567 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27579 \begin_inset Flex Noun
27582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27583 Sectioned Bibliography
27589 In all other cases,
27591 \begin_inset Flex Code
27594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27605 An alternative approach,
27606 if you are willing to use some
27607 \begin_inset Flex Noun
27610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27618 \begin_inset space ~
27622 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27624 reference "sec:Inserting-TeX-Code"
27631 \begin_inset Flex Code
27634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27646 \begin_inset Flex Code
27649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27657 encloses the specified units in
27658 \begin_inset Flex Code
27661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27668 \begin_inset Flex Code
27671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27680 \begin_inset Flex Code
27683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27691 in order to create the units.
27692 Note that this approach has some limitations.
27694 every citation reference has to be inside some
27695 \begin_inset Flex Code
27698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27705 So citations outside a defined unit (e.
27706 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27710 before the first section if you use
27711 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27715 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27727 You can also create your own units by entering
27728 \begin_inset Flex Code
27731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27740 \begin_inset Flex Code
27743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27751 as \SpecialChar TeX
27752 code (for instance to work around the mentioned limitation).
27756 \begin_inset Flex Code
27759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27765 s cannot be nested.
27766 A second limitation is that
27767 \begin_inset Flex Code
27770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27776 always processes all references of a bibliography database,
27777 even if they are not cited.
27778 This can result in odd labels (e.
27779 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27784 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27788 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27791 if two works of this author from 2014 are in the database,
27792 even if only one is cited).
27795 \begin_layout Standard
27802 \begin_inset Flex Code
27805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27811 option is used instead.
27812 If you need specific units,
27813 you can start them with the \SpecialChar TeX
27815 \begin_inset Flex Code
27818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27827 \begin_inset Flex Code
27830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27840 If you also want to control the end of the unit,
27841 use the environment
27842 \begin_inset Flex Code
27845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27855 \begin_inset Flex Code
27858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27870 \begin_inset Flex Code
27873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27879 s cannot be nested.
27880 In addition to the individual bibliography of the current unit,
27885 also provides an easy way to output all bibliographies,
27888 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27892 at the end of the document).
27894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27897 all reference units
27898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27901 from the Content combo box of the Bib(la)TeX inset dialog in order to achieve this.
27902 Please refer to the
27906 manual for more information on this topic.
27909 \begin_layout Chapter
27911 \change_deleted 564990737 1671355654
27915 \change_inserted 564990737 1671355667
27917 \change_deleted 564990737 1671355661
27919 \change_inserted 564990737 1671355684
27921 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27923 name "chap:bullets"
27928 \change_deleted 564990737 1671355684
27930 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27941 \begin_layout Standard
27947 \begin_layout Section
27951 \begin_layout Standard
27953 provides 216 bullet shapes that can be accessed from a simple dialog.
27954 Using this dialog you can easily specify what bullet shape to use at each level of an itemized list.
27955 These settings are document-wide so you won't be able to specify different sets of bullets for different paragraphs.
27959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27961 actually you can but you'll have to do it by hand.
27969 \begin_layout Section
27973 \begin_layout Standard
27974 Open the dialog by selecting the
27975 \change_deleted -712698321 1674916009
27977 \begin_inset Flex Noun
27980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27981 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
27988 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916009
27991 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
27996 menu item and then select the
27997 \begin_inset Flex Noun
28000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28009 \begin_layout Standard
28010 The dialog provides you with a table of bullet shapes.
28011 A column of buttons on the left of the table provides access to the six different panels of bullet shapes.
28012 The row of buttons across the top is used to select which bullet depth you are changing.
28013 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916033
28017 \begin_layout Standard
28019 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916177
28026 \change_deleted -712698321 1674916065
28028 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916067
28031 text entry under the table
28032 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916074
28034 \change_deleted -712698321 1674916096
28035 shows the currently selected
28036 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916101
28037 in which you can enter a
28039 bullet shape's \SpecialChar LaTeX
28041 \change_deleted -712698321 1674916109
28042 and this can be edited if desired
28045 If you do modify the text you will also need to specify any needed packages in the \SpecialChar LaTeX
28049 \begin_layout Standard
28050 The six panels are divided up by the packages they require.
28051 The following table shows the mappings from button name to \SpecialChar LaTeX
28055 \begin_layout Standard
28057 \begin_inset Tabular
28058 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
28059 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
28060 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
28061 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
28063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28131 base \SpecialChar LaTeX
28139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28335 \begin_layout Standard
28337 doesn't stop you using bullets from packages you don't have.
28338 If you get errors from \SpecialChar LaTeX
28339 when you try to view or print the file,
28340 then it is likely you are missing a package.
28344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28346 doesn't restrict your use since you may be editing locally and exporting elsewhere.
28354 \begin_layout Section
28356 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916414
28357 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28359 name "sec:How-to-use"
28368 \begin_layout Standard
28369 Select which bullet depth you want to change then select the bullet shape and size.
28370 Any changes will not be visible in \SpecialChar LyX
28372 but are visible when viewing the document.
28375 \begin_layout Standard
28376 You can reset a bullet shape to the default simply by clicking your right mouse button on the appropriate bullet depth button.
28377 \change_deleted -712698321 1674916288
28382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28384 \change_deleted -712698321 1674916287
28385 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28387 name "fn:If-you-really"
28397 want to have multiple sets of paragraphs with different sets of bullets in each,
28398 then you're going to have to get your hands dirty with \SpecialChar TeX
28400 The bullet selection dialog can help though because it provides you with the \SpecialChar LaTeX
28401 code for a wide range of bullet shapes.
28402 To make your own custom paragraphs you have the following options:
28405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28451 \begin_layout Itemize
28452 Use the \SpecialChar LaTeX
28454 \begin_inset Flex Code
28457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28465 to specify a new bullet shape for a given depth.
28466 You'll also need to save the current bullet shape so you can restore it again afterwards.
28467 In this itemized list the following \SpecialChar LaTeX
28468 code was used to change the bullet used for the first depth.
28472 \begin_layout LyX-Code
28482 \begin_layout LyX-Code
28499 \begin_layout Itemize
28500 Note that the itemize depth is specified in Roman numerals as part of the
28509 \begin_layout Itemize
28510 \begin_inset Argument item:1
28513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28535 Specify each individual entry by starting each item with the bullet shape enclosed in a
28536 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28540 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28543 inset (available at
28545 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
28549 \begin_inset Flex Noun
28552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28561 this item was started with
28562 \begin_inset Flex Code
28565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28601 You'll also need to revert the labelitem back to its previous setting for the global bullet shape settings to remain in effect.
28602 The way used here was:
28605 \begin_layout LyX-Code
28618 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916331
28620 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28622 name "fn:If-you-really"
28629 \begin_layout Standard
28631 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916288
28636 want to have multiple sets of paragraphs with different sets of bullets in each,
28637 then you're going to have to get your hands dirty with \SpecialChar TeX
28639 The bullet selection dialog can help though because it provides you with the \SpecialChar LaTeX
28640 code for a wide range of bullet shapes.
28641 To make your own custom paragraphs you have the following options:
28644 \begin_layout Standard
28646 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916288
28650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28652 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916288
28668 \begin_layout Standard
28670 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916288
28674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28676 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916288
28698 \begin_layout Itemize
28700 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916288
28701 Use the \SpecialChar LaTeX
28703 \begin_inset Flex Code
28706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28708 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916288
28718 to specify a new bullet shape for a given depth.
28719 You'll also need to save the current bullet shape so you can restore it again afterwards.
28720 In this itemized list the following \SpecialChar LaTeX
28721 code was used to change the bullet used for the first depth.
28725 \begin_layout LyX-Code
28727 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916288
28737 \begin_layout LyX-Code
28739 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916288
28756 \begin_layout Itemize
28758 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916288
28759 Note that the itemize depth is specified in Roman numerals as part of the
28768 \begin_layout Itemize
28770 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916288
28771 \begin_inset Argument item:1
28774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28776 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916288
28780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28782 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916288
28802 Specify each individual entry by starting each item with the bullet shape enclosed in a
28803 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28807 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28810 inset (available at
28812 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
28816 \begin_inset Flex Noun
28819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28821 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916288
28832 this item was started with
28833 \begin_inset Flex Code
28836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28838 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916288
28855 \begin_layout Standard
28857 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916288
28861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28863 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916288
28879 \begin_layout Standard
28881 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916288
28882 You'll also need to revert the labelitem back to its previous setting for the global bullet shape settings to remain in effect.
28883 The way used here was:
28886 \begin_layout LyX-Code
28888 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916288
28900 \begin_layout Chapter
28904 \begin_layout Section
28905 Multipart Documents
28908 \begin_layout Subsection
28912 \begin_layout Standard
28913 When you are working on a large file with many sections,
28914 it is often convenient to break up the document into several files,
28915 or perhaps you have something where a table may change from time to time,
28916 but the preceding text does not.
28918 you should seriously consider using multipart documents.
28920 scientific papers often have five major sections:
28926 Each of these could be its own separate \SpecialChar LyX
28929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28936 file which contains the title,
28941 plus the five included files.
28942 It is important to note that each of these files is a full \SpecialChar LyX
28943 file which can be formatted and printed on its own,
28944 as well as included in a master file.
28945 Each of these files must have the same document class,
28947 don't attempt to mix book classes with article classes.
28948 You may also include \SpecialChar LaTeX
28951 these files must not have their own preamble (i.
28952 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28956 \begin_inset space \space{}
28959 everything up to and including the
28960 \begin_inset Flex Code
28963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28971 line as well as the
28972 \begin_inset Flex Code
28975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28983 line must be deleted) or else errors will be generated when you try to make a DVI file.
28986 \begin_layout Standard
28988 allows you to include files quite easily with
28989 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917774
28991 \begin_inset Flex Noun
28994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28995 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
28997 \begin_inset space ~
29006 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917774
29009 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
29011 \begin_inset space ~
29019 When you click on this selection a small box is inserted into the file at the current cursor location.
29020 Clicking on the box raises a dialog which allows you to select the file to be included,
29021 and the method of its inclusion.
29025 \begin_layout Standard
29026 The file selection box should by now be obvious.
29027 The three inclusion methods are
29028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29032 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29037 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29041 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29063 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29067 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29070 are similar in many ways,
29071 but there are also some notable differences:
29074 \begin_layout Enumerate
29076 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29080 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29083 are typeset beginning on a new page,
29084 while files that are
29085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29089 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29092 are typeset starting on the current page.
29095 \begin_layout Enumerate
29096 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29100 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29103 files cannot themselves
29104 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29108 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29112 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29116 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29130 infinite sub-inputting is possible.
29133 \begin_layout Enumerate
29134 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29141 allow for the output of only selected
29142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29150 while maintaining the actual counters (pagination etc.) and references (please refer to the section
29153 \begin_inset space ~
29161 \begin_inset space ~
29166 manual for details).
29169 \begin_layout Standard
29172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29179 is the preferred method for chapters that are outsourced to child documents,
29181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29188 is more suitable for arbitrary file inheritance.
29191 \begin_layout Standard
29193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29200 included file allows you to include a file typeset exactly as it appears in the file,
29202 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29206 \begin_inset space \space{}
29210 \begin_inset Flex Code
29213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29220 with the characters set in a fixed-width typewriter font.
29222 spaces in this file are invisible,
29223 though two consecutive spaces are conserved,
29224 unlike \SpecialChar LyX
29225 's normal treatment of spaces.
29228 \begin_inset Flex Noun
29231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29233 \begin_inset space ~
29237 \begin_inset space ~
29241 \begin_inset space ~
29249 checkbox typesets a mark to unambiguously define the presence of a space.
29253 \begin_layout Standard
29255 the master file is converted into a full \SpecialChar LaTeX
29256 file before typesetting,
29257 while the included files are converted to \SpecialChar LaTeX
29258 files that do not have all the preamble information.
29261 \begin_layout Subsection
29262 Cross-References Between Files
29265 \begin_layout Standard
29266 \begin_inset Box Shadowbox
29276 height_special "totalheight"
29281 backgroundcolor "none"
29284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29285 This section is somewhat out of date.
29286 Need to describe default master documents and how children are opened when the master is.
29295 \begin_layout Standard
29296 It is possible to set up cross-references between the different files.
29298 open all the files in question:
29299 let's call them A and B in a two file example,
29300 where B is included in A.
29301 Let's say you insert a label in A,
29302 then want to reference it in B.
29303 Open the cross-reference dialog whilst in document B,
29304 and you can select the
29305 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29309 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29315 \begin_layout Subsection
29316 Bibliography Lists in all Subdocuments
29319 \begin_layout Standard
29320 If you work with child documents,
29321 you might want to have only one main bibliography at the end,
29322 but still be able to have a selected bibliography for the child if you output it on its own.
29323 Here is how to achieve this.
29326 \begin_layout Standard
29327 For the main document,
29328 you just insert a bibliography inset at the place where the main bibliography has to appear (within the master file or within a child).
29329 If the bibliography inset is in the master file,
29330 the references will be inherited by all children,
29331 so they are available in the citation dialog within each child.
29334 \begin_layout Standard
29335 For child-specific bibliographies,
29336 insert bibliography insets within the child documents,
29337 at the place where the bibliography should appear when the child is compiled separately.
29339 the trick is to insert them into a branch (
29341 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
29342 Branch\SpecialChar menuseparator
29343 Insert New Branch...
29347 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29352 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29356 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29360 Within the children,
29361 activate the branch (
29363 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
29364 Settings...\SpecialChar menuseparator
29369 deactivate the branch (
29371 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
29372 Settings...\SpecialChar menuseparator
29376 Now the child's bibliography will be ignored by the master,
29377 but considered by the child.
29380 \begin_layout Standard
29381 If you need multiple bibliographies (e.
29382 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29386 one per child in the
29391 please refer to sec.
29392 \begin_inset space ~
29396 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29398 reference "subsec:Multiple-Bibliographies"
29406 \begin_layout Section
29411 \begin_layout Standard
29412 Users sometimes need to be able to
29413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29421 file together with all the images (and other files) on which it depends,
29422 either for sending to a publisher or for sharing with a co-author.
29424 includes a Python script (
29425 \begin_inset Flex Code
29428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29434 ) that automates this process.
29436 you must have either the
29437 \begin_inset Flex Code
29440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29447 \begin_inset Flex Code
29450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29456 python modules installed on your system.
29458 the script prefers the
29459 \begin_inset Flex Code
29462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29469 \begin_inset Flex Code
29472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29478 format on Unix-like systems and the
29479 \begin_inset Flex Code
29482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29491 \begin_layout Standard
29493 's configuration process will set the script up to export a `\SpecialChar LyX
29495 and this format will then be available under
29496 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917789
29498 \begin_inset Flex Code
29501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29502 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
29509 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917789
29512 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
29520 \begin_layout Standard
29521 Independently of the platform,
29522 the generation of a particular archive format can be forced by adding either the
29523 \begin_inset Flex Code
29526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29533 \begin_inset Flex Code
29536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29543 \begin_inset Flex Code
29546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29553 \begin_inset Flex Code
29556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29562 format) switch to the
29563 \begin_inset Flex Code
29566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29569 \change_deleted -712698321 1674918890
29570 \SpecialChar menuseparator
29572 \change_inserted -712698321 1674918890
29582 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917814
29584 \begin_inset Flex Code
29587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29588 Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
29589 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
29590 File Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
29597 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917814
29600 Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
29601 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
29602 File Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
29608 (Make sure you add the switch after the script name,
29612 \begin_layout Section
29614 \change_deleted -712698321 1674910251
29615 Fancy Headers and Footers
29618 \begin_layout Standard
29620 \change_deleted -712698321 1674910251
29621 The default page layout is rather plain;
29623 \begin_inset Flex Code
29626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29633 all you get is a centered page number at the bottom of the page.
29634 This document uses KOMA-script's book class,
29635 so it appears to be a bit fancier.
29636 But to really put on a show,
29637 you need to set the document page style to
29638 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29642 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29646 as mentioned in the
29651 This section describes the \SpecialChar LaTeX
29652 code you need to insert in your \SpecialChar LaTeX
29653 preamble in order to get the desired effects.
29656 \begin_layout Standard
29658 \change_deleted -712698321 1674910251
29659 For more information on fancy headers,
29661 \begin_inset Flex Code
29664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29670 package documentation.
29672 \begin_inset Flex URL
29675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29677 https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/fancyhdr.html
29685 \begin_layout Standard
29687 \change_deleted -712698321 1674910251
29688 The page header is divided into three fields,
29689 not surprisingly labeled
29690 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29694 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29699 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29703 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29716 The footer is also divided into these three fields.
29717 The \SpecialChar LaTeX
29718 commands to set these fields in the simplest manner are
29719 \begin_inset Flex Code
29722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29732 \begin_inset Flex Code
29735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29745 \begin_inset Flex Code
29748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29758 \begin_inset Flex Code
29761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29771 Suppose you wish to put your name in the upper left hand corner of each page.
29772 Simply insert the following command in the preamble:
29776 \begin_layout Standard
29778 \change_deleted -712698321 1674910251
29787 \begin_layout Standard
29789 \change_deleted -712698321 1674910251
29790 You will now see your name in the upper left.
29791 If a field has a default entry that you would like to get rid of (often the page number appears in the central footer) simply include a command with a blank argument,
29793 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29799 \begin_layout Standard
29801 \change_deleted -712698321 1674910251
29809 \begin_layout Standard
29811 \change_deleted -712698321 1674910251
29812 Let's get really fancy:
29813 lets put the section number with the word
29814 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29818 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29822 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29826 \begin_inset space \space{}
29829 Section 3) in the upper left,
29830 the page number (e.
29831 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29835 \begin_inset space \space{}
29838 Page 4) in the upper right,
29839 your name in the lower left,
29840 and the date in the lower right.
29841 The following commands should now appear in the preamble:
29844 \begin_layout Standard
29846 \change_deleted -712698321 1674910251
29856 \begin_layout Standard
29858 \change_deleted -712698321 1674910251
29866 \begin_layout Standard
29868 \change_deleted -712698321 1674910251
29878 \begin_layout Standard
29880 \change_deleted -712698321 1674910251
29889 \begin_layout Standard
29891 \change_deleted -712698321 1674910251
29899 \begin_layout Standard
29901 \change_deleted -712698321 1674910251
29911 \begin_layout Standard
29913 \change_deleted -712698321 1674910251
29915 \begin_inset Flex Code
29918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29927 \begin_inset Flex Code
29930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29938 access \SpecialChar LaTeX
29939 's section and page counters,
29940 and so print out the current section and page number.
29942 \begin_inset Flex Code
29945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29953 simply prints out today's date.
29956 \begin_layout Standard
29958 \change_deleted -712698321 1674910251
29959 The thicknesses of the horizontal rules drawn beneath the header and above the footer can also be modified.
29960 If you don't want one of the rules,
29961 set its thickness to 0.
29962 The header rule has a default thickness of 0.4pt,
29963 the footer rule is 0pt.
29969 \begin_inset Flex Code
29972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29977 headrulewidth}{0.4pt}
29983 \begin_inset Flex Code
29986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29991 footrulewidth}{0.4pt}
29996 to set the thicknesses.
29999 \begin_layout Standard
30001 \change_deleted -712698321 1674910251
30002 You can switch the header/footer settings on and off for individual pages using commands like
30003 \begin_inset Flex Code
30006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30009 thispagestyle{empty}
30016 \begin_inset Flex Code
30019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30022 thispagestyle{plain}
30029 \begin_inset Flex Code
30032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30035 thispagestyle{fancy}
30041 Simply insert them in the text on the page you want changed and mark them as \SpecialChar TeX
30044 title pages are marked as plain by default,
30045 while following pages are marked fancy when using the global fancy setting.
30048 \begin_layout Standard
30050 \change_deleted -712698321 1674910251
30051 As a final example,
30052 it is possible to include an image in the header or footer.
30053 Suppose you want to put a company logo in the upper lefthand corner.
30054 You might try something like
30057 \begin_layout Standard
30059 \change_deleted -712698321 1674910251
30068 includegraphics{logo.eps}}}
30071 \begin_layout Standard
30074 \change_deleted -712698321 1674910251
30075 (you may need to preface this with
30076 \begin_inset Flex Code
30079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30082 usepackage{graphics}
30087 if you don't include graphics elsewhere in your document).
30092 \begin_layout Chapter
30094 and the World Wide Web
30097 \begin_layout Standard
30099 has long supported the export of documents to various web-friendly formats,
30101 Before version 2.0,
30103 HTML export was always accomplished by the use of external converters.
30107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30108 For details on the use of external converters with \SpecialChar LyX
30114 section of the Customization manual.
30119 These fall into two large groups:
30120 there are converters that use \SpecialChar LaTeX
30121 as an intermediate format,
30123 \begin_inset Flex Code
30126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30134 \begin_inset Flex Code
30137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30145 \begin_inset Flex Code
30148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30155 relying upon \SpecialChar LyX
30156 to produce the \SpecialChar LaTeX
30158 and there is a converter that works directly on \SpecialChar LyX
30161 \begin_inset Flex Code
30164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30172 All of these have different advantages and disadvantages.
30176 \begin_layout Standard
30177 The \SpecialChar LaTeX
30178 -based converters have the advantage that,
30180 they know everything about the exported document that \SpecialChar LaTeX
30182 Such converters do not care,
30184 if a certain block of code was produced by \SpecialChar LyX
30185 or was Evil Red Text.
30186 These converters know about
30187 \begin_inset Flex Code
30190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30199 and can often make use of the
30200 \begin_inset Flex Code
30203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30209 files generated by Bib\SpecialChar TeX
30213 is a very hard language to parse—
30214 it is sometimes said that only \SpecialChar TeX
30215 itself understands \SpecialChar TeX
30217 and \SpecialChar LaTeX
30218 -based converters will often choke on what seem to be quite simple constructs;
30219 complex ones can throw them completely,
30220 and as of this writing,
30226 manual will not export with
30227 \begin_inset Flex Code
30230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30237 though the others will.
30238 The other issue concerns how math is handled.
30239 These converters typically convert the formulae into little pictures that are then linked from the HTML document.
30240 Since these are actually generated by \SpecialChar LaTeX
30243 But they do not scale well,
30244 and just getting them to look as if they are actually meant to be in your document—
30245 so that the font sizes seem to be roughly the same—
30246 can be a challenge.
30249 \begin_layout Standard
30251 \begin_inset Flex Code
30254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30262 \begin_inset CommandInset href
30264 name "http://pinchito.es/elyxer/"
30265 target "http://pinchito.es/elyxer/"
30270 ) solves some of these problems.
30272 the formulae it produces scale perfectly,
30273 since it renders math using a combination of HTML and CSS rather than converting the formulae to images.
30274 But even moderately complex formula are rendered less well than with
30275 \begin_inset Flex Code
30278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30285 this reflects the limitations of HTML.
30289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30292 \begin_inset Flex Code
30295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30302 can also use jsMath and MathJax for equations,
30303 but this setting is only available globally and requires one to have access to a server that runs the backend.
30308 More importantly (as of version 1.1.1,
30311 \begin_inset Flex Code
30314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30321 has limited support for math macros and no support for user-defined paragraph or character styles.
30322 These limitations make
30323 \begin_inset Flex Code
30326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30333 unsuitable for many of the documents \SpecialChar LyX
30337 these problems could be solved,
30338 but the \SpecialChar LyX
30339 developers have decided to follow a different path and have made \SpecialChar LyX
30340 itself capable of writing XHTML,
30341 just as it is capable of writing \SpecialChar LaTeX
30347 \begin_layout Standard
30348 As of this writing,
30349 XHTML output remains under development and should probably be regarded as
30350 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30354 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30363 \begin_inset Flex Code
30366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30367 development/HTML/HTML.notes
30373 which can be found in the \SpecialChar LyX
30375 \begin_inset CommandInset href
30377 name "accessed online"
30378 target "https://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyxgit/development/HTML/HTML.notes?rev=master"
30384 usually contains up-to-date information about the state of XHTML output.
30385 See also the list of XHTML bugs on
30386 \begin_inset CommandInset href
30388 name "the bug tracker"
30389 target "https://www.lyx.org/trac/query?status=reopened&status=assigned&status=new&max=0&component=xhtml+export&order=id&col=id&col=summary&col=reporter&col=keywords&keywords=%21%7Efixedintrunk&desc=1"
30400 the developers have chosen this approach because it has several potential advantages over the other two.
30403 \begin_layout Standard
30404 These advantages are primarily due to the fact that the XHTML output routines,
30405 since they are part of \SpecialChar LyX
30407 know everything \SpecialChar LyX
30408 knows about the document being exported.
30412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30413 Another advantage is that,
30414 since these routines are internal to \SpecialChar LyX
30416 they are immune to changes in \SpecialChar LyX
30418 or to changes in the semantics of existing insets.
30423 So they know about the table of contents (as displayed in the outline),
30424 about the counters associated with different paragraph styles,
30425 and about user-defined styles.
30426 The XHTML output routines know what \SpecialChar LyX
30427 knows about internationalization,
30429 so they will output
30430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30438 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30450 depending upon the language in effect at the time.
30454 \begin_layout Standard
30456 the output routines know what \SpecialChar LyX
30457 knows about document layout,
30459 about how the document is to be rendered on screen.
30460 We use this information when we output the document as XHTML.
30467 generates CSS style information corresponding to the layout information it uses to render the document on screen:
30468 if section headings are supposed to be sans-serif and bold as seen in \SpecialChar LyX
30470 then (by default) they will be sans-serif and bold when viewed in a web browser,
30472 And this is true not just for pre-defined styles,
30475 including user-defined styles.
30477 the XHTML output routines make no distinction between user-defined paragraph and
30478 \change_deleted 244031559 1603876931
30480 \change_inserted 244031559 1603876940
30483 styles and \SpecialChar LyX
30484 's own pre-defined styles:
30486 everything \SpecialChar LyX
30487 knows about the styles is contained in the layout files.
30488 And much the same is true as regards pre-defined textual insets,
30490 and various custom insets.
30494 \begin_layout Standard
30495 The result is that XHTML output can be customized and extended in exactly the same way \SpecialChar LaTeX
30496 output can be customized and extended:
30497 through layout files and modules.
30498 See chapter five of the
30502 manual for the details.
30505 \begin_layout Standard
30506 The remainder of this chapter contains more detailed information on XHTML output,
30508 and ways to work around those limitations.
30511 \begin_layout Section
30512 Math Output in XHTML
30515 \begin_layout Standard
30517 offers four choices for how math is rendered.
30518 These have various advantages and disadvantages:
30521 \begin_layout Itemize
30523 \begin_inset Newline newline
30526 MathML is a dialect of XML designed specifically for mathematics on the web,
30527 and it typically renders very well in browsers that support it.
30528 The disadvantage is that not all browsers support MathML,
30529 and support is not complete even in the Gecko-based browsers,
30531 \begin_inset Newline newline
30534 If \SpecialChar LyX
30535 is unable to render a formula as MathML—
30537 if the formula uses the
30538 \begin_inset Flex Code
30541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30548 then it will instead output the formula as an image.
30552 \begin_layout Itemize
30554 \begin_inset Newline newline
30557 As mentioned above,
30559 \begin_inset Flex Code
30562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30568 outputs math as HTML,
30573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30575 has borrowed some of the CSS for its HTML output from
30576 \begin_inset Flex Code
30579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30590 For simple formulae,
30591 this can work quite well,
30592 though with more complicated formulae it tends to break down.
30594 this method has the advantage that it is very widely supported and so it may be appropriate for documents that contain only a little,
30595 fairly simple math.
30596 \begin_inset Newline newline
30599 If Lyx is unable to render a formula as HTML—
30601 if the formula uses the
30602 \begin_inset Flex Code
30605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30612 then it will instead output the formula as an image.
30616 \begin_layout Itemize
30618 \begin_inset Newline newline
30622 \begin_inset Flex Code
30625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30633 will output formulae as images,
30634 the very same images,
30636 that are used for instant preview.
30640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30641 Instant preview does
30645 have to be on for images to be output,
30651 The advantage to this method is that the images are simply generated by \SpecialChar LaTeX
30653 so they are very accurate.
30655 as mentioned earlier,
30656 is that these are bitmapped images,
30657 so they do not scale terribly well,
30658 and one cannot copy them,
30660 \begin_inset Newline newline
30663 The size of the images can be controlled by setting the
30664 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30667 Math Images Scaling
30668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30672 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917822
30674 \begin_inset Flex Noun
30677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30678 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
30679 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
30686 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917822
30689 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
30690 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
30699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30700 For those who want to know,
30701 this controls the resolution of the image in dots per inch and is based upon a default of 75 dpi.
30707 \begin_inset Newline newline
30710 If \SpecialChar LyX
30711 for some reason fails to create an image for a formula (e.g.,
30712 if a required \SpecialChar LaTeX
30713 package is not installed),
30714 then it will fall back to outputing the raw \SpecialChar LaTeX
30718 \begin_layout Itemize
30721 \begin_inset Newline newline
30726 will happily output math as \SpecialChar LaTeX
30728 As well as being the output of last resort,
30729 this method can be used with such tools as
30730 \begin_inset CommandInset href
30733 target "http://www.math.union.edu/~dpvc/jsMath/"
30739 which uses JavaScript to render \SpecialChar LaTeX
30740 embedded in HTML documents.
30742 wraps the \SpecialChar LaTeX
30744 \begin_inset Flex Code
30747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30753 (for inline formulas) or
30754 \begin_inset Flex Code
30757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30763 (for displayed formulas) with
30764 \begin_inset Flex Code
30767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30774 as is required for jsMath.
30777 \begin_layout Standard
30778 One of these output methods must be selected under
30779 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917830
30781 \begin_inset Flex Noun
30784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30785 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
30786 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
30793 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917830
30796 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
30797 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
30806 This is a document-wide setting,
30810 \begin_layout Standard
30813 will offer the user the option to select an alternate output method for a particular inset,
30815 one that isn't being rendered very well by MathML.
30819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30821 since \SpecialChar LyX
30822 falls back to images if the inset contains ERT,
30823 then one can force output as an image by putting some harmless ERT into the math,
30826 \begin_inset Formula $a=b\relax$
30837 \begin_layout Section
30838 Bibliography and Citations
30841 \begin_layout Standard
30842 XHTML output fully supports bibliographies and citations.
30846 \begin_layout Standard
30847 Citation labels are generated by the same machinery that generates \SpecialChar LyX
30848 's on-screen labels,
30849 so the labels will look in the output much as they do in \SpecialChar LyX
30852 If you are using numerical citations,
30853 then \SpecialChar LyX
30854 will output numerical labels,
30855 such as [1] or [17],
30856 rather than simply showing the citation key in square brackets,
30857 as it does on-screen.
30858 If you are using author-year citations,
30859 then \SpecialChar LyX
30860 will add lowercase letters to the years,
30861 just as Bib\SpecialChar TeX
30863 if it finds more than one citation for a given author-year combination.
30864 The labels will be printed with the bibliography entries.
30865 Note that there is,
30867 no way to customize the appearance of the labels,
30869 to choose between square brackets and parentheses.
30872 \begin_layout Standard
30873 Bibliography output is handled by the same machinery that handles the presentation of reference information in the citation dialog,
30874 so you will see in the XHTML output pretty much what you would see if you were to look at a given entry in the citation dialog.
30875 The formatting can be customized in your layout file or,
30882 manual for the details.
30885 \begin_layout Standard
30886 The main defect at present is that cross-referenced information is printed with every entry with which it is associated.
30887 So you can see things like this:
30890 \begin_layout Quote
30893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30896 Context and Logical Form
30897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30903 Language in Context:
30907 Oxford University Press,
30913 \begin_layout Quote
30916 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30919 Semantics in Context
30920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30926 Language in Context:
30930 Oxford University Press,
30936 \begin_layout Standard
30937 This should be fixed before long.
30940 \begin_layout Standard
30941 There is no support at present for sectioned bibliographies.
30942 If you have multiple bibliographies,
30943 then \SpecialChar LyX
30944 will print the same bibliography over and over.
30947 \begin_layout Section
30951 \begin_layout Standard
30953 will happily export indexes as XHTML,
30954 but with certain limitations at the moment.
30957 \begin_layout Standard
30958 Index export will be most reliable when you do not attempt to use the fancy constructs that are described in the section on indexes in the
30966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30967 The main issue here is that \SpecialChar LyX
30968 itself does not really handle these.
30969 It just lets you enter what you would have to enter in raw \SpecialChar LaTeX
30975 We'll describe how they are handled using the subsection headings from that section.
30978 \begin_layout Itemize
30979 Grouping Index Entries (aka,
30982 makes an effort to support these,
30983 but the entries must be separated by
30984 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30989 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30994 there must be spaces around the exclamation point.
30995 This is because it is otherwise too difficult to check for escaped exclamation points,
31000 \begin_layout Itemize
31002 There is no support at all for page ranges,
31003 since these make no sense with XHMTL.
31005 you will just get two index entries,
31009 \begin_layout Itemize
31011 There is no support for cross-referencing.
31012 If \SpecialChar LyX
31013 finds an entry containing the
31014 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31017 |see\SpecialChar ldots
31019 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31023 it is just dropped,
31024 and the rest is treated as an ordinary index entry.
31027 \begin_layout Itemize
31030 does support attempts to fix the sorting order.
31031 It will take what is before the first `@' it finds and use that for sorting,
31032 taking what follows the first `@' to be the actual entry.
31035 does not check for escaped `@',
31036 so do not try to index email addresses.
31039 \begin_layout Itemize
31040 Index Entry Layout:
31041 You can format entries by using the text style dialog,
31042 or by using any other method available within \SpecialChar LyX
31044 There is no support for constructs like:
31046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31055 if \SpecialChar LyX
31056 finds a pipe symbol,
31059 it will delete it and everything that follows it.
31062 \begin_layout Itemize
31064 There is no support for multiple indexes.
31066 all index entries will be printed as one large index.
31067 To avoid our printing several versions of the index,
31068 we print only the main index,
31069 so make sure you have one.
31072 \begin_layout Section
31073 Nomenclature and Glossary
31076 \begin_layout Standard
31077 There is at present no support for glossaries.
31078 Adding it would be fairly trivial,
31082 \begin_layout Chapter
31084 \change_inserted 1075283030 1616534180
31088 \begin_layout Standard
31090 \change_inserted 1075283030 1616534386
31093 can generate documents in the DocBook XML vocabulary.
31094 With versions 2.3 and before,
31095 only select templates could be used to generate DocBook documents (only version 4).
31096 Starting with \SpecialChar LyX
31098 most \SpecialChar LyX
31099 layouts can generate valid DocBook documents (only version 5).
31100 This feature is built into \SpecialChar LyX
31101 and does not require the use of external tools.
31104 \begin_layout Standard
31106 \change_inserted 1075283030 1616534437
31107 The result is that the DocBook output can be customized and extended in exactly the same way \SpecialChar LaTeX
31108 output can be customized and extended:
31109 through layout files and modules.
31110 See chapter five of the
31114 manual for the details.
31117 \begin_layout Standard
31119 \change_inserted 1075283030 1616534475
31120 Most \SpecialChar LyX
31121 features are supported with DocBook,
31125 \begin_layout Itemize
31127 \change_inserted 1075283030 1616534741
31128 Math output is performed mostly in MathML (the major exception being constructions not supported by \SpecialChar LyX
31132 All formulae are also available in raw \SpecialChar TeX
31133 in the DocBook output for further processing.
31136 \begin_layout Itemize
31138 \change_inserted 1075283030 1616534852
31139 Bibliographies and citations are implemented,
31140 including with an external BibTeX file.
31141 Bibliography entries are not prerendered when the detailed information are available,
31142 but rather output with the standard DocBook constructs.
31143 The external DocBook processor is expected to handle the rendering of entries.
31146 \begin_layout Itemize
31148 \change_inserted 1075283030 1616534863
31149 Indexes are supported,
31150 including multiple indices.
31157 and cross-references (
31162 with the exception of the same symbols escaped.
31171 ) are not supported.
31172 There is no support for escaping of index entries.
31175 \begin_layout Itemize
31177 \change_inserted 1075283030 1616534884
31178 Glossaries are implemented.
31181 \begin_layout Standard
31183 \change_inserted 1075283030 1616534894
31184 Two major parameters can be set at the document level.
31187 \begin_layout Itemize
31189 \change_inserted 1075283030 1616534948
31192 can generate tables either as HTML (default value) or CALS,
31193 depending on the user's requirements.
31194 Most DocBook processors accept both formats.
31197 \begin_layout Itemize
31199 \change_inserted 1075283030 1616535006
31202 MathML is included within its own name space,
31204 The implication is that there must be an indication of the tags belonging to the MathML standard.
31205 Three choices are offered:
31210 \begin_layout Itemize
31212 \change_inserted 1075283030 1616535044
31214 the MathML name space is defined for each formula (using the
31218 attribute on each formula)
31221 \begin_layout Itemize
31223 \change_inserted 1075283030 1616535090
31229 the MathML name space is defined at the document level (using the
31233 attribute on the root element).
31234 Each MathML is prefixed with
31245 \begin_layout Itemize
31247 \change_inserted 1075283030 1616620405
31263 \begin_layout Standard
31265 \change_inserted 1075283030 1616620470
31266 This option is especially useful if you want \SpecialChar LyX
31267 to match your personal style or to work with buggy software that only accepts one prefix for MathML.
31273 \begin_layout Chapter
31274 The \SpecialChar LyX
31278 \begin_layout Section
31282 \begin_layout Standard
31283 The `\SpecialChar LyX
31284 server' allows other programs to talk to \SpecialChar LyX
31286 invoke \SpecialChar LyX
31288 and retrieve information about the \SpecialChar LyX
31290 This is only intended for advanced users,
31291 but they should find it useful.
31292 It is by writing to the \SpecialChar LyX
31295 that bibliography managers,
31298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31305 citations to \SpecialChar LyX
31309 \begin_layout Section
31310 Starting the \SpecialChar LyX
31312 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31314 name "sec:Starting-the-Server"
31321 \begin_layout Standard
31322 The \SpecialChar LyX
31323 server works through the use of a pair of named pipes.
31324 These are usually located in
31325 \begin_inset Flex Code
31328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31335 (except on Windows,
31340 named pipes are special objects located in
31341 \begin_inset Flex Code
31344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31356 ) and have the names
31357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31361 \begin_inset Flex Code
31364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31375 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31379 \begin_inset Flex Code
31382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31389 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31393 External programs write into
31394 \begin_inset Flex Code
31397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31403 and read back data from
31404 \begin_inset Flex Code
31407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31414 The stem of the pipe names can be defined in the
31415 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917840
31417 \begin_inset Flex Noun
31420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31421 Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
31428 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917840
31431 Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
31438 \begin_inset Flex Code
31441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31442 "/home/myhome/lyxpipe"
31449 \begin_inset Flex Code
31452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31466 on Windows (where any working path instead of lyxpipe can be used,
31468 \begin_inset Flex Code
31471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31494 configure this manually in order for the server to start.
31497 \begin_layout Standard
31500 \begin_inset Flex Code
31503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31510 \begin_inset Flex Code
31513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31519 ' to create the pipes.
31520 If one of the pipes already exists,
31522 will assume that another \SpecialChar LyX
31523 process is already running and will not start the server.
31524 On POSIX (Unix like) systems,
31525 if for some other reason,
31527 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31531 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31534 pipe is left in existence when \SpecialChar LyX
31536 then \SpecialChar LyX
31537 will try to delete it.
31538 If this fails for some reason,
31539 you will need to delete the pipes manually and then restart \SpecialChar LyX
31542 pipes are deleted by the OS on program termination or crash,
31544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31548 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31551 pipes should not be possible.
31554 \begin_layout Standard
31555 To have several \SpecialChar LyX
31556 processes with servers at the same time,
31557 you have to use different configurations,
31558 perhaps by using separate user directories,
31560 \begin_inset Flex Code
31563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31573 \begin_layout Standard
31574 If you are developing a client program,
31575 you might find it useful to enable debugging information from the \SpecialChar LyX
31577 Do this by starting \SpecialChar LyX
31579 \begin_inset Flex Code
31582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31591 \begin_layout Standard
31592 You can find a complete example client written in C++ in the source distribution as
31593 \begin_inset Flex Code
31596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31597 development/lyxserver/server_monitor.cpp
31605 \begin_layout Standard
31606 Another useful tool is the command-line based client found in
31607 \begin_inset Flex Code
31610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31611 src/client/lyxclient
31619 \begin_layout Section
31620 Normal communication
31623 \begin_layout Standard
31624 To issue a \SpecialChar LyX
31626 the client writes a line of ASCII text into the input pipe.
31627 This line has the following format:
31630 \begin_layout Quote
31644 \begin_layout Description
31645 clientname is a name that the client can choose arbitrarily.
31646 Its only use is that \SpecialChar LyX
31647 will echo it if it sends an answer—
31648 so a client can dispatch results from different requesters.
31651 \begin_layout Description
31652 function is the function you want \SpecialChar LyX
31654 It is the same as the commands you'd use in the minibuffer.
31657 \begin_layout Description
31658 argument is an optional argument which is meaningful only to some functions (for instance,
31660 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31664 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31667 LFUN will insert the argument as text at the cursor position).
31670 \begin_layout Standard
31671 The answer from \SpecialChar LyX
31672 will arrive in the output pipe and be of the form
31675 \begin_layout Quote
31689 \begin_layout Standard
31698 are just echoed from the command request,
31703 is more or less useful information filled according to how the command execution worked out.
31706 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31710 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31714 will return information about the internal state of \SpecialChar LyX
31716 while other will return an empty data-response.
31717 This means that the command execution went fine.
31720 \begin_layout Standard
31722 the response from \SpecialChar LyX
31723 will have this form
31726 \begin_layout Quote
31740 \begin_layout Standard
31745 should contain an explanation of why the command failed.
31748 \begin_layout Standard
31752 \begin_layout LyX-Code
31753 echo "LYXCMD:test:beginning-of-buffer:" >~/.lyxpipe.in
31754 \begin_inset Newline newline
31757 echo "LYXCMD:test:get-xy:" >~/.lyxpipe.in
31758 \begin_inset Newline newline
31761 read a <~/.lyxpipe.out
31762 \begin_inset Newline newline
31768 \begin_layout Subsection
31769 AppleScript (Mac OS X)
31772 \begin_layout Standard
31773 Since \SpecialChar LyX
31776 supports basic interactions with AppleScript for normal communication through the command run.
31777 This command takes a direct argument (the
31781 to perform) and an optional argument.
31782 It either returns the output of the function or triggers an error with the error message and code.
31785 \begin_layout Standard
31789 \begin_layout LyX-Code
31790 tell application "\SpecialChar LyX
31794 \begin_layout LyX-Code
31798 \begin_layout LyX-Code
31799 -- Stores the current file name into f
31802 \begin_layout LyX-Code
31803 set f to (run "server-get-filename" with argument "")
31806 \begin_layout LyX-Code
31807 on error the error_message number the error_number
31810 \begin_layout LyX-Code
31811 display dialog "Error:
31812 " & the error_number & ".
31816 \begin_layout LyX-Code
31817 & the error_message buttons {"OK"} default button 1
31820 \begin_layout LyX-Code
31824 \begin_layout LyX-Code
31828 \begin_layout Section
31832 \begin_layout Standard
31834 can notify clients of events going on asynchronously.
31835 Currently it will only do this if the user binds a key sequence with the function
31836 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31840 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31844 The format of the string \SpecialChar LyX
31845 sends is as follows:
31848 \begin_layout Quote
31849 \begin_inset Flex Code
31852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31863 \begin_layout Standard
31868 is the printed representation of the key sequence that was actually typed by the user.
31871 \begin_layout Standard
31872 This mechanism can be used to extend \SpecialChar LyX
31873 's command set and implement macros.
31874 Bind some key sequence to
31875 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31879 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31883 Then start a client that listens on the output pipe,
31884 dispatches the command according to the sequence,
31885 and starts a function that may use \SpecialChar LyX
31886 calls and \SpecialChar LyX
31887 requests to issue a command or a series of commands to \SpecialChar LyX
31891 \begin_layout Section
31892 The simple \SpecialChar LyX
31896 \begin_layout Standard
31898 implements a simple protocol that can be used for session management.
31899 All messages are of the form
31902 \begin_layout Quote
31912 \begin_layout Standard
31918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31930 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31935 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31939 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31942 is received from a client,
31944 will report back to inform the client that it's listening to it's messages,
31946 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31950 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31953 sent from \SpecialChar LyX
31954 will inform clients that \SpecialChar LyX
31958 \begin_layout Section
31959 Reverse DVI/PDF search
31962 \begin_layout Standard
31963 Some DVI/PDF viewers
31967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31968 The following viewers offer the reverse PDF search feature:
31969 Okular on KDE/Linux,
31971 Skim on Mac OSX and SumatraPDF on Windows.
31980 facility (also called
31985 This means that you can tell \SpecialChar LyX
31986 to put the cursor to a specific line in the document by clicking at the respective position in the DVI/PDF output.
31988 the viewer must be able to communicate with \SpecialChar LyX
31990 This is done via the \SpecialChar LyX
31991 server either by using the named pipe (
31996 or the UNIX domain socket (
32000 ) that \SpecialChar LyX
32001 creates in its temporary directory (this is the way the
32002 \begin_inset Flex Code
32005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32011 program communicates with \SpecialChar LyX
32014 you need a helper script that mediates between the viewer and \SpecialChar LyX
32017 the viewer can communicate with \SpecialChar LyX
32019 This depends on the selected viewer and on your operating system.
32020 The same applies to the way viewers need to be configured and the way the reverse search is actually performed.
32022 we will thus describe how to setup reverse search for specific viewers.
32023 Before we turn to this,
32025 we will explain what needs to be done generally to enable reverse search in the DVI/PDF output.
32028 \begin_layout Subsection
32030 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32032 name "subsec:rev-search"
32039 \begin_layout Standard
32040 In most cases \SpecialChar LyX
32041 will do the work for you by pressing the following button in the toolbar:
32045 arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
32050 you can also enable the feature by checking
32052 Synchronize with Output
32055 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917848
32057 \begin_inset Flex Noun
32060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32061 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
32062 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
32069 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917848
32072 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
32073 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
32079 In such a case \SpecialChar LyX
32080 will automatically insert the necessary Sync\SpecialChar TeX
32081 macro (for PDF) or load the srcltx package (for DVI) respectively.
32082 This option can be easily reached also on
32083 \begin_inset Flex Code
32086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32095 \begin_layout Standard
32096 If you need a different setting,
32097 you can select or input a custom macro from the drop down box just below
32098 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917855
32100 \begin_inset Flex Noun
32103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32104 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
32105 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
32106 Output\SpecialChar menuseparator
32107 Synchronize with Output
32113 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917855
32116 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
32117 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
32118 Output\SpecialChar menuseparator
32119 Synchronize with Output
32126 \begin_layout Standard
32127 Note that the method
32128 \begin_inset Flex Code
32131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32139 enables gzip compression.
32140 If your viewer does not support it,
32141 you should instead use
32142 \begin_inset Flex Code
32145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32156 \begin_layout Standard
32157 Please also note that including the
32158 \begin_inset Flex Code
32161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32168 \begin_inset Flex Code
32171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32177 sometimes has an undesired impact on the typesetting.
32179 you should switch output synchronization off for the final typesetting if you use the
32180 \begin_inset Flex Code
32183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32190 \begin_inset Flex Code
32193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32203 \begin_layout Standard
32204 In case you need some more special settings that are not covered by the automatic settings,
32205 read the next section about how to set up output synchronization manually.
32206 If the automatic setup suits your needs,
32207 you can readily jump to section
32208 \begin_inset space ~
32212 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32214 reference "subsec:configuring-viewers"
32220 where the necessary configuration steps in your viewer – needed both with the automatic and the manual setup – are described.
32223 \begin_layout Subsection
32227 \begin_layout Standard
32229 provides several different methods for reverse search.
32230 Some are built-in in the
32231 \begin_inset Flex Code
32234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32241 some are provided by external packages.
32242 Your choice depends on whether your \SpecialChar LaTeX
32243 distribution already provides a given method (the built-in methods are rather new) and whether your viewer can cope with it.
32244 The available methods are described in the following.
32247 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32248 Built-in DVI-search via src-specials (DVI only)
32251 \begin_layout Standard
32252 This method provides the DVI file with the necessary information for reverse search.
32253 It is available in \SpecialChar LaTeX
32254 since quite some time (any somewhat recent \SpecialChar LaTeX
32255 distribution should include it),
32256 and it works reliably.
32259 \begin_inset Flex Noun
32262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32273 \begin_inset Flex Noun
32276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32287 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917875
32289 \begin_inset Flex Noun
32292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32293 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
32294 File Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
32301 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917875
32304 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
32305 File Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
32311 \begin_inset Flex Code
32314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32315 latex -src-specials $$i
32321 If this doesn't work,
32322 check if your \SpecialChar TeX
32323 engine needs different options (the syntax might differ in some distributions).
32326 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32327 External Packages (PDFSync and scrltx)
32330 \begin_layout Standard
32339 provide reverse search facility for PDF output (via pdflatex) and DVI output,
32341 In order to enable it,
32342 load the packages in the \SpecialChar LyX
32347 \begin_layout Itemize
32348 \begin_inset Flex Code
32351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32354 usepackage{pdfsync}
32359 for reverse PDF search,
32362 \begin_layout Itemize
32363 \begin_inset Flex Code
32366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32369 usepackage[active]{srcltx}
32374 for reverse DVI search.
32377 \begin_layout Standard
32378 If you want to be able to perform both DVI and PDF reverse searches,
32379 you can also insert in the preamble the following lines
32382 \begin_layout LyX-Code
32386 \begin_inset Newline newline
32392 \begin_inset Newline newline
32397 usepackage{pdfsync}
32398 \begin_inset Newline newline
32404 \begin_inset Newline newline
32409 usepackage[active]{srcltx}
32410 \begin_inset Newline newline
32418 \begin_layout Standard
32420 you can preview the file as either DVI or PDF (pdflatex) and the right package will be used.
32423 \begin_layout Standard
32424 Note that PDFSync might affect the output layout of your document.
32425 It is therefore advised to disable PDFsync for final documents.
32428 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32429 Built-in reverse search via Sync\SpecialChar TeX
32433 \begin_layout Standard
32435 \begin_inset Flex Code
32438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32444 have built-in support for both PDF and DVI reverse search.
32447 Sync\SpecialChar TeX
32450 facility is basically the result of the integration of the PDFSync package to the pdftex program and its merge with the
32455 You need at least \SpecialChar TeX
32456 Live 2008 or a recent Mik\SpecialChar TeX
32457 distribution in order to use it.
32461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32463 Mik\SpecialChar TeX
32464 does not understand/obey the command \SpecialChar LyX
32465 inserts into the preamble when you check the "Enable Forward/Reverse Search" button in the toolbar and does not generate the necessary info.
32468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32469 The generation of the required info can be forced by changing the converter "\SpecialChar LaTeX
32470 (pdflatex) -> PDF (pdflatex)" in Preferences->File handling->Converters from the default "pdflatex $$i" to "pdflatex -synctex=1 $$i" (i.e.,
32471 by adding the -synctex=1 switch).
32476 Also note that only a few PDF viewers (such as Okular and Qpdfview on Unix,
32478 SumatraPDF on Windows;
32479 see the next section for details) already provide Sync\SpecialChar TeX
32483 \begin_layout Standard
32484 To enable Sync\SpecialChar TeX
32487 \begin_inset Flex Noun
32490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32501 \begin_inset Flex Noun
32504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32509 (plain) -> DraftDVI
32515 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917887
32517 \begin_inset Flex Noun
32520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32521 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
32522 File Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
32529 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917887
32532 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
32533 File Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
32539 \begin_inset Flex Code
32542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32543 latex -synctex=1 $$i
32549 and for PDF output,
32551 \begin_inset Flex Noun
32554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32559 (pdflatex) -> PDF (pdflatex)
32565 \begin_inset Flex Code
32568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32569 pdflatex -synctex=1 $$i
32575 Should your viewer not be considered in the following description,
32576 or in case of missing success,
32577 please check the documentation of your viewer whether the viewer needs to be configured for the use with Sync\SpecialChar TeX
32582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32583 Note that the option
32584 \begin_inset Flex Code
32587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32593 option enables gzip compression.
32594 If your viewer does not support it,
32595 you should instead use
32596 \begin_inset Flex Code
32599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32613 \begin_layout Subsection
32614 Configuring and using specific viewers
32615 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32617 name "subsec:configuring-viewers"
32624 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32625 Xdvi (all platforms)
32628 \begin_layout Standard
32630 \begin_inset Flex Code
32633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32640 you don't need to do anything else for performing a reverse DVI search,
32641 as \SpecialChar LyX
32642 already provides the necessary hooks for automatically using the
32643 \begin_inset Flex Code
32646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32653 Just setup your document as described above (reverse search is triggered by Ctrl-click or Alt-click on Mac OSX,
32657 \begin_layout Standard
32659 if for whatever reason you want to use the named pipe instead of the socket for communicating with \SpecialChar LyX
32661 simply change the DVI viewer in
32662 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917897
32664 \begin_inset Flex Noun
32667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32668 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
32669 File Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
32676 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917897
32679 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
32680 File Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
32689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32690 On Mac OSX you have to use
32691 \begin_inset Flex Code
32694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32695 DISPLAY=:0.0 xdvi -editor "lyxeditor.sh %f %l"
32706 \begin_inset Flex Code
32709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32710 xdvi -editor "lyxeditor.sh %f %l"
32717 \begin_inset Flex Code
32720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32726 is a suitable script.
32728 a minimal shell script is the following one:
32731 \begin_layout LyX-Code
32733 \begin_inset Newline newline
32736 LYXPIPE="/path/to/lyxpipe"
32737 \begin_inset Newline newline
32740 COMMAND="LYXCMD:revdvi:server-goto-file-row:$1 $2"
32741 \begin_inset Newline newline
32744 echo "$COMMAND" > "${LYXPIPE}".in || exit
32745 \begin_inset Newline newline
32748 read TMP < "${LYXPIPE}".out || exit
32751 \begin_layout Standard
32753 \begin_inset Flex Code
32756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32762 is the LyXServer pipe path specified in
32763 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917907
32765 \begin_inset Flex Noun
32768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32769 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
32776 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917907
32779 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
32788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32790 \begin_inset Flex Code
32793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32799 folder of a source distribution you can find a
32800 \begin_inset Flex Code
32803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32809 script which is able to locate the
32813 based on your preferences.
32821 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32825 \begin_layout Standard
32827 \begin_inset Flex Code
32830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32831 /Applications/MacDviX_Folder/calleditor.script
32837 add the following lines:
32840 \begin_layout LyX-Code
32841 /Applications/LyX.app/Contents/MacOS/lyxeditor "$2" $1
32842 \begin_inset Newline newline
32848 \begin_layout Standard
32849 Modify the lines accordingly if you install \SpecialChar LyX
32850 somewhere else than in the Applications folder.
32853 \begin_layout Standard
32854 Reverse search is triggered by Alt-click (OPTION-click).
32857 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32861 \begin_layout Standard
32863 \begin_inset Flex Code
32866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32867 open -a Skim.app $$i
32872 to the viewer setting in
32873 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917916
32875 \begin_inset Flex Noun
32878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32879 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
32880 File Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
32881 File formats\SpecialChar menuseparator
32888 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917916
32891 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
32892 File Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
32893 File formats\SpecialChar menuseparator
32900 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917924
32902 \begin_inset Flex Noun
32905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32906 Skim\SpecialChar menuseparator
32907 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
32914 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917924
32917 Skim\SpecialChar menuseparator
32918 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
32924 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917931
32926 \begin_inset Flex Noun
32929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32936 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917931
32943 preset and enter command
32944 \begin_inset Flex Noun
32947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32948 /Applications/\SpecialChar LyX
32949 .app/Contents/MacOS/lyxeditor
32957 \begin_layout Standard
32958 Reverse search is triggered by COMMAND-SHIFT-click
32961 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32965 \begin_layout Standard
32966 Reverse search with evince does not work out of the box,
32967 but it can be achieved by means of some third party helper scripts.
32969 \begin_inset CommandInset href
32971 target "https://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/SyncTeX"
32979 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32983 \begin_layout Standard
32985 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917941
32987 \begin_inset Flex Noun
32990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32991 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
32992 Configure Okular\SpecialChar menuseparator
32999 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917941
33002 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
33003 Configure Okular\SpecialChar menuseparator
33009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
33013 This inserts the appropriate command (
33014 \begin_inset Flex Code
33017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33026 \begin_layout Standard
33027 Reverse search is triggered by SHIFT-click.
33029 \change_inserted -712698321 1578211026
33030 Note that this only works if Okular is in
33031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33035 \begin_inset Quotes erd
33039 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33043 the hand symbol is clicked).
33048 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
33052 \begin_layout Standard
33053 Qpdfview supports Sync\SpecialChar TeX
33054 since version 0.3.5.
33056 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917949
33058 \begin_inset Flex Noun
33061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33062 Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
33063 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
33070 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917949
33073 Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
33074 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
33080 click on the input field of the
33081 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33085 \begin_inset Quotes erd
33088 item and add the command
33089 \begin_inset Flex Code
33092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33101 \begin_layout Standard
33102 Reverse search is triggered by double-click or,
33103 in more recent versions,
33107 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
33111 \begin_layout Standard
33114 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917958
33116 \begin_inset Flex Noun
33119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33120 View\SpecialChar menuseparator
33127 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917958
33130 View\SpecialChar menuseparator
33135 menu and select the
33136 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33140 \begin_inset Quotes erd
33145 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33148 New\SpecialChar ldots
33150 \begin_inset Quotes erd
33154 in the window that opens,
33156 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33161 \begin_inset Quotes erd
33164 (or any other name you like) in the
33165 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33169 \begin_inset Quotes erd
33173 Now click on the button labeled
33174 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33179 \begin_inset Quotes erd
33182 to open a file dialog and navigate to the directory containing the batch file
33183 \begin_inset Flex Code
33186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33194 \begin_inset Flex Code
33197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33203 and then specify the program arguments as
33204 \begin_inset Flex Code
33207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33215 \begin_inset Flex Code
33218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33224 wrapper is used for communicating with \SpecialChar LyX
33232 \begin_layout LyX-Code
33234 \begin_inset Newline newline
33237 echo LYXCMD:revdvi:server-goto-file-row:%~1 %2>
33246 \begin_inset Newline newline
33260 \begin_layout Standard
33261 Make sure that the \SpecialChar LyX
33262 Server pipe path you specified in \SpecialChar LyX
33264 \begin_inset Flex Code
33267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33282 otherwise change the
33283 \begin_inset Flex Code
33286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33292 wrapper accordingly.
33295 \begin_layout Standard
33297 reverse search is triggered by double-click.
33300 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
33301 SumatraPDF (Windows)
33304 \begin_layout Standard
33305 In order to use SumatraPDF for inverse search,
33307 \begin_inset Flex Code
33310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33311 SumatraPDF -inverse-search "lyxeditor.bat "%f" %l"
33316 in the viewer setting in
33317 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917965
33319 \begin_inset Flex Noun
33322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33323 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
33324 File Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
33325 File formats\SpecialChar menuseparator
33332 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917965
33335 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
33336 File Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
33337 File formats\SpecialChar menuseparator
33344 \begin_inset Flex Code
33347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33353 is the previous wrapper.
33354 If SumatraPDF.exe is not in your command PATH,
33355 use its full file name.
33358 \begin_layout Standard
33359 Reverse search is triggered by double-click.
33362 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
33366 \begin_layout Standard
33368 make sure that yap is your default DVI viewer in the Windows environment,
33371 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917973
33373 \begin_inset Flex Noun
33376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33377 View\SpecialChar menuseparator
33384 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917973
33387 View\SpecialChar menuseparator
33392 menu and select the
33393 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33397 \begin_inset Quotes erd
33402 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33405 New\SpecialChar ldots
33407 \begin_inset Quotes erd
33411 in the window that opens,
33413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33418 \begin_inset Quotes erd
33421 (or any other name you like) in the
33422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
33430 Now click on the button labeled
33431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33436 \begin_inset Quotes erd
33439 to open a file dialog and navigate to the directory containing the
33440 \begin_inset Flex Code
33443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33449 program (which is installed by default on Cygwin along with the \SpecialChar LyX
33452 \begin_inset Flex Code
33455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33461 and then specify the program arguments as
33462 \begin_inset Flex Code
33465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33473 you will be using the
33477 for communicating with \SpecialChar LyX
33480 for whatever reason,
33481 you want to use the
33487 \begin_inset Flex Code
33490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33496 option and be sure to specify the \SpecialChar LyX
33497 Server pipe path in the \SpecialChar LyX
33501 \begin_layout Standard
33503 reverse search is triggered by double-click.
33506 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
33507 SumatraPDF (Cygwin)
33510 \begin_layout Standard
33511 In order to use SumatraPDF for inverse search,
33513 \begin_inset Flex Code
33516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33517 SumatraPDF -inverse-search "lyxeditor -g %f %l"
33522 in the viewer setting in
33523 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917986
33525 \begin_inset Flex Noun
33528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33529 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
33530 File Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
33531 File formats\SpecialChar menuseparator
33538 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917986
33541 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
33542 File Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
33543 File formats\SpecialChar menuseparator
33549 If SumatraPDF.exe is not in your command PATH,
33550 use its full posix path.
33552 \begin_inset Flex Code
33555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33561 enables communication via the
33568 \begin_inset Flex Code
33571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33577 option if you want to use the
33582 and be sure to specify the \SpecialChar LyX
33583 Server pipe path in the \SpecialChar LyX
33587 \begin_layout Standard
33588 Reverse search is triggered by double-click.
33591 \begin_layout Section
33595 \begin_layout Standard
33597 as the name implies,
33599 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33603 \begin_inset Quotes erd
33607 It allows you to let the viewer jump to a given position from within \SpecialChar LyX
33609 If forward search is set up (as described in what follows),
33610 you can put the cursor anywhere in your \SpecialChar LyX
33613 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917994
33615 \begin_inset Flex Noun
33618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33619 Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator
33626 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917994
33629 Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator
33635 \change_deleted -712698321 1674918002
33639 \begin_inset Flex Noun
33642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33651 \change_inserted -712698321 1674918002
33656 in the context menu via right mouse click),
33657 and then the viewer will jump to that position as well.
33660 that your viewer supports this function.
33663 \begin_layout Standard
33664 To make forward search possible,
33665 you first need to provide the generated output PDF/DVI file with additional information about the \SpecialChar TeX
33667 This can be done via the methods described in the section
33668 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33670 reference "subsec:rev-search"
33678 \begin_layout Standard
33680 you need to configure \SpecialChar LyX
33681 for using your viewers in
33682 \change_deleted -712698321 1674918011
33684 \begin_inset Flex Noun
33687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33688 Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
33689 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
33690 Output\SpecialChar menuseparator
33697 \change_inserted -712698321 1674918011
33700 Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
33701 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
33702 Output\SpecialChar menuseparator
33708 We provide a range of tested configurations for some viewers,
33709 which you can select from the drop down list.
33710 If none of these configurations suits you,
33711 you have to find out and enter a suitable configuration yourself.
33712 The definition syntax uses the following placeholders:
33715 \begin_layout Itemize
33717 \begin_inset Flex Code
33720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33730 \begin_layout Itemize
33732 \begin_inset Flex Code
33735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33742 name of the (temporary) exported .tex file (without path)
33745 \begin_layout Itemize
33747 \begin_inset Flex Code
33750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33757 name of the (temporary) exported .tex file (including path)
33760 \begin_layout Itemize
33762 \begin_inset Flex Code
33765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33772 name of the exported output file (either dvi or pdf,
33773 depending on which one exists in the temporary directory)
33776 \begin_layout Standard
33777 Note that only some of the viewers provide full and usable forward search functionality out of the box,
33784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33785 You might want to set
33786 \begin_inset Flex Code
33789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33796 \change_deleted -712698321 1674918020
33798 \begin_inset Flex Noun
33801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33802 Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
33803 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
33804 File Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
33806 \begin_inset space ~
33815 \change_inserted -712698321 1674918020
33818 Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
33819 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
33820 File Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
33822 \begin_inset space ~
33838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33839 SumatraPDF can also use DDE commands through the external program CMCDDE —
33841 \begin_inset CommandInset href
33843 target "http://www.istri.fr/spip/zip/CMCDDE.zip"
33859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33860 Forward search with evince can be achieved by means of third party helper scripts.
33862 \begin_inset CommandInset href
33864 target "https://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/SyncTeX"
33875 require some extra tools in order to use forward search.
33876 While many of the widespread PDF viewers (most notably Adobe Reader) do not support forward search at all,
33877 some other viewers – e.
33878 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33882 xpdf – allow at least to reload the document and jump to a specific page of the file,
33883 so you can at least navigate
33884 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33888 \begin_inset Quotes erd
33892 This latter functionality is provided by an external call of synctex (see the predefined example configurations).
33896 \begin_layout Standard
33897 Forward search works both with DVI and PDF output.
33899 simply checks which preview format you have used before (i.
33900 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33904 which format is already there in the temporary directory) and chooses the appropriate configuration for the respective format.
33905 \change_deleted 564990737 1672743015
33909 \begin_layout Standard
33911 \change_deleted 564990737 1672743015
33912 Special Document Classes
33915 \begin_layout Standard
33917 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
33921 \begin_layout Standard
33923 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
33929 \begin_layout Standard
33931 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
33935 \begin_layout Standard
33937 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
33938 This section describes how \SpecialChar LyX
33939 can be used to write articles for submission to the scientific journal
33941 Astronomy and Astrophysics
33944 \begin_inset Flex URL
33947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33949 https://www.aanda.org/
33954 ) using Version 5.01 of the document class
33959 This package can be downloaded from the ftp site
33962 \begin_layout Standard
33964 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
33965 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
33971 \begin_layout Standard
33974 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
33975 \begin_inset Flex URL
33978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33980 ftp://ftp.edpsciences.org/pub/aa/readme.html
33988 \begin_layout Standard
33990 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
33991 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
33997 \begin_layout Standard
33999 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34000 A manual comes together with that package,
34001 and this text is not meant to replace the original manual but is merely a short guide in how to realize the correct form of your paper.
34005 \begin_layout Standard
34007 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34008 Please note that the publisher of the journal was changed from Springer to EDP Sciences starting January 1,
34010 That change involved also some slight changes to the style files,
34011 namely the removal of the thesaurus command.
34012 The \SpecialChar LyX
34013 class aa supports the newest version of these style files,
34015 If you have an older version installed,
34018 the old (version 4) layout has been kept as
34023 Please refer to the comments in
34026 Dir/layouts/aapaper.layout
34031 \begin_layout Standard
34033 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34037 \begin_layout Standard
34039 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34040 It is recommended you start from the example template distributed with \SpecialChar LyX
34042 If you are not using a template,
34043 note the following settings:
34046 \begin_layout Itemize
34048 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34055 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
34059 that one was obvious).
34062 \begin_layout Itemize
34064 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34065 Don't change the option
34068 \begin_inset space ~
34079 The whole layout is done by the macros,
34080 you shouldn't change anything.
34083 \begin_layout Standard
34085 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34089 \begin_layout Standard
34091 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34092 First thing to enter is the header information.
34093 It consists of seven entries,
34094 of which some are optional.
34098 \begin_layout Itemize
34100 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34109 \begin_layout Itemize
34111 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34120 \begin_layout Itemize
34122 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34131 \begin_layout Itemize
34133 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34142 \begin_layout Itemize
34144 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34150 [optional] if more than one author:
34151 whom to contact for offprint requests.
34154 \begin_layout Itemize
34156 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34162 [optional] mail address for contacts.
34165 \begin_layout Itemize
34167 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34174 Suggested format is
34181 \begin_layout Standard
34183 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34184 There is no need to issue the
34191 this is done automatically by \SpecialChar LyX
34192 when the header is finished.
34193 Although the order of the single header entries doesn't matter it is advised to keep the above sequence,
34194 just to get the best optics and meets the layout of the real document.
34197 \begin_layout Standard
34199 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34200 If you want to place footnotes in the header block,
34202 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
34206 \begin_inset space \space{}
34209 to state your present address,
34210 just use the standard footnote via the menu
34212 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
34217 will automagically use the term
34226 \begin_layout Standard
34228 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34231 Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
34235 you'll find two insets which are relevant for the titling:
34238 \begin_layout Itemize
34240 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34247 to mark corresponding author\SpecialChar breakableslash
34249 The institutes are numbered sequentially as they appear in the
34254 so you have to put a marker to each author.
34257 \begin_layout Itemize
34259 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34264 to supply an email address for fast contact.
34267 \begin_layout Standard
34269 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34270 In addition to these topics,
34271 the macros use one additional \SpecialChar LaTeX
34272 command that has no counterpart in \SpecialChar LyX
34276 \begin_layout Itemize
34278 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34285 to separate different names for more than one author and institute,
34289 \begin_layout Standard
34291 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34292 The appropriate command has to be entered in \SpecialChar LyX
34293 and marked as \SpecialChar LaTeX
34299 \begin_layout Standard
34301 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34305 \begin_layout Standard
34307 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34308 The abstract should immediately follow the header block.
34309 With version 5 the abstract environment was changed to a command,
34310 and there is now a restriction to only one paragraph.
34312 it should contain an entry with the keywords.
34313 This is done via the paragraph style
34318 Refer to the example paper.
34321 \begin_layout Standard
34323 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34324 Supported environments
34327 \begin_layout Standard
34329 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34330 The A&A paper layout supports the following environments for structuring your text:
34333 \begin_layout Itemize
34335 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34341 \begin_layout Itemize
34343 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34349 \begin_layout Itemize
34351 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34357 \begin_layout Itemize
34359 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34365 \begin_layout Itemize
34367 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34373 \begin_layout Itemize
34375 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34381 \begin_layout Itemize
34383 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34389 \begin_layout Itemize
34391 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34397 \begin_layout Itemize
34399 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34405 \begin_layout Itemize
34407 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34413 \begin_layout Itemize
34415 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34421 \begin_layout Itemize
34423 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34430 \begin_layout Standard
34432 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34433 Commands not supported by \SpecialChar LyX
34437 \begin_layout Standard
34439 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34440 Some commands are not yet supported by the
34444 layout for \SpecialChar LyX
34446 Some have already been mentioned.
34447 For the sake of completeness,
34448 they are listed all together here:
34451 \begin_layout Itemize
34453 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34461 \begin_layout Itemize
34463 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34471 \begin_layout Itemize
34473 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34481 \begin_layout Itemize
34483 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34491 \begin_layout Standard
34493 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34494 If you want to use any of these commands,
34495 you have to enter them yourself.
34498 Do not forget to mark them as \SpecialChar LaTeX
34502 \begin_layout Standard
34504 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34505 Figure and Table Floats
34508 \begin_layout Standard
34510 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34512 provides support for the necessary float environments
34523 therefore we won't tell much about it here.
34527 \begin_inset space ~
34533 Just remember that tables should be left-aligned.
34535 select the table and change the alignment in
34537 Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
34539 \begin_inset space ~
34545 \begin_layout Standard
34547 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34548 There is only one special thing:
34549 the figures with caption besides the figure.
34550 To create such a figure,
34551 you have to do the following:
34554 \begin_layout Enumerate
34556 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34557 Create a wide figure float:
34560 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
34561 Float\SpecialChar menuseparator
34565 then right click in the figure and select
34568 \begin_inset space ~
34576 \begin_layout Enumerate
34578 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34579 Enter your caption text.
34582 \begin_layout Enumerate
34584 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34589 to move the cursor above the caption.
34592 \begin_layout Enumerate
34594 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34598 \begin_layout Enumerate
34600 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34601 Position the cursor behind the figure and insert a horizontal fill:
34604 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
34606 \begin_inset space ~
34609 Character\SpecialChar menuseparator
34611 \begin_inset space ~
34619 \begin_layout Enumerate
34621 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34622 Switch to \SpecialChar LaTeX
34627 \begin_inset space ~
34635 \begin_layout Enumerate
34637 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34647 Do not close the brace!
34650 \begin_layout Enumerate
34652 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34653 Position the cursor behind the caption text,
34654 switch to \SpecialChar LaTeX
34655 mode and insert the closing brace:
34659 \begin_inset space ~
34671 \begin_layout Standard
34673 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34675 refer to the figures in the example paper.
34678 \begin_layout Standard
34680 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34684 \begin_layout Standard
34686 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34688 the paper has to be formated in a special double-spacing layout.
34690 you have to give the option
34694 to the document class.
34695 This must be done using the custom class options field in the
34697 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
34701 Just enter the string
34708 \begin_layout Standard
34710 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34714 \begin_layout Standard
34716 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34721 directory contains an example paper written with \SpecialChar LyX
34723 It is the example paper from the original macro package,
34724 translated to \SpecialChar LyX
34726 Use it for inspiration,
34727 and compare the original \SpecialChar LaTeX
34728 code with \SpecialChar LyX
34732 \begin_layout Standard
34734 \change_deleted 564990737 1671097429
34738 \begin_layout Standard
34740 \change_deleted 564990737 1671097429
34745 can be used to type letters according to German conventions.
34746 A template file is included in
34748 .../lyx/share/templates
34750 for you to use as a starting point.
34753 \begin_layout Standard
34755 \change_deleted 564990737 1671097429
34759 \begin_layout Standard
34761 \change_deleted 564990737 1671097429
34762 See the \SpecialChar LyX
34768 It contains all infos you need.
34771 \begin_layout Standard
34773 \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802
34777 \begin_layout Standard
34779 \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802
34782 Panayotis Papasotiriou
34785 \begin_layout Standard
34787 \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802
34791 \begin_layout Standard
34793 \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802
34794 The ijmpc package is a set of macros that facilitates electronic manuscript submission to the
34796 International Journal of Modern Physics C
34800 the ijmpd package is for creating manuscripts to be submitted to the
34802 International Journal of Modern Physics D
34805 Both journals are published by World Scientific.
34806 The corresponding document classes are named
34817 together with instructions for the authors,
34818 can be downloaded from the sites
34819 \begin_inset Flex URL
34822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34824 http://www.worldscinet.com/ijmpc/mkt/guidelines.shtml
34830 \begin_inset Flex URL
34833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34835 http://www.worldscinet.com/ijmpd/mkt/guidelines.shtml
34841 Both packages are modified versions of the standard
34842 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34846 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34850 and they are almost (but not exactly) identical.
34851 Most of their features are supported by \SpecialChar LyX
34853 I have used \SpecialChar LyX
34854 successfully to write articles submitted to both journals without any problem.
34857 \begin_layout Standard
34859 \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802
34863 \begin_layout Standard
34865 \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802
34867 the easiest way to write a paper is to start with a template.
34870 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
34887 This will give an (almost) empty document that includes the most common fields found in a manuscript.
34888 Simply overwrite the existing text (including the brackets,
34894 You should keep in mind the following remarks.
34897 \begin_layout Enumerate
34899 \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802
34901 won't let you change the font size and the page style of the document,
34902 because such modifications are not allowed by both packages.
34905 \begin_layout Enumerate
34907 \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802
34908 The language of the document should not be changed.
34909 Before previewing your paper,
34910 be sure that the babel package is not used.
34915 arg "dialog-show document"
34920 \SpecialChar menuseparator
34925 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34939 \begin_layout Enumerate
34941 \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802
34943 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34947 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34950 style must be used to define keywords.
34953 \begin_layout Enumerate
34955 \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802
34956 The ijmpc package provides a style named
34957 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34960 Classification Codes
34961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34965 which can be used to define classification codes,
34966 such as PACS numbers.
34967 Note that this facility is not supported by the ijmpd package.
34970 \begin_layout Enumerate
34972 \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802
34973 Several new environments are available:
34975 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34979 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34984 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34988 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34993 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34997 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35002 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35006 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35033 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35042 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35047 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35051 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35083 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35100 Their use is more or less obvious.
35102 supports all these environments;
35103 it will use the proper label,
35105 and numbering scheme for each of them.
35108 \begin_layout Enumerate
35110 \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802
35111 Both packages use basic citations;
35112 the natbib package should not be used.
35113 In \SpecialChar LyX
35115 citation references are shown as usual;
35117 citations are shown as superscripts.
35118 If you want to use a citation as normal text,
35125 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35129 \begin_inset space \space{}
35133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35137 \begin_inset space \space{}
35147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35153 \begin_layout Enumerate
35155 \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802
35157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35161 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35164 section in both packages.
35165 To put acknowledgments,
35167 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35171 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35177 \begin_layout Enumerate
35179 \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802
35180 Appendices may be added to the paper,
35185 the Acknowledgments and
35191 provides a special environment,
35193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35200 which marks the beginning of the appendices.
35201 This environment should be left blank;
35202 it just sends a \SpecialChar LaTeX
35204 but nothing is really printed.
35205 In \SpecialChar LyX
35208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35215 is printed with blue letters,
35216 as a signal that all sections after that point are appendices.
35217 To write an appendix,
35219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35228 will number each appendix with capital letters,
35229 as required by both journals.
35231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35242 be present before the first appendix;
35244 all appendices will be numbered as normal sections in the output.
35247 \begin_layout Enumerate
35249 \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802
35250 The ijmpc and the ijmpd packages use the
35254 command to implement table captions.
35256 a table created by \SpecialChar LyX
35257 is printed correctly,
35258 but its caption is ignored.
35260 you can use some \SpecialChar TeX
35261 code to overcome this problem,
35262 so that captions are printed as expected.
35264 create a float table as usual,
35265 remove the caption,
35266 and replace it with the \SpecialChar TeX
35278 you must also the \SpecialChar TeX
35283 immediately after the tabular material.
35284 Study the example table included in the template files to see how this trick is implemented.
35286 If you need table captions,
35287 you should implement the whole table float in a
35292 then include this file to the \SpecialChar LyX
35295 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
35296 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
35298 \begin_inset space ~
35304 Details on how to create a table float can be found in the files
35313 included in the corresponding packages.
35316 \begin_layout Standard
35318 \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802
35319 Preparing a paper for submission
35322 \begin_layout Standard
35324 \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802
35325 Before you submit your paper you must export the \SpecialChar LyX
35326 document as a \SpecialChar LaTeX
35329 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
35330 Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
35338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35339 Actually you have the choice between \SpecialChar LaTeX
35340 (plain) and pdflatex.
35341 If you intend to use pdflatex to prepare the paper,
35342 you should use the pdflatex option so that included graphics are converted to PDF format,
35343 ready for use by pdflatex.
35349 then make the following changes to the resulting
35356 \begin_layout Enumerate
35358 \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802
35359 Remove the comment lines before the
35368 \begin_layout Enumerate
35370 \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802
35371 Remove everything between (and including) the
35384 except for any commands you specifically put into the \SpecialChar LaTeX
35388 \begin_layout Standard
35390 \change_deleted 564990737 1672743015
35395 file should be saved and processed through \SpecialChar LaTeX
35396 as many times as necessary.
35397 You may also want to check the resulting
35404 \begin_layout Standard
35406 \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478
35410 \begin_layout Standard
35412 \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478
35418 \begin_layout Standard
35420 \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478
35424 \begin_layout Standard
35426 \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478
35427 The iopart package provides a document class to create electronic manuscript submission to the journals published by the Institute of Physics.
35428 Instructions for the authors how to create a paper using the iopart class can be downloaded together with the iopart package from the site
35429 \begin_inset Flex URL
35432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35434 ftp://ftp.iop.org/pub/journals/latex2e
35442 \begin_layout Standard
35444 \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478
35448 \begin_layout Standard
35450 \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478
35451 The easiest way to write a paper is to start with the template
35455 that is available via
35457 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
35460 The template explains how to use the special text environments.
35461 Here are the most important advices:
35464 \begin_layout Itemize
35466 \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478
35467 To be able to compile your document to a PDF,
35470 ensure that the no AMS packages are loaded in
35472 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
35473 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
35479 \begin_layout Itemize
35481 \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478
35484 The title environment defines the kind of your paper.
35485 So use one of the following environments for the title:
35489 \begin_layout Itemize
35491 \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478
35500 \begin_layout Itemize
35502 \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478
35511 \begin_layout Itemize
35513 \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478
35519 for a Topical review
35522 \begin_layout Itemize
35524 \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478
35533 \begin_layout Itemize
35535 \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478
35544 \begin_layout Itemize
35546 \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478
35552 for a Paper (same as Title)
35555 \begin_layout Itemize
35557 \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478
35563 for a Preliminary communication
35566 \begin_layout Itemize
35568 \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478
35574 for a Rapid communication
35577 \begin_layout Itemize
35579 \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478
35585 for a Letter to the editor
35589 \begin_layout Itemize
35591 \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478
35594 All title environments except of
35598 can have an optional short title.
35601 \begin_layout Itemize
35603 \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478
35604 There is a general title environment
35608 which is not directly supported by \SpecialChar LyX
35610 This can be used as \SpecialChar TeX
35611 code when your document doesn't fit into one of the other title types.
35614 \begin_layout Standard
35616 \change_deleted 564990737 1672743015
35617 For more informations like hints for special table and formula formatting,
35618 look at the IOP author guidelines.
35621 \begin_layout Standard
35623 \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155
35627 \begin_layout Standard
35629 \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155
35632 Panayotis Papasotiriou
35635 \begin_layout Standard
35637 \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155
35641 \begin_layout Standard
35643 \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155
35644 The Kluwer package is a set of macros produced by Kluwer Academic Publishers that facilitates electronic manuscript submission to the journals they publish.
35645 Most known of them (at least in my domain of interest) are
35647 Astrophysics and Space Science
35654 but there are many others (see a complete list at
35655 \begin_inset Flex URL
35658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35660 http://www.wkap.nl/jrnllist.htm/JRNLHOME
35666 The Kluwer package may be downloaded from the site
35667 \begin_inset Flex URL
35670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35672 http://www.wkap.nl/kaphtml.htm/STYLEFILES
35678 A complete user guide is contained in that package (but it can also be downloaded separately).
35681 \begin_layout Standard
35683 \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155
35685 supports many features of the package but not everything.
35687 the \SpecialChar TeX
35688 code needed is reduced to some
35689 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35693 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35696 commands of the package (see
35697 \begin_inset space ~
35701 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35703 reference "subsec:kluwer_peculiarities"
35709 I have recently used \SpecialChar LyX
35710 to write an article submitted to the
35712 Astrophysics and Space Science
35714 without any problem.
35717 \begin_layout Standard
35719 \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155
35723 \begin_layout Standard
35725 \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155
35726 The easiest way to write a paper is to start with the Kluwer template file.
35729 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
35742 This will give an (almost) empty document that includes the most common fields found in a manuscript and a short description of their use.
35743 As in most templates,
35744 simply overwrite the existing text (including the brackets,
35749 ) with the correct information.
35752 \begin_layout Standard
35754 \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155
35755 Preparing a paper for submission
35758 \begin_layout Standard
35760 \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155
35761 As in the AAS\SpecialChar TeX
35763 before you submit your paper to a journal you must
35764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35774 \begin_layout Enumerate
35776 \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155
35777 Export your paper as a \SpecialChar LaTeX
35782 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
35783 Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
35791 \begin_layout Enumerate
35793 \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155
35798 file with a text editor and make the following changes
35802 \begin_layout Enumerate
35804 \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155
35805 remove the comment lines before the
35814 \begin_layout Enumerate
35816 \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155
35817 remove everything between (and including) the
35830 except for any commands you specifically put into the \SpecialChar LaTeX
35834 \begin_layout Standard
35836 \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155
35845 \begin_layout Enumerate
35847 \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155
35852 file through \SpecialChar LaTeX
35853 as many times as necessary (usually up to three).
35856 \begin_layout Enumerate
35858 \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155
35865 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35869 \begin_inset space \space{}
35877 and check if everything is OK (it should,
35878 if you didn't make any mistake).
35881 \begin_layout Standard
35883 \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155
35884 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35888 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35891 of the Kluwer package
35892 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35894 name "subsec:kluwer_peculiarities"
35901 \begin_layout Standard
35903 \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155
35904 The Kluwer package has the following
35905 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35915 \begin_layout Enumerate
35917 \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155
35918 It is possible to write multiple articles in the same \SpecialChar LaTeX
35923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35924 I can't imagine any good reason to do this.
35930 Each article must be included in the environment
35931 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35935 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35940 this environment cannot be omitted,
35941 even if you write just one article.
35943 each article starts with the command
35951 ends with the command
35958 Although this can be implemented in \SpecialChar LyX
35960 I didn't included it,
35961 since it looks ugly and can confuse the novice user.
35963 you need to enter them directly and mark them as \SpecialChar LaTeX
35964 code (the well-known
35965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35970 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35976 \begin_layout Enumerate
35978 \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155
35979 Information given at the beginning of the article (i.
35980 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35984 \begin_inset space \space{}
35993 abstract and keywords) must be included in an environment called
35994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36002 This is not implemented in \SpecialChar LyX
36004 so you must enter title,
36006 \begin_inset space ~
36009 between two \SpecialChar TeX
36025 \begin_layout Enumerate
36027 \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155
36028 According to the user manual,
36029 the label of each bibliography item must be written as
36052 \begin_layout Standard
36054 \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155
36059 template takes care of all these
36060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36068 If you start a new paper using this template you don't need to do anything special.
36072 \begin_layout Enumerate
36074 \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155
36075 don't delete the \SpecialChar TeX
36076 code included in the template,
36080 \begin_layout Enumerate
36082 \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155
36083 copy the example bibliography item included in the template and modify it as necessary to enter new bibliography items.
36086 \begin_layout Standard
36088 \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446
36092 \begin_layout Standard
36094 \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446
36099 provides an alternative to the standard
36104 It provides similar functionality,
36105 but you might prefer this layout with sans serif sections,
36110 \begin_layout Standard
36112 \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446
36113 Springer Journals (
36120 \begin_layout Standard
36122 \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446
36128 \begin_layout Standard
36130 \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446
36134 \begin_layout Standard
36136 \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446
36137 These are the layout files for some of the journal formats used by Springer Verlag and listed on
36138 \begin_inset Flex URL
36141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36143 http://www.springer.de/author/tex/help-journals.html
36149 where you should also go to fetch the class files (yes,
36150 these are \SpecialChar LaTeX2e
36152 It is a modular system:
36153 the things common to all journals are implemented in
36158 which journal-specific layout files (such as,
36160 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36164 \begin_inset space \space{}
36171 for Journal of Geodesy) can include.
36174 \begin_layout Standard
36176 \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446
36177 This means that implementing support for any other Springer journal on this list is as simple as writing your own
36185 file following the outline given in
36193 \begin_layout Standard
36195 \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446
36196 It is reasonably well tested only for the Journal of Geodesy.
36205 come with the standard \SpecialChar LyX
36207 Install the relevant class file (downloaded from Springer) in a proper directory,
36208 reconfigure \SpecialChar LaTeX
36209 (in the te\SpecialChar TeX
36215 as root if necessary —
36216 doesn't \SpecialChar LyX
36217 take care of this?),
36218 reconfigure \SpecialChar LyX
36219 and it should work.
36222 \begin_layout Standard
36224 \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446
36228 \begin_layout Standard
36230 \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446
36231 A large number of theorem-like styles —
36246 \begin_layout Standard
36248 \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446
36254 Running_\SpecialChar LaTeX
36265 See the Springer class file documentation for details.
36268 \begin_layout Standard
36270 \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446
36274 \begin_layout Itemize
36276 \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446
36290 \begin_layout Itemize
36292 \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446
36295 Probability Theory and Related Fields
36303 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes
36306 \begin_layout Standard
36308 \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446
36313 \begin_layout Standard
36315 \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446
36319 \begin_layout Standard
36321 \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446
36322 These files are partly based on the older
36327 which was again based on a tinkered-with version of an old \SpecialChar LaTeX
36328 2.09 style file from Springer.
36336 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes helped out big in making me find my way around the \SpecialChar LyX
36337 layout file mechanism.
36340 \begin_layout Standard
36342 \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446
36346 \begin_layout Standard
36348 \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446
36350 But probably less than in the old hacked-\SpecialChar LaTeX
36358 \begin_layout Chapter
36360 Features needing Extra Software
36363 \begin_layout Section
36364 Checking \SpecialChar TeX
36368 \begin_layout Standard
36374 \begin_layout Subsection
36378 \begin_layout Standard
36387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36392 is not yet available when you are using the \SpecialChar LaTeX
36393 distribution MiK\SpecialChar TeX
36408 \begin_inset space ~
36419 \begin_inset Newline newline
36423 \begin_inset CommandInset href
36425 target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/chktex.html"
36433 \begin_layout Standard
36436 Chk\SpecialChar TeX
36439 package is a program that was written by
36440 \begin_inset Flex Noun
36443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36445 \begin_inset space ~
36453 in frustration because some constructs in \SpecialChar LaTeX
36454 are sometimes non-intuitive,
36455 and easy to forget.
36456 The program runs over your \SpecialChar LaTeX
36458 checks the integrity of the file,
36459 and flags some common errors.
36460 In other technical words,
36465 for \SpecialChar LaTeX
36469 \begin_layout Standard
36471 what is a syntax checker doing in \SpecialChar LyX
36472 which is supposed to produce correct \SpecialChar LaTeX
36474 The answer is simple:
36479 not only checks the
36488 checks for type-errors,
36491 Chk\SpecialChar TeX
36494 catches some common
36499 in addition to the syntactical ones.
36503 Chk\SpecialChar TeX
36506 is capable of detecting several common errors,
36510 \begin_layout Itemize
36511 Ellipsis detection:
36512 \begin_inset Newline newline
36515 Use \SpecialChar ldots
36519 \begin_layout Itemize
36520 No space in front of/after parenthesis:
36521 \begin_inset Newline newline
36527 \begin_layout Itemize
36528 Enforcement of normal space after common abbreviations:
36529 \begin_inset Newline newline
36533 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36537 \begin_inset space \space{}
36540 is too wide spacing.
36543 \begin_layout Itemize
36544 Enforcement of end-of-sentence space when the last sentence ends with a capital letter:
36545 \begin_inset Newline newline
36549 And this is wrong spacing.
36552 \begin_layout Itemize
36553 Space in front of labels and similar commands:
36554 \begin_inset Newline newline
36557 The label should stick right up to the text to avoid falling to a wrong page.
36559 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36570 This footnote is in danger of falling off to a wrong page
36575 The label is separated too much.
36578 \begin_layout Itemize
36579 Space in front of references,
36580 instead of hard spaces:
36581 \begin_inset Newline newline
36584 If you have bad luck,
36585 the text will break right between the referenced text and reference number,
36588 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36590 reference "sec:chktex"
36598 \begin_layout Itemize
36600 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36604 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36608 \begin_inset Formula $\times$
36612 \begin_inset Newline newline
36615 2x2 looks cheap compared to
36616 \begin_inset Formula $2\times2$
36622 \begin_layout Standard
36623 and more \SpecialChar ldots
36624 It is an invaluable tool when you are
36625 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36632 your document before printing,
36633 and you should run it right after the obligatory spelling check,
36634 and before you go fine tuning the typesetting.
36637 \begin_layout Subsection
36641 \begin_layout Standard
36642 If you have the program installed,
36643 usage is as simple as choosing
36645 Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
36647 \begin_inset space ~
36653 This will make \SpecialChar LyX
36654 generate a \SpecialChar LaTeX
36655 file of your document,
36658 Chk\SpecialChar TeX
36662 and then make \SpecialChar LyX
36664 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36671 with the warnings from
36673 Chk\SpecialChar TeX
36678 The warnings will be placed close to the point of the mistake,
36679 and you can quickly find them by using the
36681 Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator
36685 or the shortcut key
36694 Open the error boxes by clicking on them with the mouse,
36695 or use the shortcut key
36704 or the corresponding
36713 Read the warning and correct the mistake,
36714 if it is a mistake.
36715 If you have trouble understanding what the warning is about,
36716 you can safely ignore it.
36717 Remember that there is a hidden layer between the document on screen and the technical details in invoking
36719 Chk\SpecialChar TeX
36723 and this gap can make some warnings seem arcane or just plain silly.
36726 \begin_layout Standard
36727 This document is an excellent testing bed for the feature,
36728 and it should provide quite a few warnings for you to fiddle with.
36729 Since computers are only so smart,
36730 expect most of the warnings to be false alarms,
36734 \begin_layout Subsection
36735 How to fine tune it
36738 \begin_layout Standard
36742 Chk\SpecialChar TeX
36745 makes more noise than suits your mood.
36746 Then you can choose not to use it,
36747 wait until your mood changes,
36748 or try to customize
36750 Chk\SpecialChar TeX
36753 to get better along with you.
36756 \begin_layout Standard
36759 Chk\SpecialChar TeX
36766 very configurable and extensible,
36767 you should not expect to solve all problems with
36769 Chk\SpecialChar TeX
36772 in \SpecialChar LyX
36774 Since \SpecialChar LyX
36775 has to generate a somewhat special \SpecialChar LaTeX
36776 file to be able to match the line numbers from the
36778 Chk\SpecialChar TeX
36785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36786 You can inspect the specific output from
36792 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
36795 \begin_inset space ~
36809 to the internal document structure,
36810 some of the warnings will not appear correctly.
36811 There are two things you can do about this:
36814 \begin_layout Itemize
36817 Chk\SpecialChar TeX
36820 invocation command line in
36821 \change_deleted -712698321 1674918035
36823 \begin_inset Flex Noun
36826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36827 Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
36828 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
36829 Output\SpecialChar menuseparator
36830 LaTeX\SpecialChar menuseparator
36837 \change_inserted -712698321 1674918035
36840 Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
36841 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
36842 Output\SpecialChar menuseparator
36843 LaTeX\SpecialChar menuseparator
36851 Chk\SpecialChar TeX
36854 installation configuration file (usually with the file
36859 See below to learn what warnings can be enabled and disabled on the command line.
36862 \begin_layout Itemize
36863 Export your document as a raw \SpecialChar LaTeX
36866 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
36867 Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
36876 Invoked in this way,
36877 it can be a hassle to find the corresponding place in the document inside \SpecialChar LyX
36879 but with a little patience,
36880 you should be able to do it.
36883 \begin_layout Standard
36884 Here follows the warning messages that can be enabled and disabled in
36893 to disable a warning,
36898 to enable a warning.
36899 The emphasized entries are disabled by default,
36900 because the default is "
36902 chktex -n1 -n3 -n6 -n9 -n22 -n25 -n30 -n38
36907 \begin_layout Standard
36908 Notice that you should only use the options that enable and disable warnings,
36909 because \SpecialChar LyX
36910 relies on some of the other command line parameters to be set in a specific way to have a chance to communicate with
36917 \begin_layout Enumerate
36921 Command terminated with space.
36924 \begin_layout Enumerate
36927 Non-breaking space (
36928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36939 ) should have been used.
36942 \begin_layout Enumerate
36946 You should enclose the previous parenthesis with
36947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36955 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36961 \begin_layout Enumerate
36964 Italic correction (
36965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36975 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36978 ) found in non-italic buffer.
36981 \begin_layout Enumerate
36984 Italic correction (
36985 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36995 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36998 ) found more than once.
37001 \begin_layout Enumerate
37005 No italic correction (
37006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37016 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37022 \begin_layout Enumerate
37026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37052 \begin_layout Enumerate
37055 Wrong length of dash may have been used.
37058 \begin_layout Enumerate
37062 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37070 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37075 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37083 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37089 \begin_layout Enumerate
37093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37107 \begin_layout Enumerate
37111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37119 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37122 to achieve an ellipsis.
37125 \begin_layout Enumerate
37128 Inter-word spacing (
37129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37142 ) should perhaps be used.
37145 \begin_layout Enumerate
37148 Inter-sentence spacing (
37149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37162 ) should perhaps be used.
37165 \begin_layout Enumerate
37168 Could not find argument for command.
37171 \begin_layout Enumerate
37175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37189 \begin_layout Enumerate
37192 Math mode still on at end of \SpecialChar LaTeX
37196 \begin_layout Enumerate
37200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37208 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37211 doesn't match the number of
37212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37226 \begin_layout Enumerate
37229 You should use either
37232 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37245 as an alternative to
37246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37260 \begin_layout Enumerate
37267 " (ASCII 39) instead of "
37274 \begin_layout Enumerate
37277 User-specified pattern found.
37280 \begin_layout Enumerate
37283 This command might not be intended.
37286 \begin_layout Enumerate
37293 \begin_layout Enumerate
37311 \begin_layout Enumerate
37314 Delete this space to maintain correct page references.
37317 \begin_layout Enumerate
37321 You might wish to put this between a pair of
37322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37330 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37336 \begin_layout Enumerate
37339 You ought to remove spaces in front of punctuation.
37342 \begin_layout Enumerate
37345 Could not execute \SpecialChar LaTeX
37349 \begin_layout Enumerate
37358 in front of small punctuation.
37361 \begin_layout Enumerate
37369 may look prettier here.
37372 \begin_layout Enumerate
37376 Multiple spaces detected in output.
37379 \begin_layout Enumerate
37382 This text may be ignored.
37385 \begin_layout Enumerate
37391 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37396 to begin quotation,
37404 \begin_layout Enumerate
37415 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37423 \begin_layout Enumerate
37429 \begin_layout Enumerate
37432 You should perhaps use
37433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37447 \begin_layout Enumerate
37450 You should put a space in front of/after parenthesis.
37453 \begin_layout Enumerate
37456 You should avoid spaces in front of/after parenthesis.
37459 \begin_layout Enumerate
37463 You should not use punctuation in front of/after quotes.
37466 \begin_layout Enumerate
37469 Double space found.
37472 \begin_layout Enumerate
37475 You should put punctuation outside inner/inside display math mode.
37478 \begin_layout Enumerate
37481 You ought to not use primitive \SpecialChar TeX
37482 in \SpecialChar LaTeX
37486 \begin_layout Enumerate
37489 You should remove spaces in front of
37490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37498 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37504 \begin_layout Enumerate
37507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37518 is normally not followed by
37519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37533 \begin_layout Standard
37534 In later versions of \SpecialChar LyX
37536 we hope to provide a more complete interface to this tool (and it's smaller cousin
37540 ) to exploit the full power of it.
37541 But it's not exactly useless as it is now:
37542 go try it on one of your existing documents of a certain length and be surprised.
37545 \begin_layout Section
37546 Version Control in \SpecialChar LyX
37550 \begin_layout Standard
37553 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
37560 \begin_layout Subsection
37564 \begin_layout Standard
37566 supports some of the most basic RCS/CVS/SVN/GIT commands.
37567 If you need something a bit more sophisticated you will have to do that manually in a terminal.
37570 \begin_layout Standard
37571 Also note that CVS support is not as good as subversion support,
37572 so we advise using SVN instead.
37573 A good place to start learning Subversion is the SVN Book
37577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37578 \begin_inset CommandInset href
37580 target "http://svnbook.red-bean.com/"
37591 In the case of RCS you should read
37592 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37596 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37605 This file describes all the basic features of RCS.
37606 You should especially notice the comment about a RCS directory,
37607 and the notion of a master RCS file (the file ending in
37614 \begin_layout Standard
37615 Before you begin to use the version control features in \SpecialChar LyX
37617 you should be familiar with RCS/CVS/SVN/GIT usage.
37618 The implementation in \SpecialChar LyX
37619 assumes a recent version of the GNU RCS or CVS/SVN package —
37620 no guarantees are made for older versions.
37621 Most of the log messages are not currently displayed after operations —
37622 you can check them in the Messages pane if you are unsure.
37623 Regular users of version control will appreciate the VC toolbar,
37624 which can be enabled via
37626 View\SpecialChar menuseparator
37627 Toolbars\SpecialChar menuseparator
37629 \begin_inset space ~
37637 \begin_layout Standard
37638 For introducing your own external commands consult
37639 \begin_inset Flex Code
37642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37656 \begin_layout Standard
37657 It is strongly recommended to store documents in uncompressed format if using version control (uncheck
37659 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
37663 Uncompressed LyX documents are text files and therefore for merging two different versions by version control systems.
37664 Compressed LyX documents are binary files,
37665 which cannot be merged by version control systems.
37668 \begin_layout Subsection
37669 RCS commands in \SpecialChar LyX
37673 \begin_layout Standard
37674 The following sections describe the RCS commands supported by \SpecialChar LyX
37676 You can find them in the
37678 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
37680 \begin_inset space ~
37687 was tested against RCS 5.7/5.8.
37690 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37696 \begin_layout Standard
37697 If your document is not under revision control,
37698 this is the only item shown in the menu.
37699 And if it is under revision control,
37704 item is not visible.
37708 \begin_layout Standard
37709 This command registers your document with RCS (unless you are under the directory managed by CVS)\SpecialChar endofsentence
37710 You are asked interactively to supply an initial description of the document.
37711 The document is now set in Read-Only mode and you have to
37714 \begin_inset space ~
37718 \begin_inset space ~
37722 \begin_inset space ~
37728 before making any changes to it.
37729 A document under revision control has a
37730 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37733 [RCS:<version> <locker>]
37734 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37737 item tagged to the filename in the minibuffer.
37740 \begin_layout Standard
37741 RCS command that is run:
37744 \begin_layout LyX-Code
37747 ci -q -u -i -t-"<initial description>" <file-name>
37750 \begin_layout Standard
37755 to understand the switches.
37759 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37765 \begin_layout Standard
37766 When you are finished editing a file,
37767 you check in your changes.
37769 you are asked for a description of the changes.
37770 This is stored in the history log.
37771 The version number is bumped,
37772 your changes are applied to the master RCS file,
37773 the document is unlocked and set to Read-Only mode.
37776 \begin_layout Itemize
37780 ci -q -u -m"<description>" <file-name>
37783 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37789 \begin_layout Standard
37790 By doing this you lock the document so that only you can edit it.
37791 This will also make the document Read-Write only for you.
37792 You will usually continue editing for a while and when you are finished you check in your changes.
37793 The status line is changed to reflect that you have locked the file.
37796 \begin_layout Itemize
37800 co -q -l <file-name>
37803 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37806 Revert To Repository Version
37809 \begin_layout Standard
37810 This will discard all changes made to the document since the last check in.
37811 You get a warning before changes are discarded.
37814 \begin_layout Itemize
37818 co -f -u<version> <file-name>
37821 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37827 \begin_layout Standard
37828 This will create a copy of the current document.
37829 Since RCS does not support copy operations natively,
37830 the version history is not preserved,
37831 and the copy is added as a new file.
37832 It requires a clean document without any changes since the last checkin.
37833 You are asked for a file name and a description of the copy operation.
37834 After that the copy is created,
37835 both locally and in the repository.
37836 If the parent directories of the copied and original document differ,
37837 all relative paths of included files of the copy are adjusted (like in
37839 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
37845 the copy is loaded instead of the original document.
37848 \begin_layout Labeling
37849 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
37851 \begin_inset space ~
37856 \begin_inset space ~
37860 \begin_inset Newline newline
37864 \begin_inset Flex Code
37867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37870 \begin_inset Quotes qld
37874 \begin_inset Quotes qld
37883 \begin_inset Flex Code
37886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37889 \begin_inset Quotes qld
37893 \begin_inset Quotes qld
37902 \begin_inset Newline newline
37906 \begin_inset Flex Code
37909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37913 \begin_inset Quotes qld
37917 \begin_inset Quotes qld
37928 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37934 \begin_layout Standard
37935 This makes as if the last check in never happened.
37936 No changes are made to the document loaded into \SpecialChar LyX
37938 but the last version is removed from the master RCS file.
37941 \begin_layout Itemize
37945 rcs -o<version> <file-name>
37948 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37954 \begin_layout Standard
37955 This shows the complete history of the RCS document.
37960 is shown in a browser.
37968 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37972 \begin_layout Standard
37974 supports RCS version number,
37976 date and time of last commit.
37977 All those are extracted from
37979 rlog -r <file-name>
37983 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37985 reference "subsec:VCS-Revision-Information"
37993 \begin_layout Subsection
37994 CVS commands in \SpecialChar LyX
37998 \begin_layout Standard
37999 A subset of CVS operations is supported by \SpecialChar LyX
38001 You can find the commands in the
38003 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
38005 \begin_inset space ~
38011 The version control system SVN is more powerful,
38012 so please use it instead of CVS if possible.
38015 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38021 \begin_layout Standard
38022 If you start from scratch with CVS you have to create your repository and checkout the working copy with external tools.
38023 If you're using a client-server setup you may need to login before doing the first repository checkout.
38026 \begin_layout Standard
38027 If your documents are under revision control and others are using the same repository problems arise when different changes to the same document at the same location happen.
38028 Standard CVS repositories don't operate with a file locking mechanism.
38029 This may be surprising,
38030 but conflicts only occur if people disagree on the proper content of the same part of a document.
38032 if co-workers are used to communicate regularly,
38033 these conflicts occur rarely.
38034 If they don't communicate they have a fundamental problem anyway.
38035 Nevertheless some people like to work with so called
38036 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38040 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38044 If they do so the working copy of all files is readonly when checked out first and the user starts editing after using a special command to make the working copy writable.
38045 When the changes are checked in the working copy returns to readonly state.
38046 With \SpecialChar LyX
38047 one has to edit the
38048 \begin_inset Flex Code
38051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38057 file and add the line
38058 \begin_inset Flex Code
38061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38067 to work with reserved checkouts.
38068 The benefit is the possibility to see who is using a writable copy of some document.
38069 It's not guaranteed only one user makes a copy writable.
38072 \begin_layout Standard
38074 tries to guess if you're using reserved or non-reserved checkouts.
38075 If your working copy is readonly or it is writable and an additional copy of your document exists in the CVS/Base sub-directory a reserved otherwise a non-reserved checkout is assumed.
38076 When a reserved checkout is detected you have to use
38077 \begin_inset Flex Noun
38080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38086 to make your working copy writable if it's readonly.
38088 \begin_inset Flex Noun
38091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38097 operation is possible and that makes your working copy readonly again after transferring your changes to the repository.
38100 \begin_layout Standard
38101 More information about CVS can be found here
38102 \begin_inset Flex URL
38105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38107 http://www.nongnu.org/cvs
38113 \begin_inset Flex URL
38116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38118 http://ximbiot.com/cvs
38126 \begin_layout Standard
38131 to understand the sub-commands and the switches mentioned below.
38134 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38140 \begin_layout Standard
38141 If your document is not under revision control,
38142 this is the only item shown in the menu.
38143 And if it is under revision control,
38148 item is not visible.
38152 \begin_layout Standard
38153 This command registers in CVS your document
38154 \begin_inset Flex Strong
38157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38165 in the case you have already the documents directory under CVS control (in particular
38170 This means you have to create or checkout the archive by yourself using external tools.
38171 (In case you forget that step \SpecialChar LyX
38172 registers the document with RCS.)
38175 \begin_layout Standard
38176 Then you are asked interactively to supply an initial description of the document.
38177 Don't forget that registered file is not yet checked in.
38180 \begin_layout Standard
38181 CVS command that is run:
38184 cvs -q add -m"<entered message>" "<file-name>"
38187 \begin_layout Standard
38192 above and for all other CVS commands is an abbreviation for
38193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38196 change the current working directory to file location and use the file name without path component as argument
38197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38203 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38209 \begin_layout Standard
38210 When you are finished editing a file,
38211 you commit your changes.
38212 When you do this and you had changed the document,
38213 you are asked for a description of the changes.
38214 After that changes are written to the repository.
38215 In case you didn't change the document and a reserved checkout is detected the reservation made on
38216 \begin_inset Flex Noun
38219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38228 \begin_layout Labeling
38229 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
38231 \begin_inset space ~
38236 \begin_inset space ~
38240 \begin_inset Newline newline
38244 \begin_inset Flex Code
38247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38250 -q commit -m"<description>" "<file-name>"
38256 \begin_inset Newline newline
38260 \begin_inset Flex Code
38263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38274 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38280 \begin_layout Standard
38281 When you are sharing a repository with others,
38282 you may have to incorporate their changes into your working copy.
38285 \begin_layout Standard
38289 cvs -q update "<file-name>"
38292 \begin_layout Standard
38293 If a readonly checkout is detected the working copy is made writable and reserved.
38296 \begin_layout Standard
38300 cvs -q edit "<file-name>"
38303 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38306 Revert To Repository Version
38309 \begin_layout Standard
38310 This will discard all changes made to the document since the last check in.
38311 You get a warning before changes are discarded.
38312 Firstly the file is deleted,
38313 secondly CVS update command is run.
38316 \begin_layout Standard
38320 cvs -q update "<file-name>"
38323 \begin_layout Standard
38324 If a reserved checkout is detected and the working copy has no changes only the reservation is undone.
38327 \begin_layout Standard
38331 cvs -q unedit "<file-name>"
38334 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38340 \begin_layout Standard
38341 This will create a copy of the current document.
38342 Since CVS does not support copy operations natively,
38343 the version history is not preserved,
38344 and the copy is added as a new file.
38345 It requires a clean document without any changes since the last checkin.
38346 You are asked for a file name and a description of the copy operation.
38347 After that the copy is created,
38348 both locally and in the repository.
38349 If the parent directories of the copied and original document differ,
38350 all relative paths of included files of the copy are adjusted (like in
38352 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
38358 the copy is loaded instead of the original document.
38361 \begin_layout Labeling
38362 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
38364 \begin_inset space ~
38369 \begin_inset space ~
38373 \begin_inset Newline newline
38377 \begin_inset Flex Code
38380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38387 \begin_inset Flex Code
38390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38397 \begin_inset Newline newline
38401 \begin_inset Flex Code
38404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38405 cvs -q add "<new-file-name>"
38413 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38419 \begin_layout Standard
38420 This will rename the current document.
38421 Since CVS does not support rename operations natively,
38422 the version history is not preserved,
38423 the renamed document is added as a new file,
38424 and the original document is deleted.
38425 It requires a clean document without any changes since the last checkin.
38426 You are asked for a file name and a description of the rename operation.
38427 After that the document is renamed,
38428 both locally and in the repository.
38429 If the parent directories of the new and old file names differ,
38430 all relative paths of included files are adjusted (like in
38432 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
38438 the document is reloaded using the new name.
38441 \begin_layout Labeling
38442 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
38444 \begin_inset space ~
38449 \begin_inset space ~
38453 \begin_inset Newline newline
38457 \begin_inset Flex Code
38460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38467 \begin_inset Flex Code
38470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38477 \begin_inset Newline newline
38481 \begin_inset Flex Code
38484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38485 cvs -q add "<new-file-name>"
38491 \begin_inset Newline newline
38495 \begin_inset Flex Code
38498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38499 cvs -q remove "<file-name>"
38507 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38508 Update of the local directory checkout from repository
38511 \begin_layout Standard
38512 Once your documents gets more complex,
38513 containing sub-documents and pictures,
38515 \begin_inset Flex Code
38518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38524 files and so on using version control becomes more complicated.
38526 supports updating the whole tree in which resides the document.
38527 This become especially useful once you cooperate with people which neither have detailed knowledge about CVS usage nor they have ambition to commit additional material to the repository.
38528 You have to organize the files structure so that all external files are in the same directory or subdirectories of the document.
38529 It's good practice anyway to store multipart documents in an extra directory.
38532 \begin_layout Standard
38534 \begin_inset Flex Code
38537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38538 Update local directory from repository
38543 command updates the whole directory.
38544 If local changes are detected user is warned before update starts.
38545 In case of merge conflicts both versions of the conflicting document parts are placed in the final document.
38546 You have to review and correct the result of the merge.
38547 You'll find the conflicts enclosed in pairs of
38548 \begin_inset Flex Code
38551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38558 \begin_inset Flex Code
38561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38568 \begin_inset Flex Code
38571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38578 The first part is your version as before the update operation with the document name prepended.
38579 The second one is the repository version with the version number after the sequence of
38580 \begin_inset Flex Code
38583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38592 \begin_layout Labeling
38593 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
38595 \begin_inset space ~
38600 \begin_inset space ~
38604 \begin_inset Newline newline
38608 \begin_inset Flex Code
38611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38620 (Ask if changes are detected.)
38621 \begin_inset Newline newline
38625 \begin_inset Flex Code
38628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38640 \begin_layout Standard
38642 \begin_inset Flex Code
38645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38651 stands for the path to the document.
38654 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38660 \begin_layout Standard
38661 This shows the complete history of the CVS document.
38664 cvs log "<file-name>"
38666 is shown in a browser.
38669 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38673 \begin_layout Standard
38675 supports CVS version number,
38677 date and time of last commit.
38678 All those are extracted from
38680 cvs log -r <file-name>
38684 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38686 reference "subsec:VCS-Revision-Information"
38694 \begin_layout Subsection
38695 SVN commands in \SpecialChar LyX
38699 \begin_layout Standard
38700 SVN is now partially supported by \SpecialChar LyX
38702 You can find the commands in the
38704 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
38706 \begin_inset space ~
38712 Please note that if you use password protected access to repository via ssh,
38713 you will be asked in terminal window.
38715 was tested against SVN 1.5,
38721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38722 Most of the commands will work with 1.4 too,
38724 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38726 reference "subsec:SVN-Repo-Update"
38732 There seems to be currently unresolved permissions problem under SVN 1.8 with reverting changes when file is locked.
38740 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38746 \begin_layout Standard
38747 If your document is not under revision control,
38748 this is the only item shown in the menu.
38749 And if it is under revision control,
38754 item is not visible.
38757 \begin_layout Standard
38758 This command registers in SVN your document ONLY in case you have already the documents directory under SVN control (in particular
38763 This means you have to checkout the archive by yourself.
38766 \begin_layout Standard
38767 Then you are asked interactively to supply an initial description of the document.
38768 Don't forget that registered file is not yet commited.
38771 \begin_layout Standard
38772 SVN command that is run:
38776 \begin_inset Quotes qld
38780 \begin_inset Quotes qld
38786 \begin_layout Standard
38791 to understand the switches.
38794 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38800 \begin_layout Standard
38801 When you are finished editing a file,
38802 you commit your changes.
38804 you are asked for a description of the changes.
38805 After that changes are commited.
38808 \begin_layout Standard
38813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38814 In case locking is not enabled.
38816 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38818 reference "subsec:SVN-File-Locking"
38830 svn commit -q -m"<description>" <file-name>
38833 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38839 \begin_layout Standard
38840 Updates the changes of this file from the repository.
38841 Be sure you understand SVN merging and conflicts resolving before using this function,
38842 because all conflicts has to be resolved manually by you!
38845 \begin_layout Standard
38850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38858 svn update --non-interactive
38859 \begin_inset Quotes qld
38863 \begin_inset Quotes qld
38869 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38872 Revert To Repository Version
38875 \begin_layout Standard
38876 This will discard all changes made to the document since the last check in.
38877 You get a warning before changes are discarded.
38880 \begin_layout Standard
38885 \begin_inset Quotes qld
38889 \begin_inset Quotes qld
38895 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38901 \begin_layout Standard
38902 This will create a copy of the current document including the version history.
38903 It requires a clean document without any changes since the last checkin.
38904 You are asked for a file name and a description of the copy operation.
38905 After that the copy is created,
38906 both locally and in the repository.
38907 If the parent directories of the copied and original document differ,
38908 all relative paths of included files of the copy are adjusted (like in
38910 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
38916 the copy is loaded instead of the original document.
38919 \begin_layout Labeling
38920 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
38922 \begin_inset space ~
38927 \begin_inset space ~
38931 \begin_inset Newline newline
38935 \begin_inset Flex Code
38938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38942 \begin_inset Quotes qld
38946 \begin_inset Quotes qld
38950 \begin_inset Quotes qld
38954 \begin_inset Quotes qld
38963 \begin_inset Newline newline
38967 \begin_inset Flex Code
38970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38979 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38985 \begin_layout Standard
38986 This will rename the current document including the version history.
38987 It requires a clean document without any changes since the last checkin.
38988 You are asked for a file name and a description of the rename operation.
38989 After that the document is renamed,
38990 both locally and in the repository.
38991 If the parent directories of the new and old file names differ,
38992 all relative paths of included files are adjusted (like in
38994 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
39000 the document is reloaded using the new name.
39003 \begin_layout Labeling
39004 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
39006 \begin_inset space ~
39011 \begin_inset space ~
39015 \begin_inset Newline newline
39019 \begin_inset Flex Code
39022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39026 \begin_inset Quotes qld
39030 \begin_inset Quotes qld
39034 \begin_inset Quotes qld
39038 \begin_inset Quotes qld
39047 \begin_inset Newline newline
39051 \begin_inset Flex Code
39054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39063 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39064 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39066 name "subsec:SVN-Repo-Update"
39070 Update of the local directory checkout from repository
39074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39075 Note that this command will work only with subversion
39076 \begin_inset Formula $\geqq1.5$
39087 \begin_layout Standard
39088 All the commands above have one shortcoming – they deal with the current document only.
39089 Once your document contains pictures,
39091 \begin_inset Flex Code
39094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39100 files and so on administration becomes more complicated.
39102 now supports updating the whole tree in which resides the document
39106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39107 One need to organize the files structure so that all external files are in the same directory or subdirectories of the document.
39114 This become especially useful once you cooperate with people which neither know about subversion management nor they have ambition to commit additional material to the repository.
39118 \begin_layout Standard
39119 \begin_inset Flex Code
39122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39123 Update local directory from repository
39128 command updates the whole directory and in case of merge conflicts local version of the files are left,
39129 so no unintended data loss occurs.
39130 If local changes are detected user is warned before update starts.
39133 \begin_layout Labeling
39134 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
39136 \begin_inset space ~
39141 \begin_inset space ~
39145 \begin_inset Newline newline
39149 \begin_inset Flex Code
39152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39158 (Ask if changes are detected.)
39159 \begin_inset Newline newline
39163 \begin_inset Flex Code
39166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39167 svn update --accept mine-full $path
39175 \begin_layout Standard
39177 \begin_inset Flex Code
39180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39186 stands for the path to the document.
39189 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39195 \begin_layout Standard
39196 This shows the complete history of the SVN document.
39200 \begin_inset Quotes qld
39204 \begin_inset Quotes qld
39209 is shown in a browser.
39212 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39214 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39216 name "subsec:SVN-File-Locking"
39223 \begin_layout Standard
39224 The file exchange through various revision control systems brings the problem of merge conflicts in case two different users try to edit the same (parts of) document.
39225 When such a conflict happens it needs manual resolving and one reasonable alternative is to provide some kind of locking mechanism,
39226 which guarantees that only one user is allowed to edit file at the given time.
39229 \begin_layout Standard
39230 SVN has two such mechanisms to provide mutual exclusivity for file access – locks and automatic setting of write permissions (see sec.
39232 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39234 reference "subsec:Automatical-Locking-Property"
39240 \begin_inset Flex Code
39243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39254 \begin_inset Flex URL
39257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39259 http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.2/svn.advanced.locking.html
39270 If this property is detected for a given document \SpecialChar LyX
39271 starts to use SVN locks for document editing automatically and the whole check-in/out mechanism switches to the same regimen as for RCS.
39272 This in particular means there are two different modes of file use in \SpecialChar LyX
39276 \begin_layout Itemize
39278 The loaded file is in the read-only mode.
39279 For editing on needs to check-out.
39284 consists of updating from the repository and gaining write lock.
39285 If the lock is not possible to obtain,
39286 we remain in unlocked state.
39289 \begin_layout Itemize
39291 The loaded file is in the
39292 \begin_inset Quotes els
39296 \begin_inset Quotes ers
39300 No other user is allowed to edit the file.
39305 consists of commiting changes and releasing write-lock.
39306 If no changes have been made to the document,
39307 no commit will be produced
39311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39312 Don't be puzzled by the fact that you will be asked for commit message anyway.
39317 and only the write-lock will be released.
39320 \begin_layout Standard
39324 \begin_layout Labeling
39325 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
39329 svn commit -q -m"<description>" "<file-name>"
39330 \begin_inset Newline newline
39333 svn unlock "<file-name>"
39336 \begin_layout Labeling
39337 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
39341 svn update "<file-name>"
39342 \begin_inset Newline newline
39345 svn lock "<file-name>"
39348 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39351 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39353 name "subsec:Automatical-Locking-Property"
39359 Automatic Locking Property
39362 \begin_layout Standard
39363 The above mentioned automatic setting of write permissions of the .lyx file can be set through
39365 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
39367 \begin_inset space ~
39370 Control\SpecialChar menuseparator
39371 Use Locking Property
39374 This command is active only when the file is not locked on the svn server (i.e.
39375 you need to check-out before proceeding).
39378 \begin_layout Labeling
39379 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
39381 \begin_inset space ~
39387 \begin_layout Labeling
39388 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
39392 svn propset svn:needs-lock ON "<file-name>"
39395 \begin_layout Labeling
39396 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
39400 svn propdel svn:needs-lock "<file-name>"
39403 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39404 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39406 name "subsec:VCS-Revision-Information"
39410 Revision Information in Documents
39413 \begin_layout Standard
39414 There are more possibilities how to activate revision information in our document.
39417 \begin_layout Itemize
39423 \begin_layout Itemize
39424 tree revision information (
39425 \begin_inset Flex Code
39428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39435 The result is the output of the
39436 \begin_inset Flex Code
39439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39446 the following table gives you an idea,
39447 how to read the results.
39450 \begin_layout Standard
39452 \begin_inset Tabular
39453 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
39454 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
39455 <column alignment="left" valignment="top">
39456 <column alignment="left" valignment="top">
39458 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
39461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39469 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
39472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39482 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
39485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39491 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
39494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39495 mixed revision working copy
39502 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
39505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39511 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
39514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39515 modified working copy
39522 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
39525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39531 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
39534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39535 switched working copy
39542 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
39545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39551 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
39554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39555 partial working copy,
39556 from a sparse checkout
39563 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
39566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39572 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
39575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39578 switched working copy
39591 \begin_layout Itemize
39592 file revision information.
39593 The result comes from parsing the output of
39594 \begin_inset Flex Code
39597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39599 \begin_inset space ~
39603 \begin_inset space ~
39607 \begin_inset space ~
39616 Supported flags are:
39620 \begin_layout Itemize
39621 version number of the last commit (
39622 \begin_inset Flex Code
39625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39634 \begin_layout Itemize
39635 author of the last commit (
39636 \begin_inset Flex Code
39639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39648 \begin_layout Itemize
39649 date of the last commit (
39650 \begin_inset Flex Code
39653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39662 \begin_layout Itemize
39663 time of the last commit (
39664 \begin_inset Flex Code
39667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39677 \begin_layout Standard
39678 You can obtain this info via InsetInfo (
39679 \change_inserted 5863208 1564400022
39682 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
39683 Field\SpecialChar menuseparator
39684 Version Control Revision
39685 \change_deleted 5863208 1564399852
39690 \begin_inset Flex Code
39693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39694 info-insert buffer vcs-date
39702 The information will be available only when you have the file stored under svn managment (i.e.
39704 \begin_inset Flex Code
39707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39713 directory is available with your document).
39717 \begin_layout Itemize
39720 possibility is to use svn keywords
39724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39725 http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.4/svn.advanced.props.special.keywords.html
39731 In short – you set file keywords property (e.g.
39734 svn propset svn:keywords 'Rev' file.lyx
39736 ) and then paste keyword \SpecialChar TeX
39741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39742 This is an easy way how to ensure that \SpecialChar LyX
39743 won't break the line in the middle of keyword tag.
39748 tag in your document (e.g.
39750 \begin_inset Flex Code
39753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39760 This way svn client will automatically substitute revision number (e.g.
39762 \begin_inset Flex Code
39765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39772 ) after each update and commit.
39773 There are more problems with this approach.
39775 the '$' character is used in \SpecialChar TeX
39776 world for math equations,
39777 so any occurence of math formula
39778 \begin_inset Formula $Rev$
39782 \begin_inset Formula $Rev:59$
39785 in your \SpecialChar LyX
39787 Similarly for other keywords like Id,
39791 Secondly svn output is dependent on your locales,
39792 so its very easy that svn would produce some problematic strings once Date is used.
39793 Thirdly you get the whole 'Rev:
39794 59' string in your document instead of the plain number.
39795 Until subversion implements user's custom keywords it will be hard to use this approach reliably or let \SpecialChar LyX
39796 to support it directly.
39799 \begin_layout Subsection
39800 SVN and Windows Environment
39803 \begin_layout Quote
39804 My inclination is to say that if the user cannot figure out the command line operations on their own fairly quickly,
39805 they would be well advised to use TortoiseSVN.
39812 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39816 \begin_layout Standard
39817 In addition to installing \SpecialChar LyX
39819 and having access to a Subversion repository,
39820 the user will need to install the Subversion client program.
39821 A Windows installer for the client program is available from
39822 \begin_inset CommandInset href
39825 target "http://www.collab.net/nonav/downloads/subversion/"
39831 The user may also want to install
39832 \begin_inset CommandInset href
39835 target "http://tortoisesvn.tigris.org/"
39841 which integrates Subversion operations into the context (rightclick) menu of Windows Explorer.
39842 Operations done outside \SpecialChar LyX
39843 will typically be more convenient using the Explorer context menu.
39844 Note that TortoiseSVN is not a replacement for the client program,
39845 which is what \SpecialChar LyX
39849 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39850 Bringing a document under Subversion control
39853 \begin_layout Standard
39854 Before a \SpecialChar LyX
39855 document can be brought under version control in Subversion,
39856 its parent directory needs to be under version control.
39857 If the document is being added to a project already in the repository,
39858 this is accomplished by checking the project out to the directory where the new document will be placed.
39859 If the project itself is not yet under version control (for instance,
39860 if this document starts a new project),
39861 the directory must be imported into the repository.
39862 This is done outside \SpecialChar LyX
39864 Both import and checkout are easily accomplished from the Explorer context menu using TortoiseSVN,
39865 or alternatively can be done using the command line client at a DOS prompt.
39866 The procedure for importing the project using TortoiseSVN is described below,
39867 assuming an existing repository and a new project being started in
39874 For information on using the Subversion client program,
39882 \begin_layout Enumerate
39889 in Windows Explorer,
39893 TortoiseSVN\SpecialChar menuseparator
39898 adjust the URL for the repository,
39902 \begin_layout Enumerate
39903 Right click the level of the repository under which you want to place the new project folder (typically the top level) and click
39907 Supply a name for the project folder and click OK.
39908 Add a message for the log file if desired,
39909 then click OK again.
39910 The new project folder should appear in the repository.
39912 click OK again to exit the repository browser.
39915 \begin_layout Enumerate
39916 Once again right click
39923 this time selecting SVN Checkout\SpecialChar ldots
39924 Select the URL of the project folder you just created in the repository,
39925 and set the checkout directory to
39933 You will be warned about a non-empty folder;
39934 click OK to proceed.
39935 You should now have a
39946 \begin_layout Enumerate
39947 Create or open your document in \SpecialChar LyX
39950 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
39952 \begin_inset space ~
39955 Control\SpecialChar menuseparator
39959 Add a log message and click OK to commit the document to version control.
39962 \begin_layout Standard
39963 From this point onward,
39964 you should have full functionality in the
39966 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
39968 \begin_inset space ~
39974 You also have the option of checking the document in and out,
39975 viewing its history,
39977 using the TortoiseSVN context menu in Windows Explorer or the Subversion client program from a command prompt.
39980 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39981 SSH tunnel used with SVN under Windows
39984 \begin_layout Standard
39985 Compared with Linux setting up an svn client to communicate over ssh under Windows is a rather troublesome task.
39986 We will at least offer some hints how to setup the client side but prior knowledge about ssh and the Windows command line is needed,
39987 also be prepared for a great deal of frustration\SpecialChar ldots
39991 \begin_layout Enumerate
39992 Get an svn client for windows,
39993 as described in the previous sections.
39994 When it is a fresh install run some svn command (e.g.
39996 \begin_inset Flex Code
39999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40005 ) to create config files,
40006 which you will need to change later on.
40009 \begin_layout Enumerate
40010 Choose an ssh client for Windows.
40011 There are several possibilities,
40012 we will use the one from Putty tools
40016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40017 \begin_inset Flex URL
40020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40022 http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html
40033 You will need to set the connection up so that the client doesn't ask for any password from you.
40034 To keep things easy we will use only keys without any additional password protection etc.
40038 \begin_layout Enumerate
40040 \begin_inset Flex Code
40043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40050 Save your private .ppk key file and put the public one on the server side.
40051 If the SVN server runs on Linux,
40052 note that the format of the public key is not compatible with Linux openssh and you will need to direcly copy-paste the key from the
40053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40058 Public key for pasting into OpenSSH authorized_keys file
40061 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40064 edit field into the server's
40065 \begin_inset Flex Code
40068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40069 ~/.ssh/authorized_keys
40075 \begin_inset Flex Code
40078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40087 \begin_layout Enumerate
40089 \begin_inset Flex Code
40092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40099 In the SVN config file
40103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40104 Exact path depends on Windows version,
40105 usually somewhere around
40106 \begin_inset Flex Code
40109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40112 Documents and Settings
40126 \begin_inset Flex Code
40129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40149 \begin_inset Flex Code
40152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40153 ssh=c:/path/plink.exe -i c:/path/private_key.ppk
40162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40163 It will usually take a lot of time to get exact command right and it depends on many things.
40164 For example do not have some remote server saved as a default session in Putty etc.
40166 try to connect via plink without SVN first.
40175 \begin_layout Enumerate
40176 Checkout the SVN archive,
40178 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40182 \begin_inset Newline newline
40186 \begin_inset Flex Code
40189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40190 svn co svn+ssh://user@server/repository_path
40198 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40199 End-of-Line Conversions
40202 \begin_layout Standard
40203 When the collaborators are mixing Linux and Windows environments,
40205 will use different line endings inside the .lyx files.
40206 This is not a problem as far as \SpecialChar LyX
40207 functionality is concerned,
40208 but the commit diffs will be huge and merge-conflicts prone.
40209 Fortunately SVN itself knows
40213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40214 \begin_inset Flex URL
40217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40219 http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.4/svn.advanced.props.file-portability.html
40229 how to deal with CR/LF problems when switching .lyx files to the
40230 \begin_inset Flex Code
40233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40246 \begin_inset Flex Code
40249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40250 svn propset svn:eol-style native FILE_NAME
40263 \begin_layout Subsection
40264 GIT commands in \SpecialChar LyX
40268 \begin_layout Standard
40269 A minimal subset of GIT commands is now supported by \SpecialChar LyX
40271 You can find the commands in the
40273 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
40275 \begin_inset space ~
40281 Please note that if you use password protected access to repository via ssh,
40282 you will be asked in terminal window.
40284 was tested against GIT 1.7.
40288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40289 Windows users please note that you need to ensure that git is on the path.
40290 This can be set from within \SpecialChar LyX
40293 Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
40294 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
40295 Paths\SpecialChar menuseparator
40306 \begin_layout Standard
40307 One big difference of GIT and the other supported version control systems is the distributed nature of GIT:
40308 With traditional version control systems there is one central server which hosts the repository.
40309 Users commit their changes to the server,
40310 and get updates made by other users from it.
40312 users commit to a local repository.
40313 The local repository can be synchronized with one or more remote repositories using the
40314 \begin_inset Flex Code
40317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40324 \begin_inset Flex Code
40327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40335 does not interact in any way with remote GIT repositories.
40336 It works exclusively with the local repository in a very similar way as with a central CVS or SVN repository.
40337 If you use remote GIT repositories you need to do the
40338 \begin_inset Flex Code
40341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40348 \begin_inset Flex Code
40351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40357 operations with your favourite GIT client.
40360 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40366 \begin_layout Standard
40367 If your document is not under revision control,
40368 this is the only item shown in the menu.
40369 And if it is under revision control,
40374 item is not visible.
40377 \begin_layout Standard
40378 This command registers in GIT your document ONLY in case you have already the documents directory under GIT control (in particular
40383 This means you have to checkout the archive by yourself.
40386 \begin_layout Standard
40387 Then you are asked interactively to supply an initial description of the document.
40388 Don't forget that registered file is not yet committed.
40391 \begin_layout Standard
40392 GIT command that is run:
40396 \begin_inset Quotes qld
40400 \begin_inset Quotes qld
40406 \begin_layout Standard
40411 to understand the switches.
40414 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40420 \begin_layout Standard
40421 When you are finished editing a file,
40422 you commit your changes.
40424 you are asked for a description of the changes.
40425 After that changes are committed.
40428 \begin_layout Standard
40432 git commit -q -m"<description>" <file-name>
40435 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40438 Revert To Repository Version
40441 \begin_layout Standard
40442 This will discard all changes made to the document since the last check in.
40443 You get a warning before changes are discarded.
40446 \begin_layout Standard
40451 \begin_inset Quotes qld
40455 \begin_inset Quotes qld
40461 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40467 \begin_layout Standard
40468 This will rename the current document including the version history.
40469 It requires a clean document without any changes since the last checkin.
40470 You are asked for a file name and a description of the rename operation.
40471 After that the document is renamed,
40472 both locally and in the repository.
40473 If the parent directories of the new and old file names differ,
40474 all relative paths of included files are adjusted (like in
40476 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
40482 the document is reloaded using the new name.
40485 \begin_layout Labeling
40486 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
40488 \begin_inset space ~
40493 \begin_inset space ~
40497 \begin_inset Newline newline
40501 \begin_inset Flex Code
40504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40508 \begin_inset Quotes qld
40512 \begin_inset Quotes qld
40516 \begin_inset Quotes qld
40520 \begin_inset Quotes qld
40529 \begin_inset Newline newline
40533 \begin_inset Flex Code
40536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40545 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40551 \begin_layout Standard
40552 This shows the complete history of the GIT document.
40556 \begin_inset Quotes qld
40560 \begin_inset Quotes qld
40565 is shown in a browser.
40568 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40572 \begin_layout Standard
40574 supports GIT hash number of the last commit to the file,
40576 \change_inserted 1119979965 1564297456
40577 its abbreviated form,
40581 date and time of last commit.
40582 All those are extracted from
40584 git log -n 1 --pretty=format:%H%n
40585 \change_inserted 1119979965 1564297427
40591 Tree version information is obtained via
40593 git describe --abbrev --dirty --long
40597 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40599 reference "subsec:VCS-Revision-Information"
40607 \begin_layout Subsection
40611 \begin_layout Standard
40612 With the recent addition of the
40613 \begin_inset Flex Code
40616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40622 function \SpecialChar LyX
40623 power users are allowed to create their own commands for revision control.
40626 \begin_layout Standard
40627 As an example you can see how two TortoiseSVN commands could be integrated directly:
40630 \begin_layout Description
40633 \begin_inset Flex Code
40636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40637 vc-command DR "." "TortoiseProc /command:commit /path:$$p"
40645 \begin_layout Description
40648 \begin_inset Flex Code
40651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40652 vc-command DR "." "TortoiseProc /command:revert /path:$$p"
40660 \begin_layout Subsection
40661 Version control and Document comparison
40664 \begin_layout Standard
40665 One of the typical uses of version control is to inspect the changes between revisions,
40666 usually by creating
40667 \begin_inset Flex Code
40670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40677 While this is useful for plain text files,
40678 it is much less useful in the case of \SpecialChar LyX
40680 which have more a complicated structure.
40681 Hence we provide binding to the Document comparison feature.
40682 There are two ways of calling this feature – either by direct call of
40683 \begin_inset Flex Code
40686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40693 function (for details see \SpecialChar LyX
40694 functions manual) or by the toolbar icon
40708 One can either compare two chosen revisions of the document or he can simply compare the current version of edited text with older revisions (where '
40709 \begin_inset Flex Noun
40712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40718 ' revisions back means comparison of the edited file with last commited revision).
40722 \begin_layout Standard
40723 This feature is supported for SVN and RCS though due to the more complicated versioning scheme of RCS there is a constraint – when addressing the revisions in dialog,
40724 numbers always point to the last number in RCS revision number,
40727 We don't currently support GIT addressing of revisions,
40728 one can just compare edited document with its revision X steps backs,
40729 where X is addressed as
40730 \begin_inset Flex Code
40733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40742 \begin_layout Section
40744 \change_inserted 564990737 1672161575
40745 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40747 name "sec:Literate-Programming"
40753 Literate Programming
40756 \begin_layout Standard
40761 (kayvan@sylvan.com)
40766 original documentation written by
40768 Edmar Wienskoski Jr.
40771 (edmar-w-jr@technologist.com)
40774 \begin_layout Subsection
40778 \begin_layout Standard
40779 The main purpose of this documentation is to show you how to use \SpecialChar LyX
40780 for literate programming,
40781 where it is assumed that you are familiar with this programming technique,
40783 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40787 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40791 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40799 If that is not the case,
40800 please follow the web links provided in the following sections.
40801 There is a lot of good documentation out there covering old development history to the latest tools tips.
40804 \begin_layout Standard
40805 It is also assumed that you are familiar with \SpecialChar LyX
40806 itself to a point that you are comfortable changing your \SpecialChar LyX
40808 and X resources file.
40809 If that is not the case please refer to other \SpecialChar LyX
40810 documentation to cover your specific needs.
40813 \begin_layout Subsection
40814 Literate Programming
40817 \begin_layout Standard
40818 From the Literate Programming FAQ:
40822 \begin_layout Quotation
40823 Literate programming is the combination of documentation and source together in a fashion suited for reading by human beings.
40825 literate programs should be enjoyable reading,
40828 I couldn't resist!) In general,
40829 literate programs combine source and documentation in a single file.
40830 Literate programming tools then parse the file to produce either readable documentation or compilable source.
40831 The WEB style of literate programming was created by D.
40832 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40836 Knuth during the development of his \SpecialChar TeX
40837 typesetting software.
40841 \begin_layout Standard
40842 Another excerpt says:
40845 \begin_layout Quotation
40848 How is literate programming different from verbose commenting?
40851 \begin_layout Quotation
40852 There are three distinguishing characteristics.
40853 In order of importance,
40859 \begin_layout Itemize
40860 flexible order of elaboration
40863 \begin_layout Itemize
40864 automatic support for browsing
40867 \begin_layout Itemize
40868 typeset documentation,
40869 especially diagrams and mathematics
40873 \begin_layout Standard
40874 Now that I sparked your curiosity,
40875 take a look in the references.
40878 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40882 \begin_layout Standard
40883 The complete Literate Programming FAQ can be found at:
40886 \begin_layout Quote
40887 Literate Programming FAQ
40888 \begin_inset Flex URL
40891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40893 http://www.literateprogramming.com/lpfaq.pdf
40901 \begin_layout Standard
40902 The FAQ lists 23 (twenty three!) different literate programming tools.
40903 Where some are specialized or
40904 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40908 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40911 for particular programming languages,
40912 while other have general scope.
40917 for my own use for several reasons:
40920 \begin_layout Itemize
40921 It can generate the documentation either in \SpecialChar LaTeX
40925 \begin_layout Itemize
40926 It has a open architecture,
40928 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40932 \begin_inset space \space{}
40935 it is easy to plug in new filters
40939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40944 are programs that read a given data stream and output a manipulated data stream.
40946 a WEB file (consisting of literate code) can be turned into a file consisting only of C program code or \SpecialChar LaTeX
40952 and to perform special processing that you may need.
40956 \begin_layout Itemize
40957 There is a good selection of filters available already (the HTML is one of them).
40960 \begin_layout Itemize
40964 \begin_layout Standard
40965 The Noweb web page can be found at:
40969 \begin_layout Quote
40971 \begin_inset Flex URL
40974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40976 https://www.cs.tufts.edu/~nr/noweb/
40984 \begin_layout Standard
40985 Starting from there you can reach many other interesting links and even some literate program examples.
40988 \begin_layout Subsection
40990 and Literate Programming with Noweb
40993 \begin_layout Standard
40994 The \SpecialChar LyX
40995 support for Literate Programming is provided by using the generic \SpecialChar LyX
40996 converters mechanism.
40997 This support is provided in a
40998 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41002 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41007 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41011 \begin_inset space \space{}
41014 you will be able to use this new \SpecialChar LyX
41015 feature with some other literate programming tool of your choice by just changing your \SpecialChar LyX
41019 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41020 Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling)
41023 \begin_layout Paragraph
41024 Using the noweb module
41027 \begin_layout Standard
41028 If you have installed Noweb and \SpecialChar LyX
41030 whenever you open a new document,
41031 after you have chosen its document class,
41034 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
41038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41042 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41046 If Noweb is correctly installed,
41047 when you click on the
41048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41061 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41064 module in the available list and you can add it to your document.
41067 \begin_layout Paragraph
41071 \begin_layout Standard
41073 enables you to write code with a custom inset named
41074 \begin_inset Flex Noun
41077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41084 Noweb delimits chunks like this:
41087 \begin_layout LyX-Code
41091 \begin_layout LyX-Code
41095 \begin_layout LyX-Code
41099 \begin_layout LyX-Code
41103 \begin_layout LyX-Code
41107 \begin_layout Standard
41108 The problem is that whatever is written in between the << and the
41112 must be taken literally,
41114 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41118 \begin_inset space \space{}
41122 should be prevented from making any special interpretation of what has been written.
41123 This is also handled by
41124 \begin_inset Flex Noun
41127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41134 that works like a normal text inset but has a free spacing capability.
41137 \begin_layout Standard
41139 you can also use the
41140 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41144 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41147 construct of Noweb in your chunks to add items to Noweb's identifier cross-reference:
41150 \begin_layout LyX-Code
41154 \begin_layout LyX-Code
41155 def some_function(args):
41158 \begin_layout LyX-Code
41159 "This is the doc string for this function."
41162 \begin_layout LyX-Code
41168 \begin_layout LyX-Code
41169 @ %def some_function
41172 \begin_layout Standard
41173 For an example of this usage and the resulting cross-reference output,
41174 look at the Literate python program in
41176 LIBDIR/examples/listerrors.lyx
41178 which should make this all clear.
41181 \begin_layout Paragraph
41182 Generating the documentation
41185 \begin_layout Standard
41186 At this point you already have a new document file with a proper document class,
41187 and with some code and text on it.
41189 The answer is simple,
41192 View\SpecialChar menuseparator
41197 Just like you would do for a plain document.
41198 No special procedure is required.
41201 \begin_layout Standard
41202 To help orientate you,
41203 I will now explain what happens inside \SpecialChar LyX
41207 \begin_layout Enumerate
41210 Update\SpecialChar menuseparator
41213 menu option is chosen,
41214 a \SpecialChar LaTeX
41220 \begin_layout Standard
41221 If the document is of any literate class the generated file will be named with an extension name defined by the
41222 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41226 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41229 format (defined in the Preferences panel),
41230 otherwise the file will have the usual
41238 \begin_layout Enumerate
41239 Note that the only difference so far is in the name of the file,
41240 no special processing is required by \SpecialChar LyX
41242 Given that you formatted the code using the
41243 \begin_inset Flex Noun
41246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41254 takes care of the business.
41257 \begin_layout Enumerate
41258 If the document is of any literate class \SpecialChar LyX
41259 will then use the internal \SpecialChar LyX
41260 to Noweb converter,
41261 followed by the Noweb to \SpecialChar LaTeX
41266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41267 The converters are defined in the
41269 Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
41274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41278 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41290 manual for general information about converters.
41295 to generate the \SpecialChar LaTeX
41300 \begin_layout Standard
41301 Otherwise it will just skip this step.
41305 \begin_layout Enumerate
41308 is invoked and the regular post processing continues as in a plain document.
41311 \begin_layout Standard
41312 Independence from a particular
41313 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41317 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41320 is easily achieved by changing the commands that are run by the various converters.
41323 \begin_layout Paragraph
41324 Generating the code
41327 \begin_layout Standard
41328 When the build menu option is chosen or the corresponding button in the toolbar is pressed,
41329 a \SpecialChar LaTeX
41330 file is generated just like step 1 above.
41338 This converter needs to be defined by the user and is not installed by default,
41339 though the Program format is.
41340 This converter (like any other converter) will have two parts:
41343 \begin_layout Enumerate
41344 The converter program itself.
41345 This program performs the conversion from the one format to the other (in this case,
41346 from the Noweb format to the Program pseudo-format).
41349 \begin_layout Enumerate
41350 The error log parser.
41351 This is a program whose sole purpose is to rewrite error messages in a format that \SpecialChar LyX
41353 This makes it possible for \SpecialChar LyX
41354 to place error boxes in the right places in the file buffer.
41357 \begin_layout Standard
41360 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41364 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41371 \begin_layout LyX-Code
41379 \begin_layout Standard
41380 This basically means that \SpecialChar LyX
41382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41389 (a program or script) with the name of the Noweb file (normally a file in the \SpecialChar LyX
41390 temp directory) and the directory path of the original \SpecialChar LyX
41395 \begin_layout Standard
41396 This is an implementation of
41397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41404 that you can place in a directory on your path:
41407 \begin_layout LyX-Code
41413 \begin_layout LyX-Code
41419 \begin_layout LyX-Code
41422 notangle -Rbuild-script $1 | env NOWEB_SOURCE=$1 NOWEB_OUTPUT_DIR=$2 sh
41425 \begin_layout Standard
41426 The next part of the converter setting is the
41427 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41431 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41434 which is to be set to
41437 \begin_layout LyX-Code
41440 parselog=$$s/scripts/listerrors
41443 \begin_layout Standard
41444 This will run any errors that are generated by the
41445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41449 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41452 process through the
41453 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41457 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41463 \begin_layout Standard
41464 The build will normally take place in \SpecialChar LyX
41465 's temporary directory,
41466 so the files produced by the conversion will be in that directory.
41468 will copy out what it regards as the `main' file,
41473 conversion may produce several files,
41474 and so most of these would then be deleted when \SpecialChar LyX
41476 This is why we pass in the NOWEB_OUTPUT_DIR environment variable so that the build-script chunk can place the generated files in that location.
41479 \begin_layout Paragraph
41480 Build instructions in the document
41483 \begin_layout Standard
41484 The last piece of the integration between \SpecialChar LyX
41486 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41490 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41495 the instructions for building your program should be embedded in a chunk of its own.
41497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41504 above uses the notangle command to look for this chunk (called
41505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41512 ) and runs its contents through
41513 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41517 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41523 \begin_layout Standard
41525 such a chunk would look something like this:
41528 \begin_layout LyX-Code
41532 \begin_layout LyX-Code
41534 \begin_inset Newline newline
41537 if [ -z "${NOWEB_SOURCE}" ]
41538 \begin_inset Newline newline
41544 \begin_layout LyX-Code
41545 NOWEB_SOURCE=myfile.nw
41546 \begin_inset Newline newline
41550 \begin_inset Newline newline
41554 code to extract files ...
41555 use NOWEB_OUTPUT_DIR here ...]
41556 \begin_inset Newline newline
41560 code to compile files ...]
41561 \begin_inset Newline newline
41567 \begin_layout Standard
41569 \change_deleted 564990737 1672161716
41572 LIBDIR/examples/listerrors.lyx
41576 LIBDIR/examples/Literate.lyx
41577 \change_inserted 564990737 1672161716
41581 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
41582 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
41583 Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
41589 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917096
41592 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
41593 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
41594 Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
41600 \change_deleted 564990737 1672161729
41604 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41608 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41611 program for some illustrations of how all of these pieces go together
41612 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917093
41614 \change_deleted 564990737 1672161756
41617 LIBDIR/examples/noweb2lyx.lyx
41618 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917093
41622 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
41623 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
41624 Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
41625 Noweb2\SpecialChar LyX
41636 \change_deleted 564990737 1672161767
41639 files show off the language-indepence of the \SpecialChar LyX
41640 literate programming support since they are written in Python
41641 \change_deleted 564990737 1672161782
41645 and Perl respectively.
41648 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41649 Configuring \SpecialChar LyX
41653 \begin_layout Standard
41654 All the Literate Programming support is configured by the
41656 Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
41660 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41664 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41668 The important parts are:
41671 \begin_layout Description
41673 \begin_inset space ~
41677 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41681 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41685 \begin_inset space ~
41688 format Set up via the File Formats tab,
41689 this is where the Noweb-specific pieces are set up.
41699 the file extension is set to
41704 This tells \SpecialChar LyX
41705 to create a file with a
41709 extension in the first step of the conversion process.
41712 \begin_layout Description
41714 \begin_inset space ~
41722 \begin_inset space ~
41725 format This is an empty format whose sole purpose is to be the endpoint of a conversion (which then allows us to set up a converter for it).
41728 \begin_layout Description
41738 This converter performs the
41739 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41746 of the literate document.
41749 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41754 noweave -delay -index $$i > $$o
41757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41763 \begin_layout Description
41773 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41777 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41782 the Converter is set to
41783 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41796 \begin_inset Newline newline
41800 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41805 parselog=$$s/scripts/listerrors
41808 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41814 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41818 \begin_layout Standard
41819 There is also a new function implemented in the \SpecialChar LyX
41822 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41825 server-goto-file-row" function,
41826 to be used with ddd/gdb or other debugger.
41830 \begin_layout Standard
41831 When debugging code with ddd/gdb,
41832 it is possible to invoke a text editor at the current execution position with a single key stroke.
41833 The default ddd configuration for that is shift-ctrl-V.
41834 It happens that you can define the editor command line invocation in ddd by accessing the
41836 Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
41837 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
41840 dialog and changing the "Edit Sources" entry.
41843 \begin_layout Standard
41844 I take advantage of the newly created \SpecialChar LyX
41845 server function and this ddd feature,
41847 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41851 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41857 \begin_layout LyX-Code
41858 echo "LYXCMD:monitor:server-goto-file-row:@FILE@ @LINE@" >~/.lyxpipe.in
41861 \begin_layout Standard
41863 whenever you are using ddd and find a point in the program that you want to edit,
41864 you just press shift-ctrl-V (in the ddd window),
41865 and ddd will forward this information to \SpecialChar LyX
41866 through the \SpecialChar LyX
41867 server and then the \SpecialChar LyX
41868 window will show the same file with the cursor at the same position ddd was pointing to.
41869 No more guessing or long scrolling to locate a point in the program back from debugging !
41872 \begin_layout Standard
41873 Note however that you must enable the \SpecialChar LyX
41874 server to get this feature working (it is disabled by default).
41876 \begin_inset space ~
41880 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41882 reference "sec:Starting-the-Server"
41887 explains how to do that.
41890 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41894 \begin_layout Standard
41895 There are six new buttons that can be added to your \SpecialChar LyX
41897 Four of these buttons are short cuts to layout styles:
41920 one for the custom inset
41925 The last one is a short cut to the
41926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41930 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41937 \begin_layout Standard
41939 has a range of buttons that are available for tool bar customization.
41940 In my toolbar I like to combine the six short cuts above with two more:
41945 \SpecialChar menuseparator
41950 \SpecialChar menuseparator
41957 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
41958 View\SpecialChar menuseparator
41962 Here is how it looks like:
41965 \begin_layout LyX-Code
41969 \begin_layout LyX-Code
41973 \begin_layout LyX-Code
41974 Icon "layout Standard"
41977 \begin_layout LyX-Code
41978 Icon "layout Section"
41981 \begin_layout LyX-Code
41982 Icon "layout \SpecialChar LaTeX
41986 \begin_layout LyX-Code
41987 Icon "layout \SpecialChar LyX
41991 \begin_layout LyX-Code
41992 Icon "flex.insert Chunk"
41995 \begin_layout LyX-Code
41999 \begin_layout LyX-Code
42003 \begin_layout LyX-Code
42004 Icon "buffer-typeset"
42007 \begin_layout LyX-Code
42008 Icon "build-program"
42011 \begin_layout LyX-Code
42015 \begin_layout LyX-Code
42019 \begin_layout LyX-Code
42023 \begin_layout LyX-Code
42027 \begin_layout LyX-Code
42031 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42032 Colors customization
42035 \begin_layout Standard
42036 There are a number of colors in \SpecialChar LyX
42037 that can be customized in
42042 One of the things that bothers people is the \SpecialChar LaTeX
42044 The default color is red,
42045 since the chunks uses \SpecialChar LaTeX
42047 and there is a lot of chunks in literate documents,
42048 you may get tired of seeing everything in red.
42049 You can change it by going to the tabs
42059 \begin_layout Standard
42060 The next thing is the visible presence of the newline character in the screen.
42061 You can choose the color of this particular character and make it blend in the background.
42062 I recommend you choosing a color that is close to the background but not equal,
42063 that way you still can see it is there,
42064 but it is not bothering you anymore.
42067 \begin_layout Subsection
42072 \begin_layout Standard
42082 \change_inserted 564990737 1672161863
42085 Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
42086 Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
42092 \change_deleted 564990737 1671643409
42098 \change_inserted 564990737 1672161856
42101 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
42102 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
42103 Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
42109 \change_deleted 564990737 1671643461
42110 the Sweave manual (menu
42112 Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
42116 \change_inserted 564990737 1672161856
42119 Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
42120 Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
42122 \change_deleted 564990737 1672161921
42127 \change_inserted 564990737 1672161917
42130 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
42131 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
42132 Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
42136 \change_deleted 564990737 1672742969
42140 \begin_layout Standard
42142 \change_deleted 564990737 1671355343
42146 \begin_layout Standard
42148 \change_deleted 564990737 1671355343
42149 You can do everything with \SpecialChar LyX
42150 that you can do with \SpecialChar LaTeX
42154 cannot support every \SpecialChar LaTeX
42156 But you can always use \SpecialChar TeX
42158 This chapter shows you some more special things you might want to use.
42159 For other special things you can do with figures,
42166 \begin_inset space ~
42172 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917293
42176 \begin_layout Standard
42178 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917303
42179 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
42180 LatexCommand printindex